2018 Murano Owner Manual

2018 MURANO
OWNER’S MANUAL
and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
WARNING
Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger
vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you to
chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid
breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as
necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area
and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when
servicing your vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY
This manual was prepared to help you un- In addition to factory-installed options, Before driving your vehicle, please read this
derstand the operation and maintenance your vehicle may also be equipped with Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure
of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many additional accessories installed prior to de- familiarity with controls and maintenance
miles (kilometers) of driving pleasure. livery. It is recommended that you visit a requirements, assisting you in the safe op-
Please read through this manual before NISSAN dealer for details concerning the eration of your vehicle.
operating your vehicle. particular accessories with which your ve-
hicle is equipped. It is important that you WARNING
A separate Warranty Information Book- familiarize yourself with all disclosures,
let explains details about the warranties warnings, cautions and instructions con- IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
covering your vehicle. The “Maintenance cerning proper use of such accessories REMINDERS!
and schedules” section of this manual prior to operating the vehicle and/or ac-
explains details about maintaining and Follow these important driving rules to
cessory. It is recommended that you visit a help ensure a safe and comfortable trip
servicing your vehicle. Additionally, a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the
separate Customer Care/Lemon Law for you and your passengers!
particular accessories with which your ve-
Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to re- hicle is equipped. ∙ NEVER drive under the influence of al-
solve any concerns you may have with cohol or drugs.
your vehicle, and clarify your rights un-
∙ ALWAYS observe posted speed limits
der your state’s lemon law.
and never drive too fast for
When you require any service or have any conditions.
questions, a NISSAN dealer will be glad to
∙ ALWAYS give your full attention to
assist you with the extensive resources
driving and avoid using vehicle fea-
available to them.
tures or taking other actions that
could distract you.
∙ ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap-
propriate child restraint systems. Pre-
teen children should be seated in the
rear seat.
∙ ALWAYS provide information about For additional information, refer to WARNING
the proper use of vehicle safety fea- “On-pavement and off-road driving Installing an aftermarket On-Board Di-
tures to all occupants of the vehicle. precautions”, “Avoiding collision and agnostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses
∙ ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual rollover” and “Driving safety precau- the port during normal driving, for ex-
for important safety information. tions” in the “Starting and driving” ample remote insurance company
section of this manual. monitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics,
For descriptions specified for all-wheel telematics or engine reprogramming,
drive models, an AWD mark is placed at the MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE may cause interference or damage to
beginning of the applicable This vehicle should not be modified. vehicle systems. We do not recommend
sections/items. Modification could affect its or endorse the use of any aftermarket
As with other vehicles with features for performance, safety, emissions or du- OBD plug-in devices, unless specifically
off-road use, failure to operate all-wheel rability and may even violate govern- approved by NISSAN. The vehicle war-
ranty may not cover damage caused by
drive models correctly may result in loss mental regulations. In addition, dam-
any aftermarket plug-in device.
of control or an accident. For additional age or performance problems
information, refer to “Driving safety pre- resulting from modifications may not
cautions” in the “Starting and driving” be covered under NISSAN warranties.
section of this manual.
ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD
DRIVING
This vehicle will handle and maneuver
differently from an ordinary passen-
ger car because it has a higher center
of gravity for off-road use. As with
other vehicles with features of this
type, failure to operate this vehicle
correctly may result in loss of control
or an accident.
WHEN READING THE MANUAL
This manual includes information for all If you have questions concerning any infor-
features and equipment available on this mation in your Owner’s Manual, contact
model. Features and equipment in your ve- NISSAN Consumer Affairs. For contact in-
hicle may vary depending on model, trim formation, refer to the NISSAN CUSTOMER
level, options selected, order, date of pro- CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner’s
duction, region or availability. Therefore, Manual.
you may find information about features or
equipment that are not included or in- IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT
stalled on your vehicle. THIS MANUAL
All information, specifications and illustra- You will see various symbols in this manual.
tions in this manual are those in effect at They are used in the following ways:
the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the
right to change specifications, perfor- WARNING
mance, design or component suppliers
This is used to indicate the presence of APD1005
without notice and without obligation.
a hazard that could cause death or seri-
From time to time, NISSAN may update or If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do
ous personal injury. To avoid or reduce
revise this manual to provide Owners with this” or “Do not let this happen.”
the risk, the procedures must be fol-
the most accurate information currently
lowed precisely.
available. Please carefully read and retain
with this manual all revision updates sent
CAUTION If you see a symbol similar to these in an
to you by NISSAN to ensure you have ac-
illustration, it means the arrow points to
cess to accurate and up-to-date informa- This is used to indicate the presence of
the front of the vehicle.
tion regarding your vehicle. Current ver- a hazard that could cause minor or
sions of vehicle Owner’s Manuals and any moderate personal injury or damage to
updates can also be found in the Owner your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,
section of the NISSAN website at the procedures must be followed Arrows in an illustration that are similar to
https://owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/ carefully. these indicate movement or action.
navigation/manualsGuide.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to
these call attention to an item in the illus-
tration.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE
ADVISORY
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-
teries, may contain perchlorate material.
The following advisory is provided: “Per-
chlorate Material – special handling may
apply. For additional information, refer to
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate/”.
© 2018 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s
Manual may be reproduced or stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any
form, or by any means, electronic, me-
chanical, photocopying, recording or oth-
erwise, without the prior written permis-
sion of Nissan North America, Inc.
NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM
NISSAN CARES . . .
Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your
NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service
needs.
However, if there is something that your The Consumer Affairs Department will ask You can write to NISSAN with the informa-
NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or for the following information: tion at:
you would like to provide NISSAN directly For U.S. customers
– Your name, address, and telephone
with comments or questions, please con- Nissan North America, Inc.
number
tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart- Consumer Affairs Department
ment using our toll-free number: – Vehicle identification number (attached P.O. Box 685003
to the top of the instrument panel on the Franklin, TN 37068-5003
For U.S. customers
driver’s side) or via e-mail at:
1-800-NISSAN-1
(1-800-647-7261) – Date of purchase [email protected]
For Canadian customers
For Canadian customers – Current odometer reading
Nissan Canada Inc.
1-800-387-0122
– Your NISSAN dealer’s name 5290 Orbitor Drive
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
– Your comments or questions or via e-mail at:
OR [email protected]
If you prefer, visit us at:
www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)
or
www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)
We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.
Table of Illustrated table of contents 0
Contents Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1
Instruments and controls 2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4
Starting and driving 5
In case of emergency 6
Appearance and care 7
Do-it-yourself 8
Maintenance and schedules 9
Technical and consumer information 10
Index 11
0 Illustrated table of contents
Air bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . 0-2 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6
Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8
Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4 Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9
Passenger compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILD
RESTRAINTS
1. Supplemental air bags (P. 1-49)

2. Occupant classification sensor
(weight sensor) (P. 1-49)
3. Head restraints/headrests (P. 1-9)
4. Front seat belt with pretensioner(s)
and shoulder height adjuster
(P. 1-13, 1-49)
5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact
and rollover supplemental air bag
(P. 1-49)
6. Rear seat center seat belt (located
on ceiling) (P. 1-13)
7. Rear seat outboard seat top tether
strap anchor (located on bottom
of seatback) (P. 1-27)
8. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers
for CHildren) system (P. 1-27)
9. Folding rear bench seat (P. 1-2)
10. Front seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag (P. 1-49)
11. Front seats (P. 1-2)
12. Driver supplemental knee air bag
(P. 1-49)
Refer to the page number indicated in
parentheses for operating details.
LII2546
0-2 Illustrated table of contents

EXTERIOR FRONT
1. Front view camera (if so equipped)

(P. 4-11)
2. Engine hood (P. 3-22)
3. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-34)
4. Windshield (P. 8-18)
5. Power windows (P. 2-57)
6. Door locks (P. 3-5)
NISSAN Intelligent Key® (P. 3-7)
Keys (P. 3-2)
7. Mirrors (P. 3-36)
Side view camera (if so equipped)
(P. 4-11)
8. Tire pressure (P. 8-29)
Flat tire (P. 6-3)
Tire chains (P. 8-29)
9. Fog light switch (if so equipped)
(P. 2-37)
10. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-25)
Headlight and turn signal switch
(P. 2-37)
Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
system (P. 2-37)
LII2371
Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR REAR
1. Rear wiper and washer switch

(P. 2-34)
2. Liftgate release (P. 3-22)
3. Rearview camera (P. 4-3)
4. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-25)
5. Fuel-filler door (P. 3-31)
Fuel recommendation (P. 10-2)
Fuel-filler cap (P. 3-31)
6. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-5)
LII2388

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
1. Glove box (P. 2-49)

2. Rearview mirror (P. 3-36)
3. Console box (P. 2-49)
4. Map lights (P. 2-61)
5. Power moonroof (if so equipped)
(P. 2-59)
6. Luggage hooks (P. 2-49)
7. Center armrest (P. 1-2)
8. Sun visors (P. 3-35)
9. Cup holders (P. 2-49)
LII2373

INSTRUMENT PANEL
1. Vent (P. 4-26)

2. Headlight/fog light (if so
equipped)/turn signal switch
(P. 2-37)
3. Supplemental air bag (P. 1-49)
Horn (P. 2-41)
4. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)
Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-8)
Vehicle information display (P. 2-16)
Rear window wiper and washer
switch (P. 2-34)
6. Audio system/Center display
controls (P. 4-2)
7. Hazard warning flasher switch
(P. 6-2)
8. Center display (P. 4-2)
Navigation display*
9. Front passenger supplemental air
bag (P. 1-49)
10. Glove box (P. 2-49)
11. Front passenger air bag status
light (P. 1-49)
12. Power outlet (P. 2-47)
13. USB port*
AUX jack*
14. Heater and air conditioning
controls (P. 4-28)
LII2547 15. Shift lever (P. 5-18)
16. Push-button ignition switch *: Refer to the separate NissanConnect®
(P. 5-13) Owner’s Manual.
17. Cruise control switches Refer to the page number indicated in
(if so equipped) (P. 5-43) parentheses for operating details.
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-44)
(P. 1-49)
19. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
System/Audio control switches
(P. 4-2)
20. Hood release (P. 3-22)
Fuel door release (P. 3-31)
Powered rear seatback switch
(P. 1-2)
21. Fuse box (P. 8-20)
22. Power liftgate main switch
(if so equipped) (P. 3-22)
Heated steering wheel switch
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF
switch (P. 2-46)
23. Instrument brightness control
(P. 2-37)
Twin trip odometer reset switch
(P. 2-4)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK
LOCATIONS
VQ35DE engine
1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-4)
2. Drive belt location (P. 8-16)
3. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-6)
4. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-6)
5. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-10)
6. Air cleaner (P. 8-17)
7. Fuse box (P. 8-20)
8. Fuse/Fusible link box (P. 8-20)
9. Battery (P. 8-13)
10. Radiator cap (P. 8-4)
11. Power steering fluid reservoir
(P. 8-10)
12. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir
(P. 8-11)
LDI3154

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Warning Name Page Warning Name Page Indicator Name Page

light light light
Anti-lock Braking 2-9 Master warning 2-12 Malfunction Indi- 2-14

System (ABS) light cator Light (MIL)
or warning light
Power steering 2-12 Security indicator 2-15
warning light light
Automatic Emer- 2-9 Seat belt warning 2-13 Side light and 2-15
gency Braking light and chime headlight indica-
(AEB) system tor light (green)
warning light Supplemental air 2-13
bag warning light Slip indicator light 2-15
Brake warning 2-9
light Indicator Name Page
or light Turn signal/ 2-15
hazard indicator
Front fog light in- 2-13 lights
dicator light (if so
Charge warning 2-10 equipped) Vehicle Dynamic 2-15
light Control (VDC) OFF
Front passenger 2-14 indicator light
air bag status
Engine oil pres- 2-10
light
sure warning light
High beam indi- 2-14
Low tire pressure 2-10 cator light (blue)
warning light

MEMO

1 Safety—Seats, seat belts and
supplemental restraint system
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Front manual seat adjustment Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Front power seat adjustment Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Rear bench seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Flexible seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Adjustable head restraint/headrest CHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 Rear-facing child restraint installation
Non-adjustable head restraint/ using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33
headrest components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Rear-facing child restraint installation
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12 Forward-facing child restraint
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12 installation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 Forward-facing child restraint
Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 installation using the seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-41
Seat belt warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Precautions on SRS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
Three-point type seat belt with Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . 1-68
retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Supplemental air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . 1-69
SEATS
∙ Do not leave children unattended in-

side the vehicle. They could unknow-
ingly activate switches or controls or
make the vehicle move. Unattended
children could become involved in se-
rious accidents.
∙ To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, do not
leave children, people who require the
assistance of others or pets unat-
tended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed ve-
ARS1152 hicle on a warm day can quickly be-
come high enough to cause a signifi-
WARNING ∙ For the most effective protection cant risk of injury or death to people
when the vehicle is in motion, the seat and pets.
∙ Do not ride in a moving vehicle when
should be upright. Always sit well
the seatback is reclined. This can be ∙ Do not adjust the driver’s seat while
back and upright in the seat with both
dangerous. The shoulder belt will not driving so full attention may be given
feet on the floor and adjust the seat
be against your body. In an accident, to vehicle operation. The seat may
properly. For additional information,
you could be thrown into it and remove suddenly and could cause loss
refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-
ceive neck or other serious injuries. of control of the vehicle.
age” in this section.
You could also slide under the lap belt
∙ The seatback should not be reclined
and receive serious internal injuries. ∙ After adjustment, gently rock in the
any more than needed for comfort.
seat to make sure it is securely locked.
Seat belts are most effective when the
passenger sits well back and straight
up in the seat. If the seatback is re-
clined, the risk of sliding under the lap
belt and being injured is increased.
1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

CAUTION
When adjusting the seat positions, be
sure not to contact any moving parts to
avoid possible injuries and/or damage.
FRONT MANUAL SEAT
ADJUSTMENT (if so equipped)
Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manu-
ally. For additional information about ad-
justing the seats, refer to the steps outlined
in this section.
LRS2160 LRS2161
Forward and backward Reclining
Pull the center of the bar up and hold it To recline the seatback, pull the lever up
while you slide the seat forward or back- and lean back. To bring the seatback for-
ward to the desired position. Release the ward, pull the lever up and lean your body
bar to lock the seat in position. forward. Release the lever to lock the seat-
back in position.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of
the seatback for occupants of different
sizes for added comfort and to help obtain
proper seat belt fit. For additional informa-
tion, refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-
age” in this section. Also, the seatback can
be reclined to allow occupants to rest
when the vehicle is stopped and the shift
lever is in the P (Park) position.
Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3
LRS2202 LRS2662
Seat lifter (driver’s seat) FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT For additional information, refer to “Auto-
(if so equipped) matic drive positioner” in the “Pre-driving
Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to checks and adjustments” section of this
adjust the seat height until the desired po- manual.
sition is achieved.
Operating tips
∙ The power seat motor has an auto- Forward and backward
reset overload protection circuit. If the Moving the switch as shown will slide the
motor stops during operation, wait seat forward or backward to the desired
30 seconds then reactivate the switch. position.
∙ Do not operate the power seat switch
for a long period of time when the en-
gine is off. This will discharge the bat-
tery.

Reclining
Move the recline switch as shown until the
desired angle is obtained.
sizes for added comfort and to help obtain
proper seat belt fit. For additional informa-
tion, refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-
age” in this section. Also, the seatback can
be reclined to allow occupants to rest
when the vehicle is stopped and the shift
lever is in P (Park).
LRS2636 LRS2270
Seat lifter (driver’s seat) Lumbar support (if so equipped
Move the switch as shown to adjust the for driver’s seat)
angle and height of the seat cushion. The lumbar support feature provides ad-
justable lower back support to the driver.
Push the switch as shown to adjust the
seat lumbar area.

WARNING
∙ After adjustment, check to be sure the
seat is securely locked.
∙ Do not ride in a moving vehicle when
the seatback is reclined. This can be
dangerous. The shoulder belt will not
be against your body. In an accident,
you could be thrown into it and re-
ceive neck or other serious injuries.
and receive serious internal injuries.
∙ For the most effective protection
LRS2635
when the vehicle is in motion, the seat LRS2588
should be upright. Always sit well
REAR BENCH SEAT ADJUSTMENT back and upright in the seat with both ARMRESTS
feet on the floor and adjust the seat
Reclining belt properly. For additional informa-
The rear bench center armrest is locked in
the up position. To lower the armrest, pull
Pull the reclining strap 䊊
A and position the tion, refer to “Precautions on seat belt
the armrest down as shown.
seatback at the desired angle. Release the usage” in this section.
reclining strap after positioning the seat at To return the armrest to the up position,
the desired angle. push up on the armrest until it is in the full
up position.
sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit. For
additional information, refer to “Precau-
tions on seat belt usage” in this section. The
seatback may also be reclined to allow oc-
cupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.
FLEXIBLE SEATING ∙ Head restraints/headrests should be
adjusted properly as they may pro-
WARNING vide significant protection against in-
∙ Never allow anyone to ride in the jury in an accident. Always replace
cargo area or on the rear seats when and adjust them properly if they have
they are in the fold-down position. In a been removed for any reason.
collision, people riding in these areas ∙ If the head restraints/headrests are
without proper restraints are more removed for any reason, they should
likely to be seriously injured or killed. be securely stored to prevent them
∙ Do not allow people to ride in any area from causing injury to passengers or
of your vehicle that is not equipped damage to the vehicle in case of sud-
with seats and seat belts. Be sure ev- den braking or an accident.
eryone in your vehicle is in a seat and ∙ When returning rear row seatbacks to
using a seat belt properly. the upright position, either by manual LRS2589
∙ Do not allow more than one person to operation or power operation (if so Folding the rear bench seat
use the same seat belt. equipped), the operator should al-
ways verify that the back is locked in Before folding the rear seats:
∙ Do not fold down the rear seats when the upright position by gently rocking
occupants are in the rear seat area or ∙ Disconnect and secure the center seat
the seatback before allowing passen- belt and tongue into the retractor base.
any luggage is on the rear seats. gers to occupy the rear seats. If they For additional information, refer to
– Make sure that the seat path is are not completely secured, passen- “Stowing the rear center seat belt” in this
clear before moving the seat. gers may be injured in an accident or section.
sudden stop.
– Be careful not to allow hands or ∙ Secure the seat belts on the seat belt
feet to get caught or pinched in the ∙ Properly secure all cargo to help pre- hooks on the side wall. For additional
seat. vent it from sliding or shifting. Do not information, refer to “Seat belt hook” in
place cargo higher than the seat- this section.
backs. In a sudden stop or collision,
unsecured cargo could cause per- ∙ Remove drink containers from the rear
sonal injury. cup holder.

LRS2590 LRS2591 LRS2777
To fold down the seatbacks: To return the seatbacks: 䊊
A Instrument panel switch
1. Pull the strap on the rear seat. Manual operation: 䊊
B Cargo area switch
or 1. Lift up each seatback and push it to the Power operation (if so equipped):
upright position until it is latched.
2. Pull the lever beside the cargo area and 1. Push and hold the corresponding
fold the seatback. 2. Always reconnect the center seat belt switch located on the lower side of the
when the seat is returned to the up- instrument panel or the right or left
right position. side in the cargo area.
A beep sounds once and the seatback will
be returned automatically.
A beep sounds twice when the seatback is
fully returned to the seating position.

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS
If the control unit detects any obstacle or WARNING

∙ If the rear center seat belt connector
malfunctions while in the power operation,
and the seatbacks are not secured in
a beep sounds for 4 seconds and the seat- Head restraints/headrests supplement
the correct position, serious personal
back will return to the folded position auto- the other vehicle safety systems. They
injury may result in an accident or
matically. Check if there are any obstacles may provide additional protection
sudden stop.
caught that prevent seats from returning against injury in certain rear end colli-
to the folded position. It is recommended sions. Adjustable head
that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser- restraints/headrests must be adjusted
vice. properly, as specified in this section.
Check the adjustment after someone
CAUTION else uses the seat. Do not attach any-
thing to the head restraint/headrest
When operating the rear power seat- stalks or remove the head
back return, make sure that the vehicle restraint/headrest. Do not use the seat
is stopped and the transmission is in if the head restraint/headrest has been
the P (Park) position. removed. If the head restraint/headrest
was removed, reinstall and properly ad-
WARNING just the head restraint/headrest before
∙ When returning the seatbacks, be an occupant uses the seating position.
sure to attach the rear center seat belt Failure to follow these instructions can
connector. reduce the effectiveness of the head
restraints/headrests. This may in-
∙ Do not unfasten the rear center seat crease the risk of serious injury or death
belt connector except when folding in a collision.
down the rear seat.
∙ When attaching the rear center seat
belt connector, be certain that the
seatbacks are completely secured in
the latched position and the rear cen-
ter seat belt connector is completely
secured.

∙ Adjustable head restraints/headrests
have multiple notches along the stalk(s)
to lock them in a desired adjustment
position.
∙ Proper Adjustment:
– For the adjustable type, align the
head restraint/headrest so the cen-
ter of your ear is approximately level
with the center of the head
restraint/headrest.
– If your ear position is still higher than
the recommended alignment, place
the head restraint/headrest at the
LRS2403 highest position. LRS2300
The illustration shows the seating posi-
∙ If the head restraint/headrest has been
ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/
tions equipped with head HEADREST COMPONENTS
removed, ensure that it is reinstalled
restraints/headrests.
and locked in place before riding in that 1. Removable head restraint/headrest
䉱 Indicates the seating position is designated seating position.
equipped with a head restraint. 2. Multiple notches
䡲 Indicates the seating position is equipped 3. Lock knob

with a headrest. 4. Stalks
+ Indicates the seating position is not
equipped with a head restraint or headrest
(if applicable).
∙ Your vehicle is equipped with a head
restraint/headrest that may be inte-
grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.
5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head
restraint/headrest before an occupant
uses the seating position.
LRS2299 LRS2302
NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD REMOVE
RESTRAINT/HEADREST Use the following procedure to remove the
COMPONENTS head restraint/headrest:
1. Removable head restraint/headrest 1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to
2. Single notch the highest position.
3. Lock knob 2. Push and hold the lock knob.
4. Stalks 3. Remove the head restraint/headrest
from the seat.
4. Store the head restraint/headrest
properly in a secure place so it is not
loose in the vehicle.

LRS2303 WRS0134 LRS2305
INSTALL ADJUST Raise
1. Align the head restraint/headrest For adjustable head restraint/headrest To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it
stalks with the holes in the seat. Make up.
Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the
sure that the head restraint/headrest is
center is level with the center of your ears. If Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
facing the correct direction. The stalk
with the notch (notches) 䊊 1 must be your ear position is still higher than the positioned so the lock knob is engaged in
recommended alignment, place the head the notch before riding in that designated
installed in the hole with the lock knob
䊊2 . restraint/headrest at the highest position. seating position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push

the head restraint/headrest down.
3. Properly adjust the head restraint/
headrest before an occupant uses the
seating position.

SEAT BELTS
LRS2306 SSS0136
Lower PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces
USAGE or territories specify that seat belts be
To lower, push and hold the lock knob and worn at all times when a vehicle is being
push the head restraint/headrest down. If you are wearing your seat belt properly driven.
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is adjusted and you are sitting upright and
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in well back in your seat with both feet on the
the notch before riding in that designated floor, your chances of being injured or killed
seating position. in a collision and/or the severity of injury
may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly
encourages you and all of your passengers
to buckle up every time you drive, even if
your seating position includes a supple-
mental air bag.

SSS0134 SSS0016
WARNING WARNING
∙ Every person who drives or rides in ∙ The seat belt should be properly ad-
this vehicle should use a seat belt at justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so
all times. Children should be in the may reduce the effectiveness of the
rear seats and in an appropriate entire restraint system and increase
restraint. the chance or severity of injury in an
accident. Serious injury or death can
occur if the seat belt is not worn
properly.

∙ Be sure the seat belt tongue is se- ∙ Once seat belt pretensioner(s) have
curely fastened to the proper buckle. activated, they cannot be reused and
must be replaced together with the
∙ Do not wear the seat belt inside out or
retractor. It is recommended that you
twisted. Doing so may reduce its
visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
effectiveness.
∙ All seat belt assemblies, including re-
∙ Do not allow more than one person to
tractors and attaching hardware,
use the same seat belt.
should be inspected after any colli-
∙ Never carry more people in the vehicle sion. It is recommended that you visit
than there are seat belts. a NISSAN dealer for this service.
∙ If the seat belt warning light glows NISSAN recommends that all seat belt
continuously while the ignition is assemblies in use during a collision be
turned ON with all doors closed and all replaced unless the collision was mi-
SSS0014 seat belts fastened, it may indicate a nor and the belts show no damage
malfunction in the system. Have the and continue to operate properly.
WARNING system checked. It is recommended Seat belt assemblies not in use during
that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this a collision should also be inspected
∙ Always route the shoulder belt over
service. and replaced if either damage or im-
your shoulder and across your chest.
proper operation is noted.
Never put the belt behind your back, ∙ No changes should be made to the
under your arm or across your neck. seat belt system. For example, do not ∙ All child restraints and attaching
The belt should be away from your modify the seat belt, add material, or hardware should be inspected after
face and neck, but not falling off your install devices that may change the any collision. Always follow the re-
shoulder. seat belt routing or tension. Doing so straint manufacturer’s inspection in-
may affect the operation of the seat structions and replacement recom-
∙ Position the lap belt as low and snug
belt system. Modifying or tampering mendations. The child restraints
as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT
with the seat belt system may result should be replaced if they are
THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high
in serious personal injury. damaged.
could increase the risk of internal inju-
ries in an accident.

For additional information, refer to “Warn- THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT
ing lights, indicator lights and audible re- WITH RETRACTOR
minders” in the “Instruments and controls”
WARNING
PREGNANT WOMEN ∙ Every person who drives or rides in
NISSAN recommends that pregnant this vehicle should use a seat belt at
women use seat belts. The seat belt should all times. Children should be in the
be worn snug and always position the lap rear seats and in an appropriate
belt as low as possible around the hips, not restraint.
the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your ∙ Do not ride in a moving vehicle when
shoulder and across your chest. Never run the seatback is reclined. This can be
the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal dangerous. The shoulder belt will not
area. Contact your doctor for specific rec- be against your body. In an accident,
LRS0786 ommendations. you could be thrown into it and re-
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT INJURED PERSONS ceive neck or other serious injuries.
Both the driver’s and passenger’s front NISSAN recommends that injured persons and receive serious internal injuries.
seats are equipped with a seat belt warn- use seat belts. Check with your doctor for
ing light. The warning light, located on the ∙ For the most effective protection
specific recommendations.
instrument panel, will show the status of when the vehicle is in motion, the seat
the driver and passenger seat belt. should be upright. Always sit well
back and upright in the seat with both
NOTE: feet on the floor and adjust the seat
belt properly.
The front passenger seat belt warning
light will not light up if the seat is not
occupied.

∙ Do not allow children to play with the
seat belts. Most seating positions are
equipped with Automatic Locking Re-
tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the
seat belt becomes wrapped around a
child’s neck with the ALR mode acti-
vated, the child can be seriously in-
jured or killed if the seat belt retracts
and becomes tight. This can occur
even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle
the seat belt to release the child. If the
seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is
already unbuckled, release the child
by cutting the seat belt with a suitable
tool (such as a knife or scissors) to LRS2160
release the seat belt. Manual front seat shown (if so equipped)
Fastening the seat belts
1. Adjust the seat. For additional informa-
tion, refer to “Seats” in this section.

LRS2662 LRS2674
Power front seat shown (if so equipped) 2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the re-
tractor and insert the tongue into the
buckle 䊊A until you hear and feel the
latch engage.
∙ The retractor is designed to lock
during a sudden stop or on impact.
A slow pulling motion permits the
seat belt to move and allows you
some freedom of movement in the
seat.
∙ If the seat belt cannot be pulled
from its fully retracted position,
firmly pull the belt and release it.
Then smoothly pull the belt out of
the retractor.
The ELR mode allows the seat belt to ex- WARNING
tend and retract to allow the driver and
passengers some freedom of movement When fastening the seat belts, be cer-
in the seat. The ELR locks the seat belt tain that the seatbacks are completely
when the vehicle slows down rapidly or secured in the latched position. If they
during certain impacts. are not completely secured, passengers
may be injured in an accident or sudden
The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locks stop.
the seat belt for child restraint installation.
When the ALR mode is activated, the seat
belt cannot be extended again until the
seat belt tongue is detached from the
buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt re-
turns to the ELR mode after the seat belt
LRS2675
fully retracts. For additional information, re-
3. Position the lap belt portion low and fer to “Child restraints” in this section.
snug on the hips 䊊B as shown.
The ALR mode should be used only for
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward child restraint installation. During nor-
the retractor to take up extra slack 䊊C .
mal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR
Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over
mode should not be activated. If it is ac-
your shoulder and across your chest.
tivated, it may cause uncomfortable seat
The front passenger seat and the rear belt tension. It can also change the op-
seating positions’ three-point seat belts eration of the front passenger air bag.
have two modes of operation: For additional information, refer to
∙ Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) “Front passenger air bag and status
light” in this section.
∙ Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

To increase your confidence in the seat
belts, check the operation as follows:
∙ Grasp the shoulder belt and pull for-
ward quickly. The retractor should lock
and restrict further belt movement.
If the retractor does not lock during this
check, get the system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for
this service, or to learn more about seat
belt operation.
WRS0139 LRS2529
Unfastening the seat belts Rear center seat belt
To unfasten the seat belt, press the button The rear center seat belt has a connector
on the buckle 䊊 1 . The seat belt automati- tongue 䊊1 and a seat belt tongue 䊊2 . Both
cally retracts. the connector tongue and the seat belt
tongue must be securely latched for
Checking seat belt operation proper seat belt operation.
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock
seat belt movement by two separate
methods:
∙ When the seat belt is pulled quickly from
the retractor
∙ When the vehicle slows down rapidly

Stowing the rear center seat belt
When folding down the rear seat, the rear
center seat belt can be retracted into a
stowed position as follows:
1. Hold the connector tongue 䊊 1 so that
the seat belt does not retract suddenly
when the tongue is released from the
connector buckle. Release the connec-
tor tongue by inserting a suitable tool
such as a key 䊊 A into the connector
buckle.
2. Insert the seat belt tongue into the re-
SSS0241 tractor base first 䊊
2 .
WARNING 3. Then secure the connector tongue into

the retractor base 䊊
3 .
∙ Always fasten the connector tongue
and the seat belt in the order shown.
WARNING
∙ Always make sure both the connector
∙ Do not unfasten the rear center seat
tongue and the seat belt tongue are
belt connector except when folding
secured when using the seat belt or
down the rear seat.
installing a child restraint. Do not use
the seat belt or child restraint with ∙ When attaching the rear center seat
only the seat belt tongue attached. belt connector, be certain that the
This could result in serious personal seatbacks are completely secured in
injury in case of an accident or a sud- the latched position and the rear cen-
den stop. ter seat belt connector is completely
secured.
LRS2793

∙ If the rear center seat belt connector Attaching the center seat belt
and the seatbacks are not secured in Always be sure the center seat belt con-
the correct position, serious personal nector tongue and connector buckle are
injury may result in an accident or attached. Disconnect only when folding
sudden stop. down the rear seat.
To connect the buckle:
1. Pull out the connector tongue from the
retractor base 䊊1 .
2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the

retractor base 䊊2 .
3. Pull the seat belt and secure the con-

nector buckle until it clicks 䊊
3 .
The center seat belt connector tongue can

be attached only into the rear center seat
belt connector buckle.
To fasten the seat belt, refer to "Fastening
the seat belts" in this section.
WARNING
∙ Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt connector except when folding
down the rear seat.
LRS3023

∙ When attaching the rear center seat WARNING
belt connector, be certain that the
∙ After adjustment, release the adjust-
seatbacks are completely secured in
ment button and try to move the
the latched position and the rear cen-
shoulder belt anchor up and down to
ter seat belt connector is completely
make sure it is securely fixed in
secured.
position.
∙ If the rear center seat belt connector
∙ The shoulder belt anchor height
and the seatbacks are not secured in
should be adjusted to the position
the correct position, serious personal
best for you. Failure to do so may re-
injury may result in an accident or
duce the effectiveness of the entire
sudden stop.
restraint system and increase the
chance or severity of injury in an
accident.
LRS0242
Shoulder belt height adjustment
(front seats)
The shoulder belt anchor height should be
adjusted to the position best for you. For
additional information, refer to “Precau-
tions on seat belt usage” in this section. To
adjust, pull out the adjustment button 䊊 1
and move the shoulder belt anchor to the
desired position 䊊2 , so the belt passes over
the center of the shoulder. The belt should
be away from your face and neck, but not
falling off your shoulder. Release the ad-
justment button to lock the shoulder belt
anchor into position.

∙ Driver and front passenger seating po- SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE
sitions
∙ To clean the seat belt webbing, apply
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN a mild soap solution or any solution rec-
dealer for assistance with purchasing an ommended for cleaning upholstery or
extender if an extender is required. carpet. Then wipe with a cloth and allow
the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not
WARNING allow the seat belts to retract until they
∙ Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, are completely dry.
made by the same company which ∙ If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt
made the original equipment seat guide of the seat belt anchors, the
belts, should be used with NISSAN seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the
seat belts. shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry
∙ Adults and children who can use the cloth.
LRS2851 standard seat belt should not use an ∙ Periodically check to see that the seat
Seat belt hook extender. Such unnecessary use belt and the metal components, such
could result in serious personal injury as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible
When the seat belt is not in use and when in the event of an accident. wires and anchors, work properly. If
folding down the rear seats, hook the rear loose parts, deterioration, cuts or other
seat belts on the seat belt hooks. ∙ Never use seat belt extenders to in-
stall child restraints. If the child re- damage on the webbing is found, the
SEAT BELT EXTENDERS straint is not secured properly, the entire seat belt assembly should be re-
child could be seriously injured or placed.
If, because of body size or driving position, it killed in a collision or a sudden stop.
is not possible to properly fit the
lap/shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender
that is compatible with the installed seat
belts is available for purchase. The ex-
tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm)
of length and is available for the:

CHILD SAFETY
WARNING There are three basic types of child re- All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
straint systems: territories require the use of approved child
Do not allow children to play with the restraints for infants and small children. For
seat belts. Most seating positions are ∙ Rear-facing child restraints
additional information, refer to “Child re-
equipped with Automatic Locking Re- ∙ Forward-facing child restraints straints” in this section.
tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat
belt becomes wrapped around a child’s ∙ Booster seats A child restraint may be secured in the ve-
neck with the ALR mode activated, the hicle by using either the LATCH (Lower An-
The proper restraint depends on the child’s chors and Tethers for CHildren) system or
child can be seriously injured or killed if size. Generally, infants up to about 1 year
the seat belt retracts and becomes with the vehicle seat belt. For additional
and less than 20 lbs. (9 kg) should be placed information, refer to “Child restraints” in this
tight. This can occur even if the vehicle in rear-facing child restraints. Forward-
is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to re- section.
facing child restraints are available for chil-
lease the child. If the seat belt cannot be dren who outgrow rear-facing child re- NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens
unbuckled or is already unbuckled, restraints and are at least 1 year old. Booster and children be restrained in the rear
lease the child by cutting the seat belt seats are used to help position a vehicle seat. Studies show that children are
with a suitable tool (such as a knife or lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no safer when properly restrained in the
scissors) to release the seat belt. longer use a forward-facing child restraint. rear seat than in the front seat.
Children need adults to help protect This is especially important because
them. They need to be properly re- WARNING your vehicle has a supplemental re-
strained. Infants and children need special pro- straint system (air bag system) for the
In addition to the general information in tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not front passenger. For additional informa-
this manual, child safety information is fit them properly. The shoulder belt may tion, refer to “Supplemental Restraint
available from many other sources, includ- come too close to the face or neck. The System (SRS)” in this section.
ing doctors, teachers, government traffic lap belt may not fit over their small hip
safety offices, and community organiza- bones. In an accident, an improperly fit-
tions. Every child is different, so be sure to ting seat belt could cause serious or fa-
learn the best way to transport your child. tal injury. Always use appropriate child
restraints.

INFANTS ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc- A booster seat should be used until the
tions for installation and use. child can pass the seat belt fit test below:
Infants up to at least 1 year old should be
placed in a rear-facing child restraint. LARGER CHILDREN ∙ Are the child’s back and hips against the
NISSAN recommends that infants be vehicle seatback?
Children should remain in a forward-facing
placed in child restraints that comply with ∙ Is the child able to sit without slouch-
child restraint with a harness until they
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or ing?
reach the maximum height or weight limit
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
allowed by the child restraint manufac- ∙ Do the child’s knees bend easily over
You should choose a child restraint that fits
turer. the front edge of the seat with feet flat
your vehicle and always follow the manu- on the floor?
facturer’s instructions for installation and Once a child outgrows the height or weight
use. limit of the harness-equipped forward- ∙ Can the child safely wear the seat belt
facing child restraint, NISSAN recommends (lap belt low and snug across the hips
SMALL CHILDREN that the child be placed in a commercially and shoulder belt across mid-chest
Children that are over 1 year old and weigh available booster seat to obtain proper and shoulder)?
at least 20 lbs. (9 kg) should remain in a seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, the ∙ Is the child able to use the properly ad-
rear-facing child restraint as long as pos- booster seat should raise the child so that justed head restraint/headrest?
sible up to the height or weight limit of the the shoulder belt is properly positioned
child restraint. Children who outgrow the ∙ Will the child be able to stay in position
across the chest and the top, middle por-
height or weight limit of the rear-facing for the entire ride?
tion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt
child restraint and are at least 1 year old should not cross the neck or face and
should be secured in a forward-facing child should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt
restraint with a harness. Refer to the manu- should lie snugly across the lower hips or
facturer’s instructions for minimum and upper thighs, not the abdomen. A booster
maximum weight and height recommen-
seat can only be used in seating positions
dations. NISSAN recommends that small
that have a three-point type seat belt. The
children be placed in child restraints that
comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and
Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle have a label certifying that it complies with
Safety Standards. You should choose a Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or
child restraint that fits your vehicle and al- Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
CHILD RESTRAINTS
NOTE:
Laws in some communities may follow
different guidelines. Check local and
state regulations to confirm your child is
using the correct restraint system before
traveling.
WARNING
Never let a child stand or kneel on any
seat and do not allow a child in the
cargo area. The child could be seriously
injured or killed in a sudden stop or
collision.
LRS2690 ARS1098
If you answered no to any of these ques- PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD
tions, the child should remain in a booster RESTRAINTS
seat using a three-point type seat belt.

– Infants and children should never – Child restraint anchorages are de-
be held on anyone’s lap. Even the signed to withstand only those
strongest adult cannot resist the loads imposed by correctly fitted
forces of a collision. child restraints. Under no circum-
stances are they to be used to at-
– Do not put a seat belt around both
tach adult seat belts, or other items
a child and another passenger.
or equipment to the vehicle. Doing
– NISSAN recommends that all child so could damage the child re-
restraints be installed in the rear straint anchorages. The child re-
seat. Studies show that children straint will not be properly in-
are safer when properly restrained stalled using the damaged
in the rear seat than in the front anchorage, and a child could be se-
seat. If you must install a forward- riously injured or killed in a
facing child restraint in the front collision.
WRS0256 seat, refer to “Forward-facing child
– Never use the anchor points for
restraint installation using the seat
WARNING adult seat belts, or other items.
belts” in this section.
∙ Failure to follow the warnings and in- – A child restraint with a top tether
– Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
structions for proper use and installa- strap should not be used in the
Bag System, never install a rear-
tion of child restraints could result in front passenger seat.
facing child restraint in the front
serious injury or death of a child or
seat. An inflating air bag could se- – Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-
other passengers in a sudden stop or
riously injure or kill a child. A rear- sible after fitting the child
collision:
facing child restraint must only be restraint.
– The child restraint must be used used in the rear seat.
– Infants and children should always
and installed properly. Always fol-
– Be sure to purchase a child re- be placed in an appropriate child
low all of the child restraint manu-
straint that will fit the child and ve- restraint while in the vehicle.
facturer’s instructions for installa-
hicle. Some child restraints may
tion and use.
not fit properly in your vehicle.

∙ When the child restraint is not in use, Several manufacturers offer child re- ∙ If the combined weight of the child and
keep it secured with the LATCH system straints for infants and children of various child restraint is greater than 65 lbs.
or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or col- sizes. When selecting any child restraint, (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not
lision, loose objects can injure occu- keep the following points in mind: the lower anchors) to install the child
pants or damage the vehicle. restraint.
∙ Choose only a restraint with a label cer-
tifying that it complies with Federal Mo- ∙ Be sure to follow the child restraint
CAUTION tor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Cana- manufacturer’s instructions for installa-
dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. tion.
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can
become very hot. Check the seating All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
∙ Check the child restraint in your vehicle
surface and buckles before placing a territories require that infants and small
to be sure it is compatible with the vehi-
child in the child restraint. children be restrained in an approved
cle’s seat and seat belt system.
child restraint at all times while the ve-
This vehicle is equipped with a universal
∙ If the child restraint is compatible with hicle is being operated. Canadian law re-
child restraint anchor system, referred to
your vehicle, place your child in the child quires the top tether strap on forward-
as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers
restraint and check the various adjust- facing child restraints be secured to the
for CHildren) system. Some child restraints
ments to be sure the child restraint is designated anchor point on the vehicle.
include rigid or webbing-mounted attach-
ments that can be connected to these an- compatible with your child. Choose a
chors. For additional information, refer to child restraint that is designed for your
“LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for child’s height and weight. Always follow
CHildren) system” in this section. all recommended procedures.
If you do not have a LATCH compatible ∙ If the combined weight of the child and
child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be child restraint is less than 65 lbs.
used. (29.5 kg), you may use either the LATCH
anchors or the seat belt to install the
child restraint (not both at the same
time).

hicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to
– Inspect the lower anchors by in-
install the child restraint. Be sure to follow serting your fingers into the lower
the child restraint manufacturer’s instruc- anchor area. Feel to make sure
tions for installation. there are no obstructions over the
The LATCH lower anchor points are pro- anchors such as seat belt webbing
vided to install child restraints in the follow- or seat cushion material. The child
ing positions only: restraint will not be secured prop-
erly if the lower anchors are
∙ Rear bench seat – outboard seating po- obstructed.
sitions – Child restraint anchorages are de-
LATCH lower anchor signed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted
WARNING child restraints. Under no circum-
LRS2871 stances are they to be used to at-
Failure to follow the warnings and in- tach adult seat belts, or other items
LATCH system lower anchor locations -
structions for proper use and installa- or equipment to the vehicle. Doing
bench seat
tion of child restraints could result in so could damage the child re-
LATCH (Lower Anchors and serious injury or death of a child or straint anchorages. The child re-
Tethers for CHildren) SYSTEM other passengers in a sudden stop or straint will not be properly in-
collision: stalled using the damaged
Your vehicle is equipped with special an-
– Attach LATCH system compatible anchorages, and a child could be
chor points that are used with LATCH sys-
child restraints only at the loca- seriously injured or killed in a
tem compatible child restraints. This sys-
tions shown in the illustration. collision.
tem may also be referred to as the ISOFIX
or ISOFIX compatible system. With this sys- – Do not secure a child restraint in
tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seat the rear bench center position us-
belt to secure the child restraint unless the ing the LATCH system anchors. The
combined weight of the child and child re- child restraint will not be secured
straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com- properly.
bined weight of the child and child restraint
is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the ve-
WRS0700 LRS2165 LRS0661
LATCH lower anchor location LATCH label locations rear bench LATCH webbing-mounted attachment
LATCH lower anchor location Installing child restraint LATCH
The LATCH lower anchors are located as lower anchor attachments
shown. A label is attached to the seatback LATCH compatible child restraints include
to help you locate the LATCH lower an- two rigid or webbing-mounted attach-
chors. ments that can be connected to two an-
chors located at certain seating positions
in your vehicle. With this system, you do not
have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the
child restraint. Check your child restraint for
a label stating that it is compatible with
LATCH. This information may also be in the
instructions provided by the child restraint
manufacturer.

Top tether anchor
WARNING
∙ Do not allow cargo to contact the top
tether strap when it is attached to the
top tether anchor. Properly secure the
cargo so it does not contact the top
tether strap. Cargo that is not properly
secured or cargo that contacts the top
tether strap may damage it during a
collision. A child could be seriously in-
jured or killed in a collision if the top
tether strap is damaged.
LRS0662 ∙ Child restraint anchorages are de- LRS2596
LATCH rigid-mounted attachment signed to withstand only those loads Rear bench seat
When installing a child restraint, carefully imposed by correctly fitted child re-
straints. Under no circumstances are
䊊
1 Top tether strap
read and follow the instructions in this
manual and those supplied with the child they to be used to attach adult seat 䊊
2 Anchor point
restraint. belts, or other items or equipment to Top tether anchor point locations
the vehicle. Doing so could damage
the child restraint anchorages. The Anchor points are located in the following
child restraint will not be properly in- locations:
stalled using the damaged anchor-
∙ Rear bench seat on the back side of the
ages, and a child could be seriously
seatback in the seating positions
injured or killed in a collision.
shown.
If you have any questions when installing a
top tether strap, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION USING LATCH
For additional information, refer to all Warn-
ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and
“Child restraints” sections of this manual
before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the com-
bined weight of the child and the child re-
straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-
bined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-
chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure
to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s WRS0801 WRS0802
instructions for installation. Rear-facing webbing-mounted – step 2 Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2
2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing tachments to the LATCH lower an-
child restraint in the rear bench seats using chors. Check to make sure the LATCH
the LATCH system: attachment is properly attached to the
1. Position the child restraint on the seat. lower anchors.
Always follow the child restraint manu-
facturer’s instructions.

the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not
all child restraints fit in all types of ve-
hicles.
5. Check to make sure the child restraint
is properly secured prior to each use. If
the child restraint is loose, repeat
steps 2 through 4.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT
BELTS
WARNING
LRS0673 LRS0674 The three-point seat belt with Auto-
Rear-facing – step 3 Rear-facing – step 4 matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be
3. For child restraints that are equipped 4. After attaching the child restraint, test used when installing a child restraint.
with webbing-mounted attachments, it before you place the child in it. Push it Failure to use the ALR mode will result in
remove any additional slack from the from side to side while holding the child the child restraint not being properly
anchor attachments. Press downward restraint near the LATCH attachment secured. The restraint could tip over or
and rearward firmly in the center of the path. The child restraint should not be loose and cause injury to a child in a
child restraint with your hand to com- sudden stop or collision.
move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from
press the vehicle seat cushion and side to side. Try to tug it forward and For additional information, refer to all Warn-
seatback while tightening the webbing check to see if the LATCH attachment ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and
of the anchor attachments. “Child restraints” sections of this manual
holds the restraint in place. If the re-
straint is not secure, tighten the LATCH before installing a child restraint.
attachment as necessary, or put the
restraint in another seat and test it
again. You may need to try a different
child restraint or try installing by using
Do not use the lower anchors if the com-
bined weight of the child and the child re-
straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-
bined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-
chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure
to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing
child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in
the rear seats:
WRS0256 WRS0761
Rear-facing – step 1 Rear-facing – step 2
1. Child restraints for infants must be 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the
used in the rear-facing direction and child restraint and insert it into the
therefore must not be used in the buckle until you hear and feel the latch
front seat. Position the child restraint engage. Be sure to follow the child re-
on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for
straint manufacturer’s instructions. belt routing.

LRS2395 LRS2396 WRS0762
Rear-facing – step 3 Rear-facing – step 4 Rear-facing – step 5
3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on 5. Remove any additional slack from the
fully extended. At this time, the seat belt the shoulder belt to remove any slack seat belt; press downward and rear-
retractor is in the ALR mode (child re- in the belt. ward firmly in the center of the child
straint mode). It reverts to the ELR restraint to compress the vehicle seat
mode when the seat belt is fully re- cushion and seatback while pulling up
tracted. on the seat belt.

7. Check to make sure that the child re- Follow these steps to install a forward-
straint is properly secured prior to each facing child restraint in the rear bench
use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat seats using the LATCH system:
steps 1 through 6.
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
After the child restraint is removed and the Always follow the child restraint manu-
seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode facturer’s instructions.
(child restraint mode) is canceled.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD
RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
LATCH
For additional information, refer to all Warn-
ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and
LRS2397 “Child restraints” sections of this manual
Rear-facing – step 6 before installing a child restraint.
6. After attaching the child restraint, test Do not use the lower anchors if the com-
it before you place the child in it. Push it bined weight of the child and the child re-
from side to side while holding the child straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-
restraint near the seat belt path. The bined weight of the child and the child
child restraint should not move more restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use
than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-
Try to tug it forward and check to see if chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure
the belt holds the restraint in place. If to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
the restraint is not secure, tighten the instructions for installation.
seat belt as necessary, or put the re-
straint in another seat and test it again.
You may need to try a different child
restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.
If the seating position does not have
an adjustable head restraint/headrest
and it is interfering with the proper
child restraint fit, try another seating
position or a different child restraint.
LRS2398 LRS2399
Forward-facing webbing-mounted – Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2
step 2 seating positions that do not have a
2. Secure the child restraint anchor at- top tether anchor.
tachments to the LATCH lower an-
3. The back of the child restraint should
chors. Check to make sure the LATCH
be secured against the vehicle seat-
attachment is properly attached to the
back.
lower anchors.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
If the child restraint is equipped with a
restraint/headrest to obtain the cor-
top tether strap, route the top tether
rect child restraint fit. If the head
strap and secure the tether strap to
restraint/headrest is removed, store it
the tether anchor point. For additional
in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall
information, refer to “Installing top
the head restraint/headrest when
tether strap” in this section.
the child restraint is removed. For ad-
Do not install child restraints that re- ditional information, refer to “Head
quire the use of a top tether strap in restraints/headrests” in this section.
the child restraint is loose, repeat
steps 3 through 6.
LRS0671 WRS0697
Forward-facing – step 4 Forward-facing – step 6
4. For child restraints that are equipped 6. After attaching the child restraint, test
with webbing-mounted attachments, it before you place the child in it. Push it
remove any additional slack from the from side to side while holding the child
anchor attachments. Press downward restraint near the LATCH attachment
and rearward firmly in the center of the path. The child restraint should not
child restraint with your knee to com- move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from
press the vehicle seat cushion and side to side. Try to tug it forward and
seatback while tightening the webbing check to see if the LATCH attachment
of the anchor attachments. holds the restraint in place. If the re-
straint is not secure, tighten the LATCH
5. Tighten the tether strap according to
attachment as necessary, or put the
the manufacturer’s instructions to re-
restraint in another seat and test it
move any slack.
again. You may need to try a different
child restraint. Not all child restraints fit
in all types of vehicles.
Rear bench seat WARNING
OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS Child restraint anchorages are de-
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest signed to withstand only those loads
and store it in a secure place. Be sure to imposed by correctly fitted child re-
reinstall the head restraint/headrest straints. Under no circumstances are
when the child restraint is removed. For they to be used to attach adult seat
belts, or other items or equipment to
additional information, refer to “Head
the vehicle. Doing so could damage the
restraints/headrests” in this section.
child restraint anchorages. The child re-
2. Position the top tether strap 䊊
1 as straint will not be properly installed us-
shown. ing the damaged anchorage, and a
child could be seriously injured or killed
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether in a collision.
anchor point 䊊
2 as shown.
LRS2597
Rear bench seat 4. Tighten the tether strap according to
䊊
1 Top tether strap the manufacturer’s instructions to re-
move any slack.
䊊
2 Anchor point
If you have any questions when install-
Installing top tether strap ing a top tether strap, it is recommended
The child restraint top tether strap must be that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this
used when installing the child restraint with service.
the LATCH lower anchor attachments.
First, secure the child restraint with the
LATCH lower anchors.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD Follow these steps to install a forward-
RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING facing child restraint using the vehicle seat
THE SEAT BELTS belt in the rear seats or in the front passen-
ger seat:
WARNING 1. If you must install a child restraint in
The three-point seat belt with Auto- the front seat, it should be placed in a
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be forward-facing direction only. Move
used when installing a child restraint. the seat to the rearmost position.
Failure to use the ALR mode will result in Child restraints for infants must be
the child restraint not being properly used in the rear-facing direction and,
secured. The restraint could tip over or therefore, must not be used in the
be loose and cause injury to a child in a front seat.
sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
2. Position the child restraint on the seat.
change the operation of the front pas- WRS0699
senger air bag. For additional informa- Always follow the child restraint manu-
Forward-facing (front passenger seat) –
tion, refer to “Front passenger air bag facturer’s instructions.
step 1
and status light” in this section. For additional information, refer to all Warn- The back of the child restraint should
ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and be secured against the vehicle seat-
“Child restraints” sections of this manual back.
before installing a child restraint.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
Do not use the lower anchors if the com- restraint/headrest to obtain the cor-
bined weight of the child and the child re- rect child restraint fit. If the head
straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com- restraint/headrest is removed, store it
bined weight of the child and the child in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall
restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the head restraint/headrest when
the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an- the child restraint is removed. For ad-
chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure ditional information, refer to “Head
to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s restraints/headrests” in this section.
instructions for installation.
If the seating position does not have Do not install child restraints that re-
an adjustable head restraint/headrest quire the use of a top tether strap in
and it is interfering with the proper seating positions that do not have a
child restraint fit, try another seating top tether anchor.
position or a different child restraint.
WRS0680
Forward-facing – step 3
3. Route the seat belt tongue through the
child restraint and insert it into the
buckle until you hear and feel the latch
engage. Be sure to follow the child re-
straint manufacturer’s instructions for
belt routing.
If the child restraint is equipped with a
top tether strap, route the top tether
strap and secure the tether strap to
the tether anchor point. For additional
information, refer to “Installing top
tether strap” in this section.

LRS2394 LRS0668 WRS0681
Forward-facing – step 4 Forward-facing – step 5 Forward-facing – step 6
4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is 5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on 6. Remove any additional slack from the
fully extended. At this time, the seat belt the shoulder belt to remove any slack seat belt; press downward and rear-
retractor is in the ALR mode (child re- in the belt. ward firmly in the center of the child
straint mode). It reverts to ELR mode restraint with your knee to compress
when the seat belt is fully retracted. the vehicle seat cushion and seatback
while pulling up on the seat belt.
7. Tighten the tether strap according to
move any slack.

the seat belt is not locked, repeat
steps 2 through 8.
WRS0698 LRS0865
Forward-facing – step 8 Forward-facing – step 10
8. After attaching the child restraint, test 10. If the child restraint is installed in the
it before you place the child in it. Push it front passenger seat, place the ignition
from side to side while holding the child switch in the ON position. The front
restraint near the seat belt path. The passenger air bag status light
child restraint should not move more should illuminate. If this light is not illu-
than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. minated refer to “Front passenger air
Try to tug it forward and check to see if bag and status light” in this section.
the belt holds the restraint in place. If Move the child restraint to another
the restraint is not secure, tighten the seating position. Have the system
seat belt as necessary, or put the re- checked. It is recommended that you
straint in another seat and test it again. visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
You may need to try a different child After the child restraint is removed and the
restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode
types of vehicles. (child restraint mode) is canceled.

Rear bench seat 4. Tighten the tether strap according to
OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS
move any slack.
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest
If you have any questions when install-
and store it in a secure place. Be sure to
ing a top tether strap, it is recommended
reinstall the head restraint/headrest
that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this
when the child restraint is removed. For
service.
additional information, refer to “Head
WARNING
1 as Child restraint anchorages are de-
shown. signed to withstand only those loads
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether imposed by correctly fitted child re-
anchor point 䊊
2 as shown. straints. Under no circumstances are
LRS2597 they to be used to attach adult seat
Rear row bench seat 4. Tighten the tether strap according to belts, or other items or equipment to
䊊
1 Top tether strap the manufacturer’s instructions to re- the vehicle. Doing so could damage the
move any slack. child restraint anchorages. The child re-
䊊
2 Anchor point straint will not be properly installed us-
CENTER SEATING POSITION
Installing top tether strap ing the damaged anchorage, and a
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest child could be seriously injured or killed
The child restraint top tether strap must be and store it in a secure place. Be sure to in a collision.
used when installing the child restraint with reinstall the head restraint/headrest
seat belts. when the child restraint is removed. For BOOSTER SEATS
First, secure the child restraint with the seat additional information, refer to “Head For additional information on installing a
belt. restraints/headrests” in this section.
booster seat in your vehicle, follow the in-
1 as structions outlined in this section.
shown.
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether
anchor point 䊊
2 as shown.

Precautions on booster seats
WARNING
If a booster seat and seat belt are not
used properly, the risk of a child being
injured or killed in a sudden stop or col-
lision greatly increases:
– Make sure the shoulder portion of
the belt is away from the child’s
face and neck and the lap portion
of the belt does not cross the
stomach.
– Make sure the shoulder belt is not
LRS2479 LRS0453
behind the child or under the
child’s arm. A. Low back booster seat Booster seats of various sizes are offered
B. High back booster seat
by several manufacturers. When selecting
– A booster seat must only be in-
any booster seat, keep the following points
stalled in a seating position that
in mind:
has a lap/shoulder belt.
∙ Choose only a booster seat with a label
certifying that it complies with Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
dard 213.
∙ Check the booster seat in your vehicle
to be sure it is compatible with the vehi-
cle’s seat and seat belt system.

∙ If the booster seat is compatible with For additional information, refer to all Warn-
your vehicle, place the child in the ings and Cautions in the “Child safety,”
booster seat and check the various ad- “Child restraints” and “Booster seats” sec-
justments to be sure the booster seat is tions of this manual before installing a child
compatible with the child. Always follow restraint.
all recommended procedures.
Follow these steps to install a booster seat
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or in the rear bench seats or in the front pas-
territories require that infants and small senger seat:
children be restrained in an approved
child restraint at all times while the ve-
hicle is being operated.
The instructions in this section apply to
booster seat installation in the rear seats
LRS0464 or the front passenger seat.
∙ Make sure the child’s head will be prop- Booster seat installation
erly supported by the booster seat or
vehicle seat. The seatback must be at WARNING
or above the center of the child’s ears.
For example, if a low back booster seat To avoid injury to child, do not use the
is chosen, the vehicle seatback must be lap/shoulder belt in the Automatic
Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when us-
at or above the center of the child’s ears.
ing a booster seat with the seat belts.
If the seatback is lower than the center
of the child’s ears, a high back booster
seat should be used.

If the seating position does not have
an adjustable head restraint/headrest
and it is interfering with the proper
booster seat fit, try another seating
position or a different booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt
low and snug on the child’s hips. Be
sure to follow the booster seat manu-
facturer’s instructions for adjusting the
seat belt routing.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the
seat belt toward the retractor to take
up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder
WRS0699 LRS0454 belt is positioned across the top,
1. If you must install a booster seat in Front passenger position middle portion of the child’s shoulder.
the front seat, move the seat to the 3. The booster seat should be positioned Be sure to follow the booster seat
rearmost position. on the vehicle seat so that it is stable. manufacturer’s instructions for adjust-
ing the seat belt routing.
2. Position the booster seat on the seat. If necessary, adjust or remove the head
Only place it in a front-facing direction. restraint/headrest to obtain the cor- 6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-
Always follow the booster seat manu- rect booster seat fit. If the head structions for properly fastening a seat
facturer’s instructions. restraint/headrest is removed, store it belt shown in “Three-point type seat
in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall belt with retractor” in this section.
the head restraint/headrest when
the booster seat is removed. For ad-
ditional information, refer to “Head

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(SRS)
PRECAUTIONS ON SRS Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

This SRS section contains important infor- rollover supplemental air bag system
mation concerning the following systems: This system can help cushion the impact
∙ Driver and front passenger supplemen- force to the head of occupants in front and
tal front-impact air bag (NISSAN Ad- rear outboard seating positions in certain
vanced Air Bag System) side-impact or rollover collisions. In a side
impact, the curtain air bags are designed
∙ Front seat-mounted side-impact to inflate on the side where the vehicle is
supplemental air bag impacted. In a rollover, the curtain air bags
∙ Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and are designed to inflate and remain inflated
rollover supplemental air bag for a short time.
∙ Driver supplemental knee air bag The SRS is designed to supplement the
crash protection provided by the driver and
LRS0865 ∙ Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front front passenger seat belts and is not a
7. If the booster seat is installed in the seats) substitute for them. Seat belts should al-
front passenger seat, place the ignition Supplemental front-impact air bag system ways be correctly worn and the occupant
switch in the ON position. The front pas- seated a suitable distance away from the
senger air bag status light may or The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can
steering wheel, instrument panel and door
may not illuminate, depending on the help cushion the impact force to the head
finishers. For additional information, refer
size of the child and the type of booster and chest of the driver and front passenger
to “Seat belts” in this section.
seat being used. For additional infor- in certain frontal collisions.
mation, refer to “Front passenger air Driver supplemental knee air bag
Front seat-mounted side-impact
bag and status light” in this section. supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact
force to the driver’s knees in certain colli-
This system can help cushion the impact
sions.
force to the chest area of the driver and
front passenger in certain side-impact col- The SRS is designed to supplement the
lisions. The side air bags are designed to crash protection provided by the driver and
inflate on the side where the vehicle is im- front passenger seat belts and is not a
pacted. substitute for them. Seat belts should al-
ways be correctly worn and the occupant
seated a suitable distance away from the
steering wheel, instrument panel and door
finishers. For additional information, refer
to “Seat belts” in this section.
The supplemental air bags operate only
when the ignition switch is placed in the
ON position.
After placing the ignition switch in the
ON position, the supplemental air bag
warning light illuminates. The supple-
mental air bag warning light will turn off
after about 7 seconds if the system is
operational. WRS0031
WARNING ∙ The seat belts and the front air bags are
most effective when you are sitting well
∙ The front air bags ordinarily will not
back and upright in the seat. The front air
inflate in the event of a side impact,
bags inflate with great force. Even with
rear impact, rollover, or lower severity
the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, if
frontal collision. Always wear your
you are unrestrained, leaning forward,
seat belts to help reduce the risk or
sitting sideways or out of position in any
severity of injury in various kinds of
way, you are at greater risk of injury or
accidents.
death in a crash. You may also receive
∙ The front passenger air bag will not serious or fatal injuries from the front air
inflate if the passenger air bag status bag if you are up against it when it in-
light is lit. For additional information, flates. Always sit back against the seat-
refer to “Front passenger air bag and back and as far away as practical from
status light” in this section. the steering wheel or instrument panel.
Always properly use the seat belts.

∙ The driver and front passenger seat
belt buckles are equipped with sen-
sors that detect if the seat belts are
fastened. The NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System monitors the severity of a
collision and seat belt usage, then in-
flates the air bags as needed. Failure
to properly wear seat belts can in-
crease the risk or severity of injury in
an accident.
∙ The front passenger seat is equipped
with an occupant classification sen-
sor (weight sensor) that turns the
front passenger air bag OFF under ARS1133
some conditions. This sensor is only
used in this seat. Failure to be properly
seated and wearing the seat belt can
increase the risk or severity of injury in
an accident. For additional informa-
tion, refer to “Front passenger air bag
and status light” in this section.
∙ Keep hands on the outside of the
steering wheel. Placing them inside
the steering wheel rim could increase
the risk that they are injured when the
front air bag inflates.

ARS1041 ARS1042 ARS1043
WARNING WARNING
∙ Never let children ride unrestrained or ∙ Children may be severely injured or
extend their hands or face out of the killed when the front air bags, side air
window. Do not attempt to hold them bags or curtain air bags inflate if they
in your lap or arms. Some examples of are not properly restrained. Pre-teens
dangerous riding positions are shown and children should be properly re-
in the illustrations. strained in the rear seat, if possible.

ARS1044 ARS1045 ARS1046
WARNING
∙ Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rear-
facing child restraint in the front seat.
An inflating front air bag could seri-
ously injure or kill your child. For addi-
tional information, refer to “Child re-
straints” in this section.

WARNING
∙ The seat belts, the side air bags and
curtain air bags are most effective
when you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet on
the floor. The side air bag and curtain
air bag inflate with great force. Do not
allow anyone to place their hand, leg
or face near the side air bag on the
side of the seatback of the front seat
or near the side roof rails. Do not allow
anyone sitting in the front seats or
rear outboard seats to extend their
WRS0431 hand out of the window or lean WRS0363
against the door. Some examples of
WARNING dangerous riding positions are shown WARNING
in the previous illustrations.
Front seat-mounted side-impact ∙ When sitting in the rear seat, do not
supplemental air bags and roof- hold onto the seatback of the front
mounted curtain side-impact and roll- seat. If the side air bag inflates, you
over supplemental air bags: may be seriously injured. Be espe-
cially careful with children, who
∙ The side air bags and curtain air bags
should always be properly restrained.
ordinarily will not inflate in the event
Some examples of dangerous riding
of a frontal impact, rear impact, or
positions are shown in the
lower severity side collision. Always
illustrations.
wear your seat belts to help reduce
the risk or severity of injury in various ∙ Do not use seat covers on the front
kinds of accidents. seatbacks. They may interfere with
side air bag inflation.

SSS0162 SSS0159

NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
(front seats)
1. Supplemental front-impact air bag
modules
2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)
3. Occupant classification sensor (weight
sensor)
4. Front seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag modules
5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact
and rollover supplemental air bags
6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag inflators
7. Satellite sensors
8. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front
seats)
9. Pressure sensors in door (driver’s side
shown; front passenger side is similar)
11. Crash zone sensor
LRS2598

WARNING ∙ If a forward-facing child restraint is ∙ Do not position the front passenger
installed in the front passenger seat, seat so it contacts the rear seat. If the
To ensure proper operation of the pas-
do not position the front passenger front seat does contact the rear seat,
senger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-
seat so the child restraint contacts the the air bag system may determine a
tem, please observe the following
instrument panel. If the child restraint sensor malfunction has occurred and
items.
does contact the instrument panel, the front passenger air bag status
∙ Do not allow a passenger in the rear the system may determine the seat is light may illuminate and the supple-
bench seats to push or pull on the occupied and the passenger air bag mental air bag warning light may
seatback pocket. may deploy in a collision. Also the flash.
∙ Do not place heavy loads heavier than front passenger air bag status light
may not illuminate. For additional in- This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN
9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, head Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and
restraint/headrest or in the seatback formation, refer to “Child restraints” in
this section. front passenger seats. This system is de-
pocket. signed to meet certification requirements
∙ Make sure that there is nothing press- ∙ Confirm the operating condition with under U.S. regulations. It is also permitted in
ing against the rear of the seatback, the front passenger air bag status
Canada. All of the information, cautions
such as a child restraint installed in light.
and warnings in this manual still apply
the rear seat or an object stored on ∙ If you notice that the front passenger and must be followed.
the floor. air bag status light is not operating as
described in this section, get the oc- The driver supplemental front-impact air
∙ Make sure that there is no object bag is located in the center of the steering
placed under the front passenger cupant classification system checked.
It is recommended that you visit a wheel. The front passenger supplemental
seat. front-impact air bag is mounted in the
NISSAN dealer for this service.
∙ Make sure that there is no object dashboard above the glove box. The front
placed between the seat cushion and ∙ Until you have confirmed with a
air bags are designed to inflate in higher
center console or between the seat dealer that your passenger seat occu-
severity frontal collisions, although they
cushion and the door. pant classification system is working
properly, position the occupants in may inflate if the forces in another type of
the rear seating positions. collision are similar to those of a higher
severity frontal impact. They may not in-
flate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle

damage (or lack of it) is not always an indi- If you have any questions about your air Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat
cation of proper front air bag system op- bag system, it is recommended that you belts should be correctly worn and the
eration. visit a NISSAN dealer to obtain information driver and front passenger seated upright
about the system. If you are considering as far as practical away from the steering
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
modification of your vehicle due to a dis- wheel or instrument panel. The front air
monitors information from the crash zone
ability, you may also contact NISSAN. Con- bags inflate quickly in order to help protect
sensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat
tact information is contained in the front of the front occupants. Because of this, the
belt buckle sensors and occupation classi-
this Owner’s Manual. force of the front air bag inflating can in-
fication sensor (weight sensor). Inflator op-
crease the risk of injury if the occupant is
eration is based on the severity of a colli- When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud
too close to, or is against, the front air bag
sion and seat belt usage for the driver. For noise may be heard, followed by the re-
module during inflation.
the front passenger, the occupant classifi- lease of smoke. This smoke is not harmful
cation sensor is also monitored. Based on and does not indicate a fire. Care should be The front air bags deflate quickly after a
information from the sensor, only one front taken to not inhale it, as it may cause irrita- collision.
air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on tion and choking. Those with a history of a
The front air bags operate only when the
the crash severity and whether the front breathing condition should get fresh air
ignition switch is in the ON position.
occupants are belted or unbelted. Addi- promptly.
tionally, the front passenger air bag may be After placing the ignition switch in the
Front air bags, along with the use of seat
automatically turned off under some con- ON position, the supplemental air bag
belts, help to cushion the impact force on
ditions, depending on the weight detected warning light illuminates. The supple-
the face and chest of the front occupants.
on the front passenger seat and how the mental air bag warning light will turn off
They can help save lives and reduce seri-
seat belt is used. If the front passenger air after about 7 seconds if the system is
ous injuries. However, an inflating front air
bag is OFF, the front passenger air bag sta- operational.
bag may cause facial abrasions or other
tus light will be illuminated. For additional
injuries. Front air bags, other than the driv-
information, refer to “Front passenger air
er’s knee air bag, do not provide restraint to
bag and status light” in this section. One
the lower body.
front air bag inflating does not indicate im-
proper performance of the system.

Front passenger air bag and status light Status light
The front passenger seat is equipped with
WARNING an occupant classification sensor (weight
The front passenger air bag is designed sensor) that turns the front passenger air
to automatically turn OFF under some bag on or off depending on the weight ap-
conditions. Read this section carefully plied to the front passenger seat. The sta-
to learn how it operates. Proper use of tus of the front passenger air bag (ON or
the seat, seat belt and child restraints is OFF) is indicated by the front passenger air
necessary for most effective protec- bag status light which is located on
tion. Failure to follow all instructions in the instrument panel.
this manual concerning the use of After the ignition switch is placed in the
seats, seat belts and child restraints can "ON" position, the front passenger air bag
increase the risk or severity of injury in status light on the instrument panel illumi-
an accident. nates for about 7 seconds and then turns
LRS0865
off or remains illuminated depending on
the front passenger seat occupied status.
The light operates as follows:
PASSENGER AIR BAG STA-
CONDITION DESCRIPTION FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS
TUS LIGHT ( )
Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED
Bag or Child or Child Restraint or
Nobody/Somebody ON (illuminated) INHIBITED
Small Adult in front passenger seat
Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED
In addition to the above, certain objects For additional information related to the Front passenger air bag
placed on the front passenger seat may normal operation and troubleshooting of
The front passenger air bag is designed to
also cause the light to operate as de- this occupant classification sensor system,
automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is
scribed above depending on their weight. please refer to “Normal operation” and
operated under some conditions as de-
“Troubleshooting” in this section.
scribed below in accordance with U.S. regu-

lations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, pant takes his/her weight off the seat inflation, because of the object’s weight de-
it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bag cushion (for example, by not sitting upright, tected by the occupant classification sen-
and other air bags in your vehicle are not by sitting on an edge of the seat, or by sor. Other conditions could also result in air
part of this system. otherwise being out of position), this could bag inflation, such as if a child is standing
cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF. on the seat, or if two children are on the
The purpose of the regulation is to help
Always be sure to be seated and wearing seat, contrary to the instructions in this
reduce the risk of injury or death from an
the seat belt properly for the most effective manual. Always be sure that you and all
inflating air bag to certain front passenger
protection by the seat belt and supple- vehicle occupants are seated and re-
seat occupants, such as children, by requir-
mental air bag. strained properly.
ing the air bag to be automatically turned
OFF. Certain sensors are used to meet the NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and Using the front passenger air bag status
requirements. children be properly restrained in a rear light, you can monitor when the front pas-
seat. NISSAN also recommends that ap- senger air bag is automatically turned OFF.
The occupant classification sensor in this propriate child restraints and booster
vehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If If an adult occupant is in the seat but the
detect an occupant and objects on the this is not possible, the occupant classifica- front passenger air bag status light is illu-
seat by weight. For example, if a child is in tion sensor is designed to operate as de- minated (indicating that the air bag is OFF),
the front passenger seat, the NISSAN Ad- scribed above to turn the front passenger it could be that the person is a small adult,
vanced Air Bag System is designed to turn air bag OFF for specified child restraints as or is not sitting on the seat properly or not
the front passenger air bag OFF in accor- required by the regulations. Failing to prop- using the seat belt properly.
dance with the regulations. Also, if a child erly secure child restraints and to use the
If a child restraint must be used in the front
restraint of the type specified in the regula- ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or
seat, the front passenger air bag status
tions is on the seat, its weight and the move in a collision or sudden stop. This can
light may or may not be illuminated, de-
child’s weight can be detected and cause also result in the passenger air bag inflat-
pending on the size of the child and the
the air bag to turn OFF. ing in a crash instead of being OFF. For
type of child restraint being used. If the air
additional information, refer to “Child re-
Front passenger seat adult occupants who bag status light is not illuminated (indicat-
straints” in this section.
are properly seated and using the seat belt ing that the air bag might inflate in a crash),
as outlined in this manual should not If the front passenger seat is not occupied, it could be that the child restraint or seat
cause the front passenger air bag to be the front passenger air bag is designed not belt is not being used properly. Make sure
automatically turned OFF. For small adults to inflate in a crash. However, heavy objects that the child restraint is installed properly,
it may be turned OFF, however if the occu- placed on the seat could result in air bag the seat belt is used properly and the occu-
pant is positioned properly. If the air bag Normal operation Steps
status light is still not illuminated, reposi-
In order for the occupant classification 1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”
tion the occupant or child restraint in a rear sensor system to classify the front passen- section of this manual. Sit upright, lean-
seat. ger based on weight, please follow the pre- ing against the seatback, and centered
If the front passenger air bag status light cautions and steps outlined below: on the seat cushion with your feet com-
will not illuminate even though you believe Precautions fortably extended to the floor.
that the child restraint, the seat belts and
∙ Make sure that there are no objects 2. Make sure there are no objects on your
the occupant are properly positioned, it is
weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging on lap.
recommended that you take your vehicle
to a NISSAN dealer. A NISSAN dealer can the seat or placed in the seatback 3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the
pocket.
check system status by using a special “Seat belts” section of this manual.
tool. However, until you have confirmed ∙ Make sure that a child restraint or other Front passenger seat belt buckle sta-
with a dealer that your air bag is working object is not pressing against the rear tus is monitored by the occupant clas-
properly, reposition the occupant or child of the seatback. sification system, and is used as an in-
restraint in a rear seat. ∙ Make sure that a rear passenger is not put to determine occupancy status. So,
pushing or pulling on the back of the it is highly recommended that the front
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and
front passenger air bag status light will front passenger seat. passenger fasten their seat belt.
take a few seconds to register a change in ∙ Make sure that the front passenger 4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds
the front passenger seat status. This is nor- seat or seatback is not forced back allowing the system to classify the
mal system operation and does not indi- against an object on the seat or floor front passenger before the vehicle is
cate a malfunction. behind it. put into motion.
If a malfunction occurs in the front passen- ∙ Make sure that there is no object placed 5. Ensure proper classification by check-
ger air bag system, the supplemental air under the front passenger seat. ing the front passenger air bag status
bag warning light , located in the me- light.
ter and gauges area of the instrument
panel, will be illuminated (blinking or
steadily lit). Have the system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
dealer for this service.
NOTE: ∙ Occupant is not sitting upright, leaning If the light is still ON after this, the person
against the seatback, and centered on should be advised not to ride in the front
This vehicle’s occupant classification the seat cushion with his/her feet com- passenger seat and the vehicle should be
sensor system generally keeps the clas- fortably extended to the floor. checked as soon as possible. It is recom-
sification locked during driving, so it is
∙ A child restraint or other object pressing mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for
important that you confirm that the
against the rear of the seatback. this service.
front passenger is properly classified
prior to driving. However, the occupant ∙ A rear passenger pushing or pulling on 2. If the light is OFF with a small adult,
classification sensor may recalculate the the back of the front passenger seat. child or child restraint occupying the
weight of the occupant under some con- front passenger seat.
ditions (both while driving and when ∙ Forcing the front seat or seatback
against an object on the seat or floor This may be due to the following con-
stopped), so front passenger seat occu-
behind it. ditions that may be interfering with the
pants should continue to remain seated
weight sensors:
as outlined above. ∙ An object placed under the front pas-
senger seat. ∙ Small adult or child is not sitting upright,
Troubleshooting
∙ An object placed between the seat leaning against the seatback, and cen-
If you think the front passenger air bag cushion and center console or between tered on the seat cushion with his/her
status light is incorrect: the seat cushion and the door. feet comfortably extended to the floor.
1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying If the vehicle is moving, please come to a ∙ The child restraint is not properly in-
the front passenger seat: stop when it is safe to do so. Check and stalled, as outlined in the “Child re-
correct any of the above conditions. Re- straints” section of this manual.
∙ Occupant is a small adult — the air bag
start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
light is functioning as intended. The ∙ An object weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg)
front passenger air bag is suppressed. NOTE: hanging on the seat or placed in the
seatback pocket.
However, if the occupant is not a small A system check will be performed during
adult, then this may be due to the following which the front passenger air bag status ∙ A child restraint or other object pressing
conditions that may be interfering with the light will remain lit for about 7 seconds against the rear of the seatback.
weight sensors: initially. ∙ A rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger seat.

∙ Forcing the front seat or seatback checked. It is recommended that you ∙ Do not make unauthorized changes
against an object on the seat or floor visit a NISSAN dealer as soon as pos- to your vehicle’s electrical system,
behind it. sible. suspension system or front end struc-
∙ An object placed under the front pas- Other supplemental front-impact air ture. This could affect proper opera-
senger seat. bag precautions tion of the front air bag system.
∙ An object placed between the seat ∙ Tampering with the front air bag sys-
WARNING tem may result in serious personal in-
cushion and center console.
∙ Do not place any objects on the steer- jury. Tampering includes changes to
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a ing wheel pad or on the instrument the steering wheel and the instru-
stop when it is safe to do so. Check and panel. Also, do not place any objects ment panel assembly by placing ma-
correct any of the above conditions. Re- between any occupant and the steer- terial over the steering wheel pad and
start the vehicle and wait 1 minute. ing wheel or instrument panel. Such above the instrument panel or by in-
objects may become dangerous pro- stalling additional trim material
NOTE: jectiles and cause injury if the front air around the air bag system.
A system check will be performed during bags inflate. ∙ Removing or modifying the front pas-
which the front passenger air bag status ∙ Immediately after inflation, several senger seat may affect the function of
light will remain lit for about 7 seconds front air bag system components will the air bag system and result in seri-
initially. be hot. Do not touch them; you may ous personal injury.
severely burn yourself.
If the light is still OFF after this, the small
adult, child or child restraint should be re- ∙ No unauthorized changes should be
positioned in the rear seat and the vehicle made to any components or wiring of
should be checked as soon as possible. It is the supplemental air bag system. This
recommended that you visit a NISSAN is to prevent accidental inflation of
the supplemental air bag or damage
dealer for this service.
to the supplemental air bag system.
3. If the light is OFF with no front passen-
ger and no objects on the front pas-
senger seat, the vehicle should be

∙ Modifying or tampering with the front ∙ It is recommended that you visit a
passenger seat may result in serious NISSAN dealer for work on and around
personal injury. For example, do not the front air bag. It is also recom-
change the front seats by placing ma- mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer
terial on the seat cushion or by install- for installation of electrical equip-
ing additional trim material, such as ment. The Supplemental Restraint
seat covers, on the seat that are not System (SRS) wiring harnesses*
specifically designed to assure proper should not be modified or discon-
air bag operation. Additionally, do not nected. Unauthorized electrical test
stow any objects under the front pas- equipment and probing devices
senger seat or the seat cushion and should not be used on the air bag
seatback. Such objects may interfere system.
with the proper operation of the occu-
∙ A cracked windshield should be re-
pant classification sensor (weight
placed immediately by a qualified re- LRS2501
sensor).
pair facility. A cracked windshield
∙ No unauthorized changes should be could affect the function of the Front seat-mounted side-impact
made to any components or wiring of supplemental air bag system. supplemental air bag and
the seat belt system. This may affect roof-mounted curtain side-
the front air bag system. Tampering *The SRS wiring harness connectors are
with the seat belt system may result yellow and orange for easy identifica- impact and rollover supplemental
in serious personal injury. tion. air bag systems
When selling your vehicle, we request that The side air bags are located in the outside
you inform the buyer about the front air of the seatback of the front seats. The cur-
bag system and guide the buyer to the
tain air bags are located in the side roof
appropriate sections in this Owner’s
rails in both rows. All of the information,
Manual.
cautions and warnings in this manual
apply and must be followed. The side air
bags and curtain air bags are designed to
inflate in higher severity side collisions, al-
though they may inflate if the forces in an-
other type of collision are similar to those of juries. However, an inflating side air bag or mental air bag warning light will turn off
a higher severity impact. They are de- curtain air bag may cause abrasions or after about 7 seconds if the system is
signed to inflate on the side where the ve- other injuries. Side air bags and curtain air operational.
hicle is impacted. They may not inflate in bags do not provide restraint to the lower
certain side collisions. body. WARNING
Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate The seat belts should be correctly worn ∙ Do not place any objects near the
in certain types of rollover collisions or near and the driver and front passenger seated seatback of the front seats. Also, do
rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle move- upright as far as practical away from the not place any objects (an umbrella,
ments (for example, during severe off- side air bag. Rear seat passengers should bag, etc.) between the front door fin-
roading) may cause the curtain air bags to be seated as far away as practical from the isher and the front seat. Such objects
inflate. door finishers and side roof rails. The side may become dangerous projectiles
and cause injury if a side air bag
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly
inflates.
an indication of proper side air bag and in order to help protect the occupants. Be-
curtain air bag operation. cause of this, the force of the side air bags ∙ Right after inflation, several side air
and curtain air bags inflating can increase bag and curtain air bag system com-
When the side air bags and curtain air bags the risk of injury if the occupant is too close ponents will be hot. Do not touch
inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, to, or is against, these air bag modules dur- them; you may severely burn yourself.
followed by release of smoke. This smoke is
ing inflation. The side air bag will deflate ∙ No unauthorized changes should be
not harmful and does not indicate a fire.
quickly after the collision is over. made to any components or wiring of
Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
may cause irritation and choking. Those the side air bag and curtain air bag
The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a
with a history of a breathing condition systems. This is to prevent damage to
short time.
should get fresh air promptly. or accidental inflation of the side air
The side air bags and curtain air bags bag and curtain air bag systems.
Side air bags, along with the use of seat operate only when the ignition switch is
belts, help to cushion the impact force on ∙ Do not make unauthorized changes
placed in the ON position. to your vehicle’s electrical system,
the chest of the front occupants. Curtain
air bags help to cushion the impact force to After placing the ignition switch in the suspension system or side panel. This
the head of occupants in the front and rear ON position, the supplemental air bag could affect proper operation of the
outboard seating positions in all rows. They warning light illuminates. The supple- curtain air bag systems.
can help save lives and reduce serious in-
∙ Tampering with the side air bag sys- Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always
tem may result in serious personal in- an indication of proper knee air bag opera-
jury. For example, do not change the tion.
front seats by placing material near When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loud
the seatbacks or by installing addi- noise may be heard, followed by release of
tional trim material, such as seat cov- smoke. This smoke is not harmful and
ers, around the side air bag. does not indicate a fire. Care should be
∙ It is recommended that you visit a taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irrita-
NISSAN dealer for work on and around tion and choking. Those with a history of a
the side air bag and curtain air bag. It breathing condition should get fresh air
is also recommended that you visit a promptly.
NISSAN dealer for installation of elec-
The knee air bag helps to cushion the im-
trical equipment. The SRS wiring har-
pact force on the knees of the driver. It can
nesses* should not be modified or dis- LRS2599 help reduce serious injuries. However, an
connected. Unauthorized electrical
Driver supplemental knee air bag inflating knee air bag may cause abrasions
test equipment and probing devices
or other injuries. The knee air bag provides
should not be used on the side air bag The knee air bag is located in the knee restraint to the lower body.
or curtain air bag systems.
bolster, on the driver’s side. The knee air
The knee air bag inflates quickly in order to
*The SRS wiring harness or connectors bag is located on the driver’s side of the
help protect the occupants. Because of
are yellow or orange for easy identifica- vehicle only. All of the information, cau-
this, the force of the knee air bag inflating
tion. tions and warnings in this manual apply can increase the risk of injury if the occu-
When selling your vehicle, we request that and must be followed. The knee air bag is pant is too close to, or is against, this air bag
you inform the buyer about the side air designed to inflate in higher severity frontal module during inflation. The knee air bag
bags and curtain air bag system and guide collisions, although it may inflate if the will deflate quickly after the collision is over
the buyer to the appropriate sections in forces in another type of collision are simi- OR the knee air bag will remain inflated for
this Owner’s Manual. lar to those of a higher severity frontal im- a short time.
pact. It may not inflate in certain collisions.
The knee air bag operates only when the
ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-
tion.
After placing the ignition switch in the
∙ Tampering with the knee air bag sys- Seat belt with pretensioner(s)
ON position, the supplemental air bag tem may result in serious personal in- (front seats)
warning light illuminates. The supple- jury. For example, do not change the
mental air bag warning light will turn off driver knee bolster or install addi- WARNING
after about 7 seconds if the system is tional trim material around the knee
operational. air bag. ∙ The pretensioner(s) cannot be reused
after activation. They must be re-
WARNING ∙ It is recommended that you visit a placed together with the retractor
NISSAN dealer for work on and around and buckle as a unit.
∙ Do not place any objects between the the knee air bag. It is also recom-
knee bolster and the driver’s seat. mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer ∙ If the vehicle becomes involved in a
Such objects may become dangerous for installation of electrical equip- collision but pretensioner(s) are not
projectiles and cause injury if a knee ment. The SRS wiring harnesses* activated, be sure to have the preten-
air bag inflates. should not be modified or discon- sioner system checked and, if neces-
nected. Unauthorized electrical test sary, replaced. It is recommended that
∙ Right after inflation, the knee air bag you visit a NISSAN dealer for this
system components will be hot. Do equipment and probing devices
should not be used on the knee air service.
not touch them; you may severely
burn yourself. bag system. ∙ No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring of
∙ No unauthorized changes should be *The SRS wiring harness or connectors the pretensioner system. This is to
made to any components or wiring of are yellow or orange for easy identifica- prevent damage to or accidental acti-
the knee air bag system. This is to pre- tion. vation of the pretensioner(s). Tamper-
vent damage to or accidental inflation ing with the pretensioner system may
When selling your vehicle, we request that
of the knee air bag system. result in serious personal injury.
you inform the buyer about the knee air
∙ Do not make unauthorized changes bag system and guide the buyer to the
to your vehicle’s electrical system or appropriate sections in this manual.
suspension system. This could affect
proper operation of the knee air bag
system.

∙ It is recommended that you visit a When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re-
NISSAN dealer for work on and around leased and a loud noise may be heard. This
the pretensioner system. It is also rec- smoke is not harmful and does not indi-
ommended that you visit a NISSAN cate a fire. Care should be taken not to
dealer for installation of electrical inhale it, as it may cause irritation and
equipment. Unauthorized electrical choking. Those with a history of a breath-
test equipment and probing devices ing condition should get fresh air promptly.
should not be used on the preten- After the pretensioner(s’) activation, load
sioner system. limiters allow the seat belt to release web-
bing (if necessary) to reduce forces against
∙ If you need to dispose of the preten- the chest.
sioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is rec-
ommended that you visit a NISSAN The supplemental air bag warning
dealer for this service. Incorrect dis- light is used to indicate malfunctions
posal procedures could cause per- in the pretensioner system. For additional
LRS2617
sonal injury. information, refer to "Supplemental air bag
warning light" in this section. If the opera- 1. SRS Air bag warning labels
The pretensioner system may activate tion of the supplemental air bag warning The warning labels are located on the
with the supplemental air bag system in light indicates there is a malfunction, have surface of the sun visor.
certain types of collisions. Working with the the system checked. It is recommended
seat belt retractor, the pretensioner(s) help that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser- SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
tighten the seat belt when the vehicle be- vice. LABELS
comes involved in certain types of colli- When selling your vehicle, we request that
sions, helping to restrain front seat occu- you inform the buyer about the preten- Warning labels about the supplemental
pants. sioner system and guide the buyer to the front-impact air bag system are placed in
appropriate sections in this Owner’s the vehicle as shown in the illustration.
The pretensioner(s) are encased within the Manual.
seat belt retractor and to the seat belt an-
chor affixed to the floor of the vehicle.
These seat belts are used the same way as
conventional seat belts.

WARNING If any of the following conditions occur, the
front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,
Do not use a rear-facing child restraint knee air bag and pretensioner systems
on a seat protected by an air bag in need servicing:
front of it. If the air bag deploys, it may
cause serious injury or death. ∙ The supplemental air bag warning light
remains on after approximately 7 sec-
onds.
∙ The supplemental air bag warning light
flashes intermittently.
∙ The supplemental air bag warning light
does not come on at all.
Under these conditions, the front air bag,
LRS0100 side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag or
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING pretensioner systems may not operate
LIGHT properly. They must be checked and re-
paired. It is recommended that you visit a
The supplemental air bag warning light, NISSAN dealer for this service.
displaying in the instrument panel,
monitors the circuits for the air bag sys- WARNING
tems, pretensioner(s) and all related wiring. If the supplemental air bag warning
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON light is on, it could mean that the front
position, the supplemental air bag warning air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,
light illuminates for about 7 seconds and knee air bag and/or pretensioner sys-
then turns off. This means the system is tems will not operate in an accident. To
operational. help avoid injury to yourself or others,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible. It is recommended that you

Repair and replacement WARNING ∙ If there is an impact to your vehicle
procedure ∙ Once a front air bag, side air bag, cur-
from any direction, your Occupant
Classification Sensor (OCS) should be
The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air tain air bag, or knee air bag has in-
checked to verify it is still functioning
bags, knee air bag and pretensioner(s) are flated, the air bag module will not
correctly. It is recommended that you
designed to inflate on a one-time-only ba- function again and must be replaced.
sis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged, the Additionally, the activated preten-
The OCS should be checked even if no
supplemental air bag warning light re- sioner(s) must also be replaced. The
air bags deploy as a result of the im-
mains illuminated after inflation has oc- air bag module and pretensioner(s)
pact. Failure to verify proper OCS
should be replaced. It is recom-
curred. These systems should be repaired function may result in an improper air
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer
and/or replaced as soon as possible. It is bag deployment resulting in injury or
for this service. However, the air bag
recommended that you visit a NISSAN death.
module and pretensioner(s) cannot
dealer for this service. be repaired.
When maintenance work is required on the ∙ The front air bag, side air bag, curtain
vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, air bag, knee air bag systems and the
curtain air bags, knee air bag, pretension- pretensioner system should be in-
er(s) and related parts should be pointed spected if there is any damage to the
out to the person performing the mainte- front end or side portion of the ve-
nance. The ignition switch should always hicle. It is recommended that you visit
be in the LOCK position when working un- a NISSAN dealer for this service.
der the hood or inside the vehicle. ∙ If you need to dispose of a supple-
mental air bag or pretensioner sys-
tems or scrap the vehicle, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN
dealer. Incorrect disposal procedures
could cause personal injury.

MEMO

2 Instruments and controls
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Rear switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Rear window and outside mirror
Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 (if so equipped) defroster switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system
Warning lights, indicator lights and audible (Type A) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 system (Type B) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Instrument brightness control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
How to use the vehicle information Climate controlled seat switches
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Heated seat switches (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Heated rear seat switches (if so equipped). . . . . . 2-44
Vehicle information display warnings Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) . . 2-45
and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch. . . . . . 2-46
Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 E-call (SOS) switch (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 2-32 12v outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Front-door pockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 Console light (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
Console side pockets (if so equipped). . . . . . . . 2-50 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Storage trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 Luggage compartment light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if so
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Overhead sunglasses storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
Programming HomeLink® for Canadian
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
customers and gate openers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Cargo area storage bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
Operating the HomeLink® Universal
Luggage hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Roof rack (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56 Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . 2-67
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Reprogramming a single HomeLink®
Power moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59 button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61 If your vehicle is stolen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
INSTRUMENT PANEL
1. Vent (P. 4-26)

2. Headlight/fog light
(if so equipped)/turn signal switch
(P. 2-37)
3. Supplemental air bag (P. 1-49)
Horn (P. 2-41)
4. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)
Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-8)
Vehicle information display (P. 2-16)
Rear window wiper and washer
switch (P. 2-34)
6. Audio system/Center display
controls (P. 4-2)
7. Hazard warning flasher switch
(P. 6-2)
8. Center display (P. 4-2)
Navigation display*
9. Front passenger supplemental air
bag (P. 1-49)
10. Glove box (P. 2-49)
11. Front passenger air bag status
light (P. 1-49)
12. Power outlet (P. 2-47)
13. USB port*
AUX jack*
14. Heater and air conditioning
controls (P. 4-28)
LII2547 15. Shift lever (P. 5-18)
2-2 Instruments and controls
16. Push-button ignition switch *: Refer to the separate NissanConnect®
(P. 5-13) Owner’s Manual.
17. Cruise control switches Refer to the page number indicated in
(if so equipped) (P. 5-43) parentheses for operating details.
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-44)
(P. 1-49)
19. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
System/Audio control switches
(P. 4-2)
20. Hood release (P. 3-22)
Fuel door release (P. 3-31)
Powered rear seatback switch
(P. 1-2)
21. Fuse box (P. 8-20)
22. Power liftgate main switch
Heated steering wheel switch
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF
switch (P. 2-46)
23. Instrument brightness control
(P. 2-37)
Twin trip odometer reset switch
(P. 2-4)
Instruments and controls 2-3

METERS AND GAUGES
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

This vehicle is equipped with a speedom-
eter and odometer. The speedometer is
located on the right side of the meter clus-
ter. The odometer is located within the ve-
hicle information display.
LIC2920
1. Tachometer 4. Speedometer
2. Warning and indicator lights 5. Fuel gauge
3. Vehicle information display 6. Engine coolant temperature gauge
Odometer
Twin Trip Odometer

Changing the display
Push the TRIP RESET switch 䊊 2 on the left
side of the instrument panel to change the
display as follows:
Trip → Trip → Odometer Mile-

age → Trip
Resetting the trip odometer
Pushing the TRIP RESET switch 䊊
2 for more
than 1 second resets the currently dis-
played trip odometer to zero.
LIC2255 LIC2921
Speedometer Odometer/Twin trip odometer
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed. The odometer and the twin trip odometer
䊊1 are displayed in the vehicle information
display when the ignition switch is placed
in the ON position.
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
The twin trip odometer records the dis-
tance of individual trips.

CAUTION
If the gauge indicates coolant tempera-
ture near the hot (H) end of the normal
range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease
temperature. If the gauge is over the
normal range, stop the vehicle as soon
as safely possible. If the engine is over-
heated, continued operation of the ve-
hicle may seriously damage the engine.
For additional information, refer to “If
your vehicle overheats” in the “In case
of emergency” section of this manual
for immediate action required.
LIC3780 LIC3538
TACHOMETER ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
The tachometer indicates engine speed in GAUGE
revolutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev The gauge indicates the engine coolant
engine into the red zone 䊊
1 .
temperature. The engine coolant tempera-
ture is within the normal range 䊊 1 when
CAUTION the gauge needle points within the zone
When engine speed approaches the red shown in the illustration.
zone, reduce engine speed. Operating
the engine in the red zone may cause The engine coolant temperature varies
serious engine damage. with the outside air temperature and driv-
ing conditions.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge reg-
isters 0 (Empty).
The indicates that the fuel-filler
door is located on the driver’s side of the
vehicle.
CAUTION
∙ If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) may
come on. Refuel as soon as possible.
After a few driving trips, the light
should turn off. If the light remains on
after a few driving trips, have the ve-
LIC2222 hicle inspected. It is recommended
FUEL GAUGE service.
The gauge indicates the approximate fuel ∙ For additional information, refer to
level in the tank. “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” in
The gauge may move slightly during brak- this section.
ing, turning, acceleration, or going up or
down hills.
The gauge needle returns to 0 (Empty) af-
ter the ignition switch is placed in the OFF
position.
The low fuel warning message shows in
the vehicle information display when the
amount of fuel in the tank is getting low.

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS
AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Power steering warning light Security indicator light
warning light
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system Seat belt warning light and chime Side light and headlight indicator light
warning light (green)
or Brake warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light
Charge warning light Front fog light indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
(if so equipped)
Engine oil pressure warning light Front passenger air bag status light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indi-
cator light
Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light (blue)
Master warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
CHECKING LIGHTS The following lights (if so equipped) come recommended that you visit a NISSAN
With all doors closed, apply the parking on briefly and then go off: dealer for this service.
brake, fasten the seat belts and place the Some indicators and warnings are also dis-
ignition switch in the ON position without or , , , , played in the vehicle information display
starting the engine. The following lights (if If any light fails to come on or operate in a between the speedometer and tachom-
so equipped) will come on: way other than described, it may indicate a eter. For additional information, refer to “Ve-
burned-out bulb and/or a system mal- hicle information display” in this section.
, or , , function. Have the system checked. It is
WARNING LIGHTS Automatic Emergency is running with the parking brake not ap-
plied, stop the vehicle and perform the fol-
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle Braking (AEB) system
lowing:
information display” in this section. warning light
1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake
or Anti-lock Braking This light comes on when the ignition fluid as necessary. For additional infor-
switch is placed in the ON position. It turns mation, refer to “Brake fluid” in the “Do-
System (ABS) off after the engine is started. it-yourself ” section of this manual.
warning light This light illuminates when the AEB system 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON is set to OFF on the meter display or the the warning system checked. It is rec-
position, the ABS warning light illuminates Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system is ommended that you visit a NISSAN
and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is turned off. dealer for this service.
operational. If the light illuminates when the AEB sys-
If the ABS warning light illuminates while tem is on, it may indicate that the system is WARNING
the engine is running or while driving, it unavailable. For additional information, re- ∙ Your brake system may not be work-
may indicate the ABS is not functioning fer to “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)” ing properly if the warning light is on.
properly. Have the system checked. It is in the “Starting and driving” section of this Driving could be dangerous. If you
recommended that you visit a NISSAN manual. judge it to be safe, drive carefully to
dealer for this service. the nearest service station for repairs.
or Brake warning Otherwise, have your vehicle towed
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock because driving it could be
light
function is turned off. The brake system dangerous.
then operates normally but without anti- This light functions for both the parking
lock assistance. For additional information, brake and the foot brake systems. ∙ Pressing the brake pedal with the en-
gine stopped and/or a low brake fluid
refer to “Brake system” in the “Starting and
Low brake fluid warning light level may increase your stopping dis-
driving” section of this manual.
tance and braking will require greater
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON
pedal effort as well as pedal travel.
position, the light warns of a low brake fluid
level. If the light comes on while the engine

∙ If the brake fluid level is below the CAUTION Low tire pressure warning
MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake
Do not continue driving if the drive belt light
fluid reservoir, do not drive until the Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pres-
is loose, broken or missing.
brake system has been checked. It is sure Monitoring System (TPMS) that moni-
recommended that you visit a NISSAN Engine oil pressure tors the tire pressure of all tires except the
dealer for this service. spare.
warning light
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If The low tire pressure warning light warns
indicator of low tire pressure or indicates that the
the light flickers or comes on during nor-
When the parking brake is released and the mal driving, pull off the road in a safe area, TPMS is not functioning properly.
brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the stop the engine immediately and call a After the ignition switch is placed in the ON
brake warning light and the ABS warning NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair position, this light illuminates for about
light illuminate, it may indicate the ABS is shop. 1 second and turns off.
not functioning properly. Have the brake
system checked and, if necessary, repaired. The engine oil pressure warning light is Low tire pressure warning
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN not designed to indicate a low oil level.
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire
dealer for this service. Avoid high-speed Use the dipstick to check the oil level. For
pressure, the warning light will illumi-
driving and abrupt braking. For additional additional information, refer to “Engine oil” nate. A “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”
information, refer to “Anti-lock Braking Sys- in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this warning also appears in the vehicle in-
tem (ABS) warning light” in this section. manual. formation display.
Charge warning light CAUTION When the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates, you should stop and adjust
If this light comes on while the engine is Running the engine with the engine oil the tire pressure of all four tires to the
running, it may indicate the charging sys- pressure warning light on could cause recommended COLD tire pressure shown
tem is not functioning properly. Turn the serious damage to the engine almost on the Tire and Loading Information la-
engine off and check the drive belt. If the immediately. Such damage is not cov- bel located in the driver’s door opening.
belt is loose, broken, missing, or if the light ered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited The low tire pressure warning light does
remains on, have your vehicle serviced im- Warranty. Turn off the engine as soon as not automatically turn off when the tire
mediately. It is recommended that you visit it is safe to do so. pressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-
a NISSAN dealer for this service. flated to the recommended pressure,
the vehicle must be driven at speeds For additional information, refer to “Tire ∙ If the light illuminates while driving,
above 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the avoid sudden steering maneuvers or
TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure “Starting and driving” section and “Tire abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,
warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge pressure” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of pull off the road to a safe location and
to check the tire pressure. this manual. stop the vehicle as soon as possible.
The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning Driving with under-inflated tires may
WARNING permanently damage the tires and in-
appears each time the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position as long as the low ∙ Radio waves could adversely affect crease the likelihood of tire failure. Se-
electric medical equipment. Those rious vehicle damage could occur and
tire pressure warning light remains illumi-
who use a pacemaker should contact may lead to an accident and could re-
nated.
the electric medical equipment sult in serious personal injury or
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle manufacturer for the possible influ- death. Check the tire pressure for all
information display” in the “Instruments ences before use. four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to
and controls” section and “Tire Pressure the recommended COLD tire pressure
∙ If the light does not illuminate with shown on the Tire and Loading Infor-
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting
the ignition switch placed in the ON mation label located in the driver’s
and driving” section and in the “In case of position, have the vehicle checked as
emergency” section of this manual. door opening to turn the low tire pres-
soon as possible. It is recommended sure warning light off. If the light still
TPMS malfunction that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this illuminates while driving after adjust-
service. ing the tire pressure, a tire may be flat
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the
or the TPMS may be malfunctioning. If
low tire pressure warning light will flash for you have a flat tire, replace it with a
approximately 1 minute when the ignition spare tire as soon as possible. If no tire
switch is placed in the ON position. The is flat and all tires are properly in-
light will remain on after 1 minute. Have the flated, have the vehicle checked. It is
system checked. It is recommended that recommended that you visit a NISSAN
you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. dealer for this service.
The "Tire Pressure Low — Add Air" warning
does not appear if the low tire pressure
warning light illuminates to indicate a
TPMS malfunction.
∙ When replacing a wheel without the Master warning light ∙ When the power steering warning
TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS light illuminates with the engine run-
will not function and the low tire pres- When the ignition switch is in the ON posi- ning, there will be no power assist for
sure warning light will flash for ap- tion, the master warning light illuminates if the steering. You will still have control
proximately 1 minute. The light will re- any of the following are displayed on the of the vehicle, but the steering will be
main on after 1 minute. Have your vehicle information display: harder to operate. Have the power
tires replaced and/or TPMS system steering system checked. It is recom-
reset as soon as possible. It is recom- ∙ No key warning mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer ∙ Low fuel warning for this service.
for these services.
∙ Low washer fluid warning When the ignition switch is placed in the ON
∙ Replacing tires with those not origi- position, the power steering warning light
nally specified by NISSAN could affect ∙ Parking brake release warning illuminates. After starting the engine, the
the proper operation of the TPMS. power steering warning light turns off. This
∙ Door open warning
indicates the power steering is operational.
CAUTION ∙ Loose fuel cap warning (if so equipped)
If the power steering warning light illumi-
∙ The TPMS is not a substitute for the ∙ Check tire pressure warning nates while the engine is running, it may
regular tire pressure check. Be sure to
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle indicate the power steering is not function-
check the tire pressure regularly.
information display” in this section. ing properly and may need servicing. Have
∙ If the vehicle is being driven at speeds the power steering checked. It is recom-
of less than 16 mph (25 km/h), the Power steering warning mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for
TPMS may not operate correctly. light this service.
∙ Be sure to install the specified size of When the power steering warning light illu-
tires to the four wheels correctly. WARNING minates with the engine running, there will
∙ If the engine is not running or is be no power assist for the steering, but you
turned off while driving, the power as- will still have control of the vehicle. At this
sist for the steering will not work. time, greater steering effort is required to
Steering will be harder to operate. operate the steering wheel, especially in
sharp turns and at low speeds.
For additional information, refer to “Power Supplemental air bag the “Safety—Seats, seat belts and supple-
steering” in the “Starting and driving” sec- mental restraint system” section of this
warning light
tion of this manual. manual.
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON
Seat belt warning light and or START position, the supplemental air WARNING
chime bag warning light illuminates for about
If the supplemental air bag warning
7 seconds and then turns off. This means
The light and chime remind you to fasten light is on, it could mean that the front
the system is operational.
your seat belts. The light illuminates when- air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag sys-
ever the ignition switch is placed in the ON If any of the following conditions occur, the tems and/or pretensioner systems will
or START position and remains illuminated front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, not operate in an accident. To help
until the driver’s seat belt is fastened. At the and pretensioner seat belt systems need avoid injury to yourself or others, have
same time, the chime sounds for about servicing: your vehicle checked as soon as pos-
6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt is sible. It is recommended that you visit a
∙ The supplemental air bag warning light NISSAN dealer for this service.
securely fastened.
remains on after approximately 7 sec-
The seat belt warning light may also illumi- onds. INDICATOR LIGHTS
nate if the front passenger’s seat belt is not
∙ The supplemental air bag warning light For additional information, refer to “Vehicle
fastened when the front passenger’s seat
flashes intermittently. information display” in this section.
is occupied. For 7 seconds after the ignition
switch is placed in the ON position, the sys- ∙ The supplemental air bag warning light Front fog light indicator
tem does not activate the warning light for does not come on at all. light (if so equipped)
the front passenger.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN The front fog light indicator light illumi-
For additional information, refer to “Seat dealer for these services. nates when the front fog lights are on. For
belts” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts and additional information, refer to “Fog light
Unless checked and repaired, the supple-
supplemental restraint system” section of switch” in this section.
mental restraint system (air bag system)
this manual.
and/or the pretensioners may not function
properly. For additional information, refer to
“Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)” in

Front passenger air bag The MIL may also come on steady if the Operation
fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or if the
status light vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make sure The MIL will come on in one of two ways:
The front passenger air bag status light will the fuel-filler cap is installed and closed ∙ MIL on steady — An emission control sys-
be lit and the passenger front air bag will be tightly, and that the vehicle has at least tem malfunction has been detected.
OFF depending on how the front passen- 3 gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank. Check the fuel-filler cap if the Loose Fuel
ger seat is being used.
After a few driving trips, the light Cap warning appears in the vehicle infor-
For additional information, refer to “Front should turn off if no other potential emis- mation display. If the fuel-filler cap is
passenger air bag and status light” in the sion control system malfunction exists. loose or missing, tighten or install the cap
“Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemen- If this indicator light comes on steady for and continue to drive the vehicle.
tal restraint system” section of this manual. 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds The light should turn off after a few
High beam indicator light when the engine is not running, it indicates driving trips. If the light does not
that the vehicle is not ready for an emission turn off after a few driving trips, have the
(blue) control system inspection/maintenance vehicle inspected. It is recommended
This blue light comes on when the head- test. For additional information, refer to that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-
light high beams are on and goes out when “Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance vice. You do not need to have your vehicle
the low beams are selected. (I/M) test” in the “Technical and consumer towed to the dealer.
information” section of this manual.
The high beam indicator light also comes ∙ MIL blinking — An engine misfire has been
on when the passing signal is activated. detected which may damage the emis-
sion control system. To reduce or avoid
Malfunction Indicator Light emission control system damage:
(MIL)
– do not drive at speeds above
If this indicator light comes on steady or 45 mph (72 km/h).
blinks while the engine is running, it may
indicate a potential emission control mal- – avoid hard acceleration or decelera-
function. tion.
– avoid steep uphill grades.
– if possible, reduce the amount of
cargo being hauled or towed.
The MIL may stop blinking and come on position is selected. For additional informa- Vehicle Dynamic Control
steady. Have the vehicle inspected. It is rection, refer to “Headlight and turn signal
switch” in this section.
(VDC) OFF indicator light
ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer
for this service. You do not need to have This indicator light comes on when the
Slip indicator light VDC OFF switch is pushed to off. This indi-
your vehicle towed to the dealer.
cates the VDC system is not operating.
CAUTION This indicator will blink when the VDC sys-
Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart
tem is operating, thus alerting the driver to
Continued vehicle operation without the engine and the system will operate
the fact that the road surface is slippery
having the emission control system normally. For additional information, refer
and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits.
checked and repaired as necessary to “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”
could lead to poor driveability, reduced You may feel or hear the system working; in the “Starting and driving” section of this
fuel economy, and possible damage to this is normal. manual.
the emission control system. The light will blink for a few seconds after The VDC light also comes on when you
the VDC system stops limiting wheel spin. place the ignition switch in the ON position.
Security indicator light The light will turn off after about 2 seconds
The indicator light also comes on if the system is operational. If the light stays
This light blinks when the ignition switch is when you place the ignition switch in the
on or comes on along with the indi-
placed in the OFF, LOCK or ACC (if so ON position. The light will turn off after ap-
cator light while you are driving, have the
equipped) position. proximately 2 seconds if the system is op-
VDC system checked. It is recommended
erational. If the light does not come on
The blinking security indicator light indi- that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-
have the system checked. It is recom-
vice.
cates that the security systems equipped mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for
on the vehicle are operational. this service. While the VDC system is operating, you
might feel a slight vibration or hear the sys-
For additional information, refer to “Security Turn signal/hazard tem working when starting the vehicle or
systems” in this section. accelerating, but this is normal.
indicator lights
Side light and headlight The appropriate light flashes when the turn
indicator light (green) signal switch is activated.
The side light and headlight indicator light Both lights flash when the hazard switch is
illuminates when the side light or headlight turned on.
VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
AUDIBLE REMINDERS NISSAN Intelligent Key® Lock-in

Brake pad wear warning Prevention
The disc brake pads have audible wear The Intelligent Key buzzer sounds if the In-
warnings. When a disc brake pad requires telligent Key is left inside the vehicle when
replacement, it makes a high pitched the doors are closed and locked. When the
scraping sound when the vehicle is in mo- buzzer sounds, be sure to take the Intelli-
tion, whether or not the brake pedal is de- gent Key with you when leaving the vehicle.
pressed. Have the brakes checked as soon For additional information, refer to “NISSAN
as possible if the warning sound is heard. Intelligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checks
and adjustments” section of this manual.
Key left reminder chime
A chime sounds if the driver’s door is
opened while the ignition switch is placed
LIC3224
in the ACC or OFF position with the Intelli-
gent Key left in the vehicle. Make sure the The vehicle information display is located
ignition switch is placed in the LOCK posi- to the left of the speedometer. It displays
tion, and take the Intelligent Key with you such items as:
when leaving the vehicle. ∙ Home
Light reminder chime ∙ Audio information
With the ignition switch placed in the OFF ∙ Navigation information (if so equipped)
position, a chime sounds when the driver’s
∙ Drive computer information
door is opened if the headlights or parking
lights are on. ∙ Fuel economy information
Turn the headlight control switch off before ∙ Driving aids information (if so equipped)
leaving the vehicle.
∙ Tire pressure information
∙ Indicators and warnings
∙ Vehicle and meter display settings
2. — go back or forward
∙ Cruise control status through the vehicle information menu
items or to change from one display
∙ Odometer/twin trip odometer screen to the next (i.e. trip, TPMS, fuel
∙ Gear position information (P, R, N, D) economy).
∙ Distance To Empty and fuel indicator The OK and buttons also
control audio and control panel functions
The display will be interrupted when a in some conditions. Most screens and
phone call is received. Phone calls can be menus offer instruction prompts of the
answered or rejected through the steering steering switch buttons to indicate how to
wheel controls. control the vehicle information display. An
orange cursor is shown to indicate where
you are in the available menu items. A scroll
LIC3778 bar with up and down arrows will appear if
there is more than one page of menu
HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE items. For additional information, refer to
INFORMATION DISPLAY the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s
The vehicle information display can be Manual.
changed using the OK
and buttons located on
the steering wheel.
1. OK — change or select an item in the
vehicle information display.
— scroll up or down the vehicle
information menu items. If the vehicle
information display is not showing a
menu with the buttons, pressing
the will change to the
previous/next audio preset.
STARTUP DISPLAY SETTINGS
When the vehicle in placed in the ON or ACC The setting mode allows you to change the
position the screens that display in the ve- information displayed in the vehicle infor-
hicle information display include: mation display:
∙ Home ∙ Driver Assistance
∙ Audio ∙ Customize Display
∙ Navigation (if so equipped) ∙ Vehicle Settings
∙ Drive computer ∙ Maintenance
∙ Fuel economy ∙ Clock
∙ Driving aids (if so equipped) ∙ TPMS Settings
∙ Tire pressure information ∙ Unit / Language
∙ Warning review ∙ Key-Linked Settings
∙ Settings ∙ Factory Reset
The warnings review title screen will show
how many active warnings exist, or 0 in the
event that no warnings are active. For ad-
ditional information on warnings and indi-
cators, refer to “Vehicle information display
warnings and indicators” in this section.
To control what items display in the vehicle
information display, refer to “Main menu se-
lection” in this section.

Driver Assistance
The driver assistance menu allows the user
to change the various driving aids.
Menu item Result
Blind Spot (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems on or off. For addi-
tional information, refer to “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” and “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” in the “Starting and driv-
ing” section of this manual.
Emergency Brake Displays available emergency brake options.
System Allows user to turn the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) systems
on or off. For additional information, refer to “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)” or “Intelligent Forward Collision
Warning (I-FCW)” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Driver Attention Alert Allows user to turn the Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) on or off. For additional information, refer to “Intelligent
Driver Alertness (I-DA)” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Timer Alert Allows user to turn the timer alert on or off. The timer alert is based on when the ignition is placed in the ON
position.
Low Temperature Alert Allows user to turn the low temperature alert on or off.

Customize Display
The customize display menu allows the
user to customize the information that ap-
pears in the vehicle information display.
Menu item Result
Main Menu Selection Displays available main menu items to display in the vehicle information display.
Home Allows user to turn the home screen on or off.
Audio Allows user to turn the audio screen on or off.
Navigation (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the navigation screen on or off.
Drive Computer Allows user to turn the drive computer screen on or off.
Fuel Economy Allows user to turn the fuel economy screen on or off.
Driving Aids Allows user to turn the driving aids screen on or off.
Tire Pressures Allows user to turn the tire pressures screen on or off.
Car Icon Color Allows user to select the color of the vehicle shown in the vehicle information display.
ECO Info Settings Displays the various ECO info settings.
ECO Drive Report Select to display this report for a period of time when the ignition is turned off.
View History Select to view the vehicle’s fuel consumption history.
Navigation Settings (if so equipped) Displays the various navigation settings.
Alerts Allows user to disable the interrupt alerts for upcoming turns.
View Mode Allows user to select the “Arrow” mode for displaying the upcoming turn or “City” mode for displaying the intersec-
tion on a map when available.
Welcome Effect Displays the various welcome effect settings.
Gauges Allows the user to disable the gauge pointer sweep during vehicle startup.
Animation Allows the user to disable the welcome animation during vehicle startup.

Vehicle Settings
The vehicle settings allow the user to
change the settings for lights, wipers, lock-
ing, keys, and other vehicle settings.
Menu item Result
Lighting Displays the various lighting settings.
Accent Lighting (if so equipped) Allows the user to adjust the brightness of the accent lights.
Light Sensitivity Allows the user to change when the lights illuminate based on the brightness outside the vehicle.
Light Off Delay Allows the user to change the duration of time, from 0 to 180 seconds, that the automatic headlights stay on
after the vehicle is shut off.
Turn Indicator Displays available turn indicator settings.
3 Flash Pass Allows the user to turn the 3 flash pass on or off.
Locking Displays the various locking settings.
Ext. Door Switch Allows user to turn the exterior door switch on or off. When turned on, the request switch on the door is
activated.
Selective Unlock Allows user to turn selective unlock on and off. When turned on, the driver’s door is unlocked and the door
handle request switch on the driver’s or front passenger’s door is pushed to be unlocked, only the corre-
sponding door is unlocked first. All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed
again within 1 minute. When this item is turned to OFF, all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock
operation is performed once.
Answer Back Horn (if so equipped) Allows user to turn answer back horn on or off. When turned on, the horn will chirp and the hazard indicators
will flash once when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key.
Auto Door Unlock (if so equipped) Displays the options for the auto door unlock.
OFF Doors will have to be manually unlocked.
Ignition OFF Doors will unlock when the ignition if turned off.
Shift into Park Doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Menu item Result
Wipers Displays the various wipers settings.
Speed Dependent Allows the user to turn the speed dependent feature on or off.
Driving Position (if so equipped) Displays the various driving position settings.
Exit Seat Slide Allows the user to turn the exit seat slide on or off. When turned on, the driver seat will slide back after igni-
tion is turned off for easy exit of the vehicle. For additional information, refer to "Automatic drive positioner" in
the "Pre-driving checks and adjustments" section of this manual.
Exit Steering Up Allows the user to turn the exit steering up on or off. When turned on, the steering wheel will rise after ignition
is turned off for easy exit of the vehicle. For additional information, refer to "Automatic drive positioner" in the
"Pre-driving checks and adjustments" section of this manual.
Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Remote Engine Start on or off. When turned on, the engine can be restarted remotely.
For additional information, refer to “Remote Engine Start” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section
of this manual.

Maintenance WARNING
The maintenance menu allows the user to The tire replacement indicator is not a
set reminders for various vehicle mainte- substitute for regular tire checks, in-
nance items. cluding tire pressure checks. For addi-
tional information, refer to “Changing
wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself ”
section of this manual. Many factors in-
cluding tire inflation, alignment, driving
habits and road conditions affect tire
wear and when tires should be re-
placed. Setting the tire replacement in-
dicator for a certain driving distance
does not mean your tires will last that
long. Use the tire replacement indicator
as a guide only and always perform
regular tire checks. Failure to perform
regular tire checks, including tire pres-
sure checks could result in tire failure.
Serious vehicle damage could occur
and may lead to a collision, which could
result in serious personal injury or
death.
Menu item Result

Maintenance Displays various maintenance reminder options.
Oil and Filter Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.
Tire Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.
Other Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.

Clock
Menu item Result

Set Clock The vehicle clock can only be adjusted from the audio center display. When selected, the user will be in-
structed to go to the settings menu in the audio center display. For additional information, refer to the sepa-
rate NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual.
TPMS Settings
The TPMS settings menu allows the user to
change the tire pressure units displayed in
the vehicle information display.
Menu item Result
Tire Pressure Unit Allows the user to select the tire pressure units that will display in the vehicle information display.
Unit/Language
The Unit/Language menu allows the user
to change the units and language shown in
Menu item Result
Mileage/Fuel Allows user to select different mileage display units.
Tire Pressures Allows user to select different pressure display units.
Temperature Allows user to select different temperature display units.
Language Allows user to select different languages.

Key-Linked Settings
Menu item Result

System Allows user to turn the key-linked settings on or off. This setting is enabled individually by each key. When
enabled, various settings in the vehicle information display and the driver position (if equipped) will return to
the same settings as the last time the linked key was used. When disabled for a key, no settings will be auto-
matically changed when that key is used. For additional information, refer to “Memory storage function” in
the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.
Factory Reset
The factory reset menu allows the user to
restore the vehicle information display set-
tings to factory status.
Menu item Result
Factory Reset Allows user to reset the vehicle information display settings to the original factory settings. Once selected,
the user can confirm or cancel the reset.

LIC3779

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY 17. CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual 32. Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction (if
WARNINGS AND INDICATORS so equipped)
18. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse
1. Push brake and start switch to drive 33. Push Ignition to OFF
19. Power will turn off to save the battery
2. No Key Detected Push brake and start switch to drive
20. Power turned off to save the battery
3. Shift to Park This indicator appears when the shift lever
21. Reminder: Turn OFF headlights
is in the P (Park) position.
4. Key Battery Low 22. Alarm-Time for a break? This indicator also appears when the ve-
5. Engine start operation for Intelligent 23. Driver Attention Alert Take a Break? (if hicle has been started using the Remote
Key system (if I-Key battery level is low) so equipped) Engine Start (if so equipped) function.
6. Key ID Incorrect 24. Driver Attention Alert Malfunction (if so This indicator means that the engine will
equipped) start by pushing the ignition switch with
7. Release Parking Brake the brake pedal depressed. You can start
8. Low Fuel 25. Cruise control indicator (if so equipped) the engine from any position of the ignition
switch.
9. Low Washer Fluid 26. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indica-
tors (if so equipped) No Key Detected
10. Door/liftgate Open
27. Transmission Shift Position indicator This warning appears when the Intelligent
11. I-Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual Key is left outside the vehicle with the igni-
28. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Rear tion switch in the ON position. Make sure
12. Loose Fuel Cap Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) indicator (if so the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.
13. Tire Pressure Low – Add Air equipped)
For additional information, refer to “NISSAN
14. AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual (if so 29. Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual (if so Intelligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checks
equipped) equipped) and adjustments” section of this manual.
15. AWD High Temp. Stop Vehicle (if so 30. Headlight System Error: See Owner’s Shift to Park
equipped) Manual (if so equipped)
This warning illuminates when the ignition
16. AWD Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’s 31. Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction (if switch is in the ACC or OFF position and the
Manual (if so equipped) so equipped) shift lever is not in the P (Park) position. Also,
a chime sounds when the ignition switch is Key ID Incorrect “Windshield-washer fluid” in the “Do-it-
in the ACC or OFF position. yourself” section of this manual.
This warning appears when the ignition
If this warning illuminates, move the shift switch is placed from the OFF position and Door/liftgate Open
lever to the P (Park) position or start the the Intelligent Key is not recognized by the
This warning illuminates when a door or
engine. system. You cannot start the engine with
the liftgate has been opened.
an unregistered key.
Key Battery Low
I-Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual
This indicator illuminates when the Intelli- Intelligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checks After the ignition switch is pushed to the
gent Key battery is running out of power. and adjustments” section of this manual. ON position, this light comes on for a period
If this indicator illuminates, replace the bat- of time and then turns off.
Release Parking Brake
tery with a new one. For additional infor- The I-Key System Error message warns of
mation, refer to “Battery replacement” in This warning illuminates in the message
a malfunction with the Intelligent Key sys-
the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual. area of the vehicle information display
tem. If the light comes on while the engine
when the parking brake is set and the ve-
Engine start operation for Intelligent is stopped, it may be impossible to start
hicle is driven.
Key system (if I-Key battery level is low) the engine.
Low Fuel
If the light comes on while the engine is
This indicator appears when the battery of
This warning illuminates when the fuel level running, you can drive the vehicle. However
the Intelligent Key is low and when the In-
in the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as in these cases, have the system checked
telligent Key system and the vehicle are not soon as it is convenient, preferably before as soon as possible. It is recommended
communicating normally. the fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-
If this appears, touch the ignition switch will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank vice.
with the Intelligent Key while depressing when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0
Loose Fuel Cap
the brake pedal. For additional information, (Empty).
refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dis- This warning appears when the fuel-filler
Low Washer Fluid
charge” in the “Starting and driving” section cap is not tightened correctly after the ve-
of this manual. This warning illuminates when the hicle has been refueled. For additional in-
windshield-washer fluid is at a low level. formation, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” in the
Add windshield-washer fluid as necessary. “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-
For additional information, refer to tion of this manual.
Tire Pressure Low - Add Air ing is displayed, stop the vehicle with the Power will turn off to save the battery
engine idling, as soon as it is safe to do so.
This warning appears when the low tire This message appears in the vehicle infor-
Then if the warning turns off, you can con-
pressure warning light in the meter illumi- mation display after a period of time if the
tinue driving.
nates and low tire pressure is detected. The ignition switch is in the ACC or the ON po-
warning appears each time the ignition Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’s Manual sition and if the vehicle is in P (Park). For
switch is placed in the ON position as long (if so equipped) additional information, refer to “Push-
as the low tire pressure warning light re- button ignition switch positions” in the
This warning may appear if there is a large
mains illuminated. If this warning appears, “Starting and driving” section of this
difference between the diameters of the
stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pres- manual.
front and rear wheels. Pull off the road in a
sures of all four tires to the recommended
safe area, with the engine idling. Check that Power turned off to save the battery
COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and
all the tire sizes are the same, that the tire
Loading Information label. For additional This message appears after the ignition
pressure is correct and that the tires are
information, refer to “Low tire pressure switch is automatically turned to off. For
not excessively worn.
warning light” in this section and “Tire Pres- additional information, refer to “Push-
sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual button ignition switch positions” in the
“Starting and driving” section of this “Starting and driving” section of this
This warning illuminates when the there is
manual. manual.
a problem with the CVT system. If this
AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual (if so warning comes on, have the system Reminder: Turn OFF headlights
equipped) checked. It is recommended that you visit a This warning appears when the headlights
This warning appears when the all-wheel NISSAN dealer for this service. are left in the ON position when exiting the
drive system is not functioning properly Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse vehicle. Place the headlight switch in the
while the engine is running. OFF or AUTO position. For additional infor-
This warning may appear if the extended mation, refer to “Headlight and turn signal
AWD High Temp. Stop Vehicle (if so storage switch is not pushed in. When this switch” in this section.
equipped) warning appears, push in the extended
storage switch to turn off the warning. For Alarm - Time for a break?
This warning may appear while trying to
free a stuck vehicle due to increased oil additional information, refer to “Extended This indicator appears when the driver en-
temperature. The driving mode may storage switch” in this section. ables the timer alert function within the
change to 2-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this warn- driver assistance settings and the selected
set time is expired. The time is based on ditional information, refer to “Intelligent If one or more of these warning appears,
ignition on time and can be set up to six Cruise Control (ICC)” in the “Starting and have the system checked. It is recom-
hours. driving” section of this manual. mended that you visit an NISSAN dealer for
this service.
Driver Attention Alert - Take a Break? (if Transmission Shift Position indicator
so equipped) Headlight System Error: See Owner’s
This indicator shows the transmission shift
Manual (if so equipped)
This alert appears when the system has position.
detected that the driver may be displaying This warning appears when the LED head-
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Rear
fatigue or a lack of attention. lights are not functioning properly.
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) indicator (if so
Driver Attention Alert Malfunction (if so equipped) If this warning appears, have your system
equipped) checked. It is recommended that you visit a
This indicator shows when the BSW and
This warning appears when the Intelligent RCTA systems are engaged.
Driver Alertness (I-DA) system is not func- Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction (if
For additional information, refer to “Blind
tioning properly. For additional information, so equipped)
Spot Warning (BSW)” and “Rear Cross Traffic
refer to “Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)” in
Alert (RCTA)” in the “Starting and driving” This message appears when the Intelligent
the “Starting and driving” section of this
section of this manual. Cruise Control (ICC), Automatic Emergency
manual.
Braking (AEB), or Intelligent Forward Colli-
Cruise control indicator (if so equipped) Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual
sion Warning (I-FCW) systems become un-
These indicators show the cruise control This warning appears when one or more of available because the front radar is ob-
system status. the following systems (if so equipped) is structed. For additional information, refer
not functioning properly: to “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)”, “Auto-
For additional information, refer to “Cruise matic Emergency Braking (AEB)”, or “Intelli-
control” in the “Starting and driving” section ∙ Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
gent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)” in
of this manual. ∙ Blind Spot Warning (BSW) the “Starting and driving” section of this
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indica- manual.
∙ Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
tors (if so equipped)
∙ Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-
These indicators show the Intelligent
FCW)
Cruise Control (ICC) system status. For ad-
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction (if The system helps deter vehicle theft but
so equipped) cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the
theft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-
This message appears when the Blind
nents in all situations. Always secure your
Spot Warning (BSW)/Rear Cross Traffic Alert
vehicle even if parking for a brief period.
(RCTA) systems become unavailable be-
Never leave your Intelligent Key in the ve-
cause a radar blockage is detected. For
hicle, and always lock the vehicle when un-
additional information, refer to “Blind Spot
attended. Be aware of your surroundings,
Warning (BSW)” or “Rear Cross Traffic Alert
and park in secure, well-lit areas whenever
(RCTA)” in the “Starting and driving” section
possible.
of this manual.
Many devices offering additional protec-
Push Ignition to OFF
tion, such as component locks, identifica-
After the Push Ignition to OFF warning illu- tion markers, and tracking systems, are
minates, the warning will illuminate if the available at auto supply stores and spe-
ignition switch is placed in the ACC position LIC2930 cialty shops. A NISSAN dealer may also offer
when the shift lever is moved to the P (Park) Your vehicle has two types of security sys- such equipment. Check with your insur-
position. tems: ance company to see if you may be eligible
for discounts for various theft protection
To turn off the Push warning, place the ig- ∙ Vehicle security system features.
nition switch in the ON position and then in
the LOCK position. ∙ NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System How to arm the vehicle security
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM system
The vehicle security system provides visual 1. Close all windows. (The system can be
and audible alarm signals if someone armed even if the windows are open.)
opens the doors, liftgate or the hood when 2. Remove the Intelligent Key from the ve-
the system is armed. It is not, however, a hicle.
motion detection type system that acti-
vates when a vehicle is moved or when a
vibration occurs.

3. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. Lock Vehicle security system activation NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
all doors. The doors can be locked with The vehicle security system will give the SYSTEM
the Intelligent Key, door handle request following alarm: The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
switch, or mechanical key.
∙ The headlights blink and the horn will not allow the engine to start without
4. Confirm that the security indica- sounds intermittently but synchro- the use of a registered key.
tor light stays on for about 30 seconds. nously. Never leave these keys in the vehicle.
The vehicle security system is now pre-
armed. The vehicle security system will ∙ The alarm automatically turns off after FCC Notice:
automatically shift into the armed a period of time. However, the alarm
reactivates if the vehicle is tampered For USA:
phase. The security light begins
with again. This device complies with Part 15 of the
to flash once every three seconds. If
during the pre-armed phase one of the The alarm is activated by: FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
following occurs, the system will not lowing two conditions: (1) This device
arm: ∙ opening any door or hood without us- may not cause harmful interference, and
ing the key or Intelligent Key (even if the (2) this device must accept any interfer-
∙ Any door is unlocked with the mechani- door is unlocked by releasing the door ence received, including interference
cal key, the Intelligent Key or door re- inside lock knob). that may cause undesired operation.
quest switch.
How to stop an activated alarm NOTE:
∙ Ignition switch is placed in ACC or ON
position. The alarm stops only by unlocking a door Changes or modifications not expressly
or the liftgate with the mechanical key, approved by the party responsible for
∙ Even when the driver and/or passen- pressing the button on the Intelligent
gers are in the vehicle, the system will compliance could void the user’s author-
Key, or pressing the request switch on the ity to operate the equipment.
activate with all the doors, hood and driver’s or passenger’s door with the Intel-
liftgate locked with the ignition ligent Key in range of the door handle.
switch placed in the LOCK position.
When placing the ignition switch in
the ACC or ON position, the system
will be released.

For Canada: If the light still remains on and/or the
engine will not start, seek service for the
This device complies with Industry
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System as
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
soon as possible. Please bring all regis-
Operation is subject to the following two
tered keys that you have. It is recom-
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must ac-
for this service.
cept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
LIC0474
Security indicator light
The security indicator light blinks whenever
the ignition switch is placed in the OFF,
LOCK or ACC position.
This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System is operational.
If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is
malfunctioning, the light will remain on
while the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position.

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
CAUTION NOTE:
∙ Do not operate the washer continu- If the windshield wiper operation is in-
ously for more than 30 seconds. terrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may
stop moving to protect its motor. If this
∙ Do not operate the washer if the occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF
windshield-washer fluid reservoir is position and remove the snow or ice that
empty. is on and around the wiper arms. In ap-
∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid proximately 1 minute, turn the switch on
reservoir with windshield-washer again to operate the wiper.
fluid concentrates at full strength. The windshield wiper and washer operates
Some methyl alcohol based when the ignition switch is in the ON posi-
windshield-washer fluid concen- tion.
trates may permanently stain the
grille if spilled while filling the Push the lever down to operate the wiper
LIC3028 at the following speed:
windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
SWITCH OPERATION
∙ Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con- 䊊
1 Intermittent (AUTO) — intermittent op-
centrates with water to the manufac- eration can be adjusted by turning the
WARNING
turer’s recommended levels before knob toward 䊊 A (Slower) or 䊊
B (Faster).
In freezing temperatures the washer pouring the fluid into the windshield- Also, the intermittent operation speed
solution may freeze on the windshield washer fluid reservoir. Do not use the varies in accordance with the vehicle
and obscure your vision which may lead windshield-washer fluid reservoir to speed (if so equipped). (For example,
to an accident. Warm the windshield mix the windshield-washer fluid con- when the vehicle speed is high, the in-
with the defroster before you wash the centrate and water. termittent operation speed will be
windshield. faster.)
䊊
2 Low (LO) — continuous low speed op-
eration

䊊
3 High (HI) — continuous high speed op- 䊊
2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed op-
eration eration
Push the lever up 䊊 4 to have one sweep Push the switch forward 䊊 3 to operate the
operation (MIST) of the wiper. washer. The wiper will also operate several
Pull the lever toward you 䊊5 to operate the times.
washer. The wiper will also operate several
times. WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer
NOTE: solution may freeze on the window and
The Speed Dependent feature may be obscure your vision. Warm the rear win-
disabled. For additional information, re- dow with the defroster before you wash
fer to “Vehicle information display” in the rear window.
this section.
LIC3101 CAUTION
REAR SWITCH OPERATION ∙ Do not operate the washer continu-
If the rear window wiper operation is inter- ously for more than 30 seconds.
rupted by snow, etc., the wiper may stop ∙ Do not operate the washer if the
moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, windshield-washer fluid reservoir is
turn the wiper switch to OFF and remove empty.
the snow, etc. on and around the wiper ∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid
arms. After about 1 minute, turn the switch reservoir with windshield-washer
ON again to operate the wiper. fluid concentrates at full strength.
The rear window wiper and washer oper- Some methyl alcohol based
ate when the ignition switch is in the ON windshield-washer fluid concen-
position. Turn the switch clockwise from trates may permanently stain the
the OFF position to operate the wiper. grille if spilled while filling the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
䊊
1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent op-
eration (not adjustable)
REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE
MIRROR (if so equipped)
DEFROSTER SWITCH
∙ Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con- NOTE:
centrates with water to the manufac- The top and bottom few rows of wires on
turer’s recommended levels before the rear window are not part of the rear
pouring the fluid into the windshield- window defroster system. These wires
washer fluid reservoir. Do not use the make up the antenna for the audio sys-
windshield-washer fluid reservoir to tem.
mix the windshield-washer fluid con-
centrate and water.
LIC2923
To defrost the rear window glass and out-
side mirrors (if so equipped), place the igni-
tion switch in the ON position and push the
rear window defroster switch on. The rear
window defroster indicator light on the
switch comes on. Push the switch again to
turn the defroster off.
The rear window defroster automatically
turns off after approximately 15 minutes.
CAUTION
When cleaning the inner side of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the rear window defroster.

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH
LIC3240 LIC3241 LIC3474

Type A (if so equipped) Type B (if so equipped) Autolight system
HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH CAUTION The autolight system allows the headlights
Lighting Use the headlights with the engine run- to turn on and off automatically. The auto-
ning to avoid discharging the vehicle light system can:
䊊
1 Rotate the switch to the position, battery. ∙ Turn on the headlights, front parking,
and the front parking, tail, and license
tail, license plate and instrument panel
plate lights will come on.
lights automatically when it is dark.
䊊
2 Rotate the switch to the position, ∙ Turn off all the lights (except daylight
and the headlights will come on and all running lights) when it is light.
the other lights remain on.
∙ Keep all the lights on for a period of time
after you place the ignition switch in the
OFF position and all doors are closed.

NOTE:
Autolight activation sensitivity and the
time delay for autolight shutoff can be
adjusted. For additional information, re-
fer to “Vehicle information display” in
this section.
To turn on the autolight system:
1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO
position 䊊
1 .
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3. The autolight system automatically
turns the headlights on and off.
LIC2237 LIC3250
Initially, if the ignition switch is turned off
and a door is opened and left open, the Be sure you do not put anything on top Headlight beam select
headlights remain on for a period of time. If of the autolight sensor located in the top
another door is opened while the head- side 䊊 1 of the instrument panel. The au- 䊊
1 To select the high beam function, push
lights are on, then the timer is reset. tolight sensor controls the autolight; if it the lever forward while the low beams
is covered, the autolight sensor reacts as are on. The high beam lights come on
To turn the autolight system off, turn the if it is dark out and the headlights will and the indicator light illumi-
switch to the OFF, , or position. illuminate. If this occurs while parked nates.
with the engine off and the ignition
switch placed in the ON position, your 䊊
2 Pull the lever back to return to the low
vehicle’s battery could become dis- beams.
charged.

䊊
3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRL) LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS
the headlight high beams on and off. SYSTEM (Type A) (if so equipped) (DRL) SYSTEM (Type B) (if so
The low beams do not need to be on The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) auto- equipped)
for this to function. matically illuminate when the engine is
started with the parking brake released. The LED portion of the headlights auto-
Battery saver system matically illuminate at 100% intensity when
The DRL operate with the headlight switch
The battery saver system automatically the engine is started with the parking
in the OFF position or in the position.
turns off the following lights after a period brake released. The LED Daytime Running
of time when the ignition switch is placed in Turn the headlight switch to the po- Lights (DRL) operate with the headlight
the OFF position and the doors are closed: sition for full illumination when driving at
switch in the OFF position or in the
night.
position. Turn the headlight switch to
∙ Headlights, when the headlight switch If the parking brake is applied before the
the position for full illumination when
is in the or position engine is started, the DRL do not illuminate.
driving at night.
The DRL illuminate when the parking brake
∙ Interior lights, when left in the ON posi- is released. The DRL will remain on until the If the parking brake is applied before the
tion ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. engine is started, the LED DRL do not illumi-
After the headlights automatically turn off nate. The LED DRL illuminate when the
with the headlight switch in the WARNING parking brake is released. The LED DRL will
remain on until the ignition switch is placed
or position, the headlights will illumi- When the DRL system is active, tail in the OFF position.
nate again if the headlight switch is moved lights on your vehicle are not on. It is
to the OFF position and then turned to necessary at dusk to turn on your head- WARNING
the or position. lights. Failure to do so could cause an
accident injuring yourself and others. When the LED DRL system is active, tail
CAUTION lights on your vehicle are not on. It is
necessary at dusk to turn on your head-
Even though the battery saver feature lights. Failure to do so could cause an
automatically turns off the headlights accident injuring yourself and others.
after a period of time, you should turn
the headlight switch to the OFF position
when the engine is not running to avoid
discharging the vehicle battery.

Lane change signal
䊊
2 Move the lever up or down until the
turn signal begins to flash, but the lever
does not latch, to signal a lane change.
Hold the lever until the lane change is
completed.
Move the lever up or down until the
turn signal begins to flash, but the lever
does not latch, and release the lever.
The turn signal will automatically flash
three times.
Choose the appropriate method to signal
a lane change based on road and traffic
LIC2305 LIC3252
conditions.
INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
CONTROL Turn signal
NOTE:
Press the “+” button 䊊A to increase the The 3 Flash Pass feature may be dis-
brightness of instrument panel lights. 䊊
1 Move the lever up or down to signal the abled. For additional information, refer
turning direction. When the turn is to “How to use the vehicle information
Press the “-” button 䊊B to decrease the completed, the turn signal cancels au- display” in this section.
brightness of instrument panel lights. tomatically.

HORN
The headlights must be on and the low

beams selected for the fog lights to oper-
ate. The fog lights automatically turn off
when the high beam headlights are se-
lected.
LIC3256 LIC2227
FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so To sound the horn, push near the horn icon
equipped) on the steering wheel.
To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight WARNING

switch to the position, then turn the Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so
fog light switch to the position. could affect proper operation of the
To turn the fog lights on with the headlight supplemental front air bag system.
switch in the AUTO position, the headlights Tampering with the supplemental front
must be on, then turn the fog light switch to air bag system may result in serious
the position. personal injury.
To turn the fog lights off, turn the fog light
switch to the OFF position.

CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT
SWITCHES (if so equipped)
3. Adjust the desired amount of air using CAUTION

the control knob. The climate con-
trolled seat blower remains on low ∙ The battery could run down if the cli-
speed for approximately 60 seconds mate control seat is operated while
after turning the switch on or selecting the engine is not running.
the desired temperature. ∙ Do not use the climate control seat for
extended periods or when no one is
4. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed
using the seat.
or cooled, or before you leave the ve-
hicle, be sure to turn the control knob ∙ Do not put anything on the seat which
to the off (center) position. The indica- insulates heat, such as a blanket,
tor light 䊊
B on the control knob goes off cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise,
with the switch in the off (center) posi- the seat may become overheated.
tion. ∙ Do not place anything hard or heavy
SIC4334
To check the air filter for the climate con- on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
The climate controlled seat warms up or trolled seat, it is recommended that you similar objects. This may result in
cools down the front seat by blowing warm damage to the climate controlled
visit a NISSAN dealer.
or cool air from under the surface of the seat.
seat. The climate control switch is located WARNING ∙ Any liquid spilled on the seat should
on the center console. be removed immediately with a dry
Do not use or allow occupants to use cloth
The climate controlled seat can be oper- the climate controlled seats if you or the
ated as follows: occupants cannot monitor seat tem- ∙ The climate controlled seat has an air
peratures or have an inability to feel filter. Do not operate the climate con-
1. Place the ignition switch in the ON po- pain in those body parts in contact with trolled seat without an air filter. This
sition. the seat. Use of the climate controlled may result in damage to the system.
2. Turn the control knob 䊊 A to the heat seats by such people could result in se- ∙ When cleaning the seat, never use
side 䊊 1 or the cool side 䊊
2 . The indica- rious injury. gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any
tor light 䊊
B on the control knob will illu- similar materials.
minate.

HEATED SEAT SWITCHES (if so
equipped)
∙ If any malfunctions are found or the WARNING ∙ When cleaning the seat, never use
climate controlled seat does not oper- gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any
Do not use or allow occupants to use
ate, turn the switch off and have the similar materials.
the seat heater if you or the occupants
system checked. It is recommended
cannot monitor elevated seat tempera- ∙ If any malfunctions are found or the
tures or have an inability to feel pain in heated seat does not operate, turn
service.
those body parts in contact with the the switch off and have the system
seat. Use of the seat heater by such checked. It is recommended that you
people could result in serious injury. visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
CAUTION
∙ The battery could run down if the seat
heater is operated while the engine is
not running.
∙ Do not use the seat heater for ex-
tended periods or when no one is us-
ing the seat.
∙ Do not put anything on the seat which
insulates heat, such as a blanket,
cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise,
the seat may become overheated.
∙ Do not place anything hard or heavy
on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
similar object. This may result in dam-
age to the heater.
∙ Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
should be removed immediately with
a dry cloth.

HEATED REAR SEAT SWITCHES (if so
equipped)
WARNING ∙ When cleaning the seat, never use

gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any
Do not use or allow occupants to use
similar materials.
the seat heater if you or the occupants
cannot monitor elevated seat tempera- ∙ If any malfunctions are found or the
tures or have an inability to feel pain in heated seat does not operate, turn
body parts that contact the seat. Use of the switch off and have the system
the seat heater by such people could checked. It is recommended that you
result in serious injury. visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
CAUTION
∙ The battery could run down if the seat
heater is operated while the engine is
not running.
LIC3475
∙ Do not use the seat heater for ex-
The front seats are warmed by built-in
tended periods or when no one is us-
heaters.
ing the seat.
1. Start the engine.
∙ Do not put anything on the seat which
2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch, insulates heat, such as a blanket,
as desired. The indicator light in the cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise,
switch will illuminate. the seat may become overheated.
The heater is controlled by a thermo- ∙ Do not place anything hard or heavy
stat, automatically turning the heater on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
on and off. The indicator light will re- similar object. This may result in dam-
main on as long as the switch is on. age to the heater.
3. When the seat is warmed or before you ∙ Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
leave the vehicle, be sure to push the should be removed immediately with
switch to turn it off. a dry cloth.

HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH (if
so equipped)
3. When the seat is warmed or before you

leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the
switch off.
LIC3475 LIC3476
The rear seats are warmed by built-in heat- The heated steering wheel system is de-
ers. The switches are located on the rear of signed to operate only when the surface
the front center console and can be oper- temperature of the steering wheel is below
ated independently of each other. 68°F (20°C).
1. Place the ignition switch in the ON po- Push the heated steering wheel switch to
sition. warm the steering wheel after the ignition
switch is placed in the ON position. The
2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch,
indicator light will come on.
as desired. The indicator light in the
switch will illuminate. If the surface temperature of the steering
wheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system will
The heater is controlled by a thermo-
heat the steering wheel and cycle off and
stat, automatically turning the heater
on to maintain a temperature above 68°F
on and off. The indicator light will re-
(20°C). The indicator light will remain on as
main on as long as the switch is on.
long as the system is on.
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
OFF SWITCH
Push the switch again to turn the heated Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart
steering wheel system off manually. The the engine to turn on the system. For addi-
indicator light will go off. tional information, refer to “Vehicle Dy-
namic Control (VDC) system” in the “Start-
NOTE: ing and driving” section of this manual.
∙ Once activated, your heated steering
wheel will automatically turn on and
off to maintain a temperature above
68°F (20°C).
∙ When the temperature of the steering
wheel is above 122°F (50°C) and the
heated steering wheel switch is
turned on, the system will not heat
the steering wheel. This does not in- LIC3344
dicate a malfunction.
The vehicle should be driven with the VDC
system on for most driving conditions.
If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the
VDC system reduces the engine output to
reduce wheel spin. The engine speed will
be reduced even if the accelerator is de-
pressed to the floor. If maximum engine
power is needed to free a stuck vehicle,
turn the VDC system off.
To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC
OFF switch. The indicator and the Au-
tomatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system
warning light will come on.

E-CALL (SOS) SWITCH (if so POWER OUTLETS
equipped)
LIC3357 LIC3002 LIC3705

The E-call (SOS) system switch is used in Instrument Panel Center Console
combination with a NissanConnect® Ser- 12V OUTLETS CAUTION
vices subscription to call for assistance in
case of an emergency. The power outlets are for powering electri- ∙ The outlet and plug may be hot during
cal accessories such as cellular tele- or immediately after use.
Pushing the switch will (with a paid sub- phones. They are rated at 12 volt, 120W (10A)
scription) reach a Response Specialist that maximum. ∙ Only certain power outlets are de-
will provide assistance based on the situa- signed for use with a cigarette lighter
tion described by the vehicle’s occupant. The vehicle’s power outlets are powered unit. Do not use any other power out-
For additional information, or to enroll your only when the ignition switch is in the ACC let for an accessory lighter. It is rec-
vehicle, refer to (if so equipped) or ON position. ommended that you visit a NISSAN
www.NissanUSA.com/connect, Open the cap to use a power outlet. dealer for additional information.
www.Nissan.ca/NissanConnect, or ∙ Do not use with accessories that ex-
www.Nissan.ca/NissanConnect/fr or call ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.
855–426–6628.

EXTENDED STORAGE SWITCH
∙ Push the plug in as far as it will go. If

good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat or the internal tem-
perature fuse may open.
∙ When not in use, be sure to close the
cap. Do not allow water or any other
liquid to contact the outlet.
LIC3199 LDI2758
Cargo Area
∙ Do not use double adapters or more
than one electrical accessory.
∙ Use power outlets with the engine
running to avoid discharging the ve-
hicle battery.
∙ Avoid using power outlets when the
air conditioner, headlights or rear win-
dow defroster is on.
∙ Before inserting or disconnecting a
plug, be sure the electrical accessory
being used is turned off.

STORAGE
LIC3266 LIC3268 LIC3671

Pulled position Pushed position FRONT-DOOR POCKETS
The extended storage switch is used when
shipping the vehicle. It is located in the fuse
panel to the left of the steering wheel on
the instrument panel. If any electrical
equipment does not operate, ensure the
extended storage switch is pushed fully in
place, as shown.

WARNING
To ensure proper operation of the pas-
senger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-
tem, please observe the following
items:
∙ Do not allow a passenger in the rear
seat to push or pull on the seatback
pocket or headrest.
∙ Do not place heavy loads heavier than
9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, head
restraint/headrest or in the seatback
pocket.
LIC3200 LIC1328
CONSOLE SIDE POCKETS (if so SEATBACK POCKETS
equipped) There may be one or two seatback pockets
located on the back of the driver and pas-
senger seats. The pockets can be used to
store maps.

LIC3854 LIC2214 LIC3202
Front console Rear armrest Rear center console
STORAGE TRAYS
WARNING
Do not place sharp objects in the trays
to help prevent injury in an accident or
sudden stop.

LIC3003 LIC3991 LIC2312
GLOVE BOX CONSOLE BOX OVERHEAD SUNGLASSES
Open the glove box by pulling the handle. To open the console box, press in on the STORAGE
lever and raise the lid. To open the sunglasses holder, push and
Use the master key to lock or unlock the
glove box. The valet key (if so equipped) To close, push the lid down until the lock release.
cannot be used to lock or unlock the glove latches.
Only store one pair of sunglasses in the
box.
holder.
WARNING
WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving
Keep the sunglasses holder closed
to help prevent injury in an accident or a
while driving to avoid obstructing the
sudden stop.
driver’s view and to help prevent an
accident.

CAUTION
∙ Do not use for anything other than
sunglasses.
∙ Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-
glasses holder while parking in direct
sunlight. The heat may damage the
sunglasses.
LIC3854 LIC2915
Front console Bench seat
CUP HOLDERS WARNING
∙ Do not recline the rear seatback when
you use the cup holders on the rear
armrest. Doing so may cause the bev-
erages to spill over, and if they are hot,
they may scald the passengers.
∙ Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is being used to
prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid
is hot, it can scald you or your passen-
ger. Spilled liquid can also damage the
seat climate system.

CAUTION
Use only soft cups in the cup holder.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
LIC3672 LIC2933
Bottle holder — front Bottle holder — rear
CAUTION
∙ Do not use the bottle holder for any
other objects that could be thrown
about in the vehicle and possibly in-
jure people during sudden braking or
an accident.
∙ Do not use the bottle holder for open
liquid containers.

WARNING
∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes or
straps to help prevent it from sliding
or shifting. Do not place cargo higher
than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop
or collision, unsecured cargo could
cause personal injury.
∙ Use suitable ropes and hooks to se-
cure cargo.
∙ Never allow anyone to ride in the lug-
gage area. It is extremely dangerous
to ride in a cargo area inside of a ve-
LIC3204 LTI2113
hicle. In a collision, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seri-
CARGO AREA STORAGE BIN LUGGAGE HOOKS ously injured or killed.
To access the floor storage area, pull up on When securing items using luggage hooks ∙ Do not allow people to ride in any area
the left and right side of the cargo floor. located on the back of the seat or side of your vehicle that is not equipped
finisher do not apply a load over more than with seats and seat belts.
6.5 lbs. (29 N) to a single hook. ∙ The child restraint top tether strap
The luggage hooks that are located on the may be damaged by contact with
floor should have loads less than 110 lbs. items in the cargo area. Secure any
(490 N) to a single hook. items in the cargo area. Your child
could be seriously injured or killed in a
The luggage hooks can be used to secure collision if the top tether strap is
cargo with ropes or other types of straps. damaged.
∙ Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a
seat and using a seat belt properly.

Be careful that your vehicle does not ex- ∙ Do not exceed maximum roof rack
ceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating cross bars load capacity.
(GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and GAWR ∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes or
are located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. cer- straps to help prevent it from sliding
tification label (located on the driver’s door or shifting. In a sudden stop or colli-
pillar). For additional information regarding sion, unsecured cargo could cause
personal injury.
GVWR and GAWR, refer to “Vehicle loading
information” in the “Technical and con-
sumer information” section of this manual.
WARNING
∙ Always install the cross bars onto the
LIC2386 roof side rails before loading cargo of
any kind. Loading cargo directly onto
ROOF RACK (if so equipped) the roof side rails or the vehicle’s roof
Do not apply any load directly to the roof may cause vehicle damage.
side rails. Cross bars must be installed be- ∙ Drive extra carefully when the vehicle
fore applying load/cargo/luggage to the is loaded at or near the cargo carrying
roof of the vehicle. Genuine NISSAN acces- capacity, especially if the significant
sory cross bars are available through a portion of that load is carried on the
NISSAN dealer. It is recommended that you cross bars.
visit a NISSAN dealer for additional informa- ∙ Heavy loading of the cross bars has
tion. the potential to affect the vehicle sta-
The service load capacity for the roof side bility and handling during sudden or
rails is 165 lbs. (74 kg), however do not ex- unusual handling maneuvers.
ceed the accessory cross bars load capac- ∙ Roof rack cross bars should be evenly
ity. distributed.

WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS Driver’s side power window

switch
WARNING
The driver’s side control panel is equipped
∙ Make sure that all passengers have with switches to open or close all of the
their hands, etc., inside the vehicle windows.
while it is in motion and before closing
the windows. Use the window lock To open a window, push the switch to the
switch to prevent unexpected use of detent and continue to hold down until the
the power windows. desired window position is reached. To
close a window, pull the switch to the de-
∙ To help avoid risk of injury or death tent and continue to hold up until the de-
through unintended operation of the sired window position is reached.
vehicle and/or its systems, including
entrapment in windows or inadver- Locking passengers’ windows
tent door lock activation, do not leave LIC3238
When the window lock switch is pushed,
children, people who require the as- 1. Window lock button only the driver’s side window can be
sistance of others or pets unattended 2. Power door lock switch opened or closed. Push it again to cancel
in your vehicle. Additionally, the tem- 3. Front passenger side automatic the window lock function.
perature inside a closed vehicle on a
switch
warm day can quickly become high
enough to cause a significant risk of 4. Right rear passenger side switch
injury or death to people and pets. 5. Left rear passenger side switch
6. Driver’s side automatic switch
The power windows operate when the ig-
nition switch is placed in the ON position, or
for a period of time after the ignition switch
is placed in the OFF position. If the driver’s
or passenger’s door is opened during this
period of time, the power to the windows is
canceled.

LIC2397 LIC2663 LIC0410
Front passenger’s power window Rear power window switch Automatic operation
switch The rear power window switches open or To fully open a window, push the window
The passenger’s window switch operates close only the corresponding windows. To switch down to the second detent and re-
only the corresponding passenger’s win- open the window, push the switch and hold lease it; it need not be held. The window
dow. To open the window partially, push the it down 䊊1 . To close the window, pull the
automatically opens all the way. To stop
switch down lightly until the desired win- switch up 䊊2 .
the window, lift the switch up while the win-
dow position is reached. To close the window is opening.
dow partially, pull the switch up until the
desired window position is reached. To fully close a window, pull the switch up to
the second detent and release it; it need
not be held. To stop the window, push the
switch down while the window is closing.

POWER MOONROOF (if so equipped)
Auto-reverse function Sliding the moonroof

The auto-reverse function can be acti- To fully open the moonroof, slide the switch
vated when a window is closed by auto- toward the OPEN 䊊 1 position to the second
matic operation. detent and release it. If the switch is slid to
Depending on the environment or driv- the first detent and released while the sun-
ing conditions, the auto-reverse func- shade is closed only the sunshade will
tion may be activated if an impact or open.
load similar to something being caught To fully close the moonroof, slide the switch
in the window occurs. toward the CLOSE 䊊 2 position to the sec-
ond detent and release it. If the switch is
WARNING slid to the first detent and released, the
There are some small distances imme- moonroof will close but the sunshade will
diately before the closed position which LIC3477 remain open.
cannot be detected. Make sure that all
passengers have their hands, etc., in- The moonroof will only operate when the Tilting the moonroof
side the vehicle before closing the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
The moonroof is operational for a period of To tilt the moonroof up, push and release
window.
time, even if the ignition switch is placed in the tilt switch 䊊
3 .
If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected, re- the ACC (if so equipped) or OFF position. If To tilt the moonroof down but keep the
placed, or jump started, the power window the driver’s door or the front passenger’s
auto-reverse function may not operate sunshade open, push and release the tilt
properly. Have the power window auto-
door is opened during this period of time, switch 䊊 3 or slide the switch toward the
reverse system re-initialized. It is recom-

the power to the moonroof is canceled. CLOSE position 䊊 2 to the first detent.
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for When operating the power moonroof or To tilt the moonroof down and close the
this service. panoramic sunshade, the switch need not sunshade at the same time, slide the
If the control unit detects something be held continuously. To stop the moon- switch toward the CLOSE position 䊊
2 to the
caught in a window equipped with auto- roof or sunshade at any point while it is second detent.
matic operation as it is closing, the window opening or closing, slide the switch mo-
will be immediately lowered. mentarily.

Auto-reverse function (when When tilting down Panoramic sunshade
closing or tilting down the If the control unit detects something The panoramic sunshade operates when
moonroof) caught in the moonroof as it tilts down, the the ignition switch is in the ON position.
moonroof will immediately tilt up. When opening or closing the sunshade the
The auto-reverse function can be acti-
vated when the moonroof is closed or If the auto-reverse function malfunctions switch need not be held.
tilted down by automatic operation when and repeats opening or tilting up the moon- To open the sunshade:
the ignition switch is placed in the ON po- roof, keep pushing the tilt down switch within
sition or for a period of time after the igni- 5 seconds after it happens; the moonroof ∙ To fully open the sunshade, slide the
tion switch is placed in the OFF position. will fully close gradually. Make sure nothing is switch 䊊 1 toward the OPEN position to
caught in the moonroof. the first detent.

Depending on the environment or driv-
ing conditions, the auto-reverse func- ∙ To fully open the sunshade and the
tion may be activated if an impact or
WARNING moonroof together, slide the switch 䊊
1
load similar to something being caught ∙ In an accident you could be thrown toward the OPEN position to the sec-
in the moonroof occurs. from the vehicle through an open ond detent.
moonroof. Always use seat belts and
To close the sunshade:
WARNING child restraints.
∙ Do not allow anyone to stand up or ∙ To fully close the sunshade, slide the
There are some small distances imme-
extend any portion of their body out switch 䊊2 toward the CLOSE position to
diately before the closed position which the second detent. If the moonroof is
cannot be detected. Make sure that all of the moonroof opening while the
vehicle is in motion or while the open, both the moonroof and the sun-
passengers have their hands, etc., in- shade will close automatically.
side the vehicle before closing the moonroof is closing.
moonroof. ∙ If the switch is slid 䊊
2 toward the CLOSE
CAUTION position to the first detent while the
When closing moonroof is open, only the moonroof
∙ Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand
If the control unit detects something from the moonroof before opening. will close. The sunshade will remain
caught in the moonroof as it moves to the open.
∙ Do not place heavy objects on the
front, the moonroof will immediately open moonroof or surrounding area.
backward.
INTERIOR LIGHTS
WARNING ∙ Do not put any object into the sun-

shade inlet port as this may result in
∙ To avoid personal injury, keep your
improper operation or damage the
hands, fingers and head away from
sunshade.
the sunshade arm, the arm rail and
sunshade inlet port. ∙ Do not hang any object on the arm rail
as this may result in improper opera-
∙ Do not allow children near the rear
tion or damage the sunshade.
sunshade system. They could be
injured. ∙ Do not forcefully pull the sunshade.
Doing so may elongate the sunshade.
∙ Do not place objects on or near the
Improper operation or damage to the
rear sunshade. This could cause im-
sunshade may result.
proper operation or damage it.
∙ Do not pull or push the rear sunshade. If the moonroof does not close
This could cause improper operation Have your moonroof checked and re- LIC2302
or damage it. paired. It is recommended that you visit a When the ON switch 䊊 1 is pushed, the foot-
NISSAN dealer for this service. well lights (if so equipped), step lights (if so
CAUTION equipped), map lights and rear personal
∙ Do not place objects (such as newspa- lights will automatically turn on and stay on
pers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the sun- for a period of time when:
shade inlet port. Doing so may en- ∙ The doors are unlocked by the Intelli-
tangle these objects in the sunshade gent Key, a key or the request switch (if
when it is extending or retracting,
so equipped) while all doors are closed
causing improper operation or dam-
and the ignition switch is in the OFF
age to the sunshade.
position.
∙ Do not push the sunshade arm with
∙ The driver’s door is opened and then
your hands, etc., as this may deform it.
closed while the ignition switch is in the
Improper operation or damage to the
OFF position.
sunshade may result.
∙ Individually pushed.
When the OFF switch 䊊 2 is pushed, the in-
terior lights will illuminate when pushed.
When the DOOR/OFF switch is pushed and
the ON switch is pushed, all of the lights will
come on.
NOTE:
The footwell lights (if so equipped) and
step lights (if so equipped) illuminate
when the driver and passenger doors
are open regardless of the interior light
switch position. These lights will turn off
automatically after a period of time
while doors are open to prevent the bat-
tery from becoming discharged. LIC2303 LIC2304
CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped) MAP LIGHTS
CAUTION
The console light will turn on whenever the Press the button to turn the map lights on.
Do not use for extended periods of time parking lights or headlights are illuminated. To turn them off, press the button again.
with the engine stopped. This could re-
sult in a discharged battery. The console light brightness can be ad-
justed with the illumination brightness
CAUTION
control in the vehicle information display. Do not use for extended periods of time
with the engine stopped. This could re-
sult in a discharged battery.

HOMELINK® UNIVERSAL
TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)
The lights will turn off automatically after a The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-
period of time while doors are open to pre- vides a convenient way to consolidate the
vent the battery from becoming dis- functions of up to three individual hand-
charged. held transmitters into one built-in device.
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:
∙ Will operate most radio frequency de-
vices such as garage doors, gates,
home and office lighting, entry door
locks and security systems.
∙ Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No
separate batteries are required. If the
vehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis-
LIC1083 connected, HomeLink® will retain all
Rear personal lights programming.
PERSONAL LIGHTS When the HomeLink® Universal Trans-
To turn the rear personal lights on, push the ceiver is programmed, retain the original
switch. To turn them off, push the switch transmitter for future programming pro-
again. cedures (Example: new vehicle pur-
chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT programmed HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver buttons should be erased for
The light illuminates when the liftgate is
security purposes. For additional infor-
opened. When the liftgate is closed, the
mation, refer to “Programming
light will turn off.
HomeLink®” in this section.
The light also illuminates with other interior
lights when the interior light switch is in the
DOOR position. For additional information,
refer to “Interior lights” in this section.
WARNING PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®
∙ Do not use the HomeLink® Universal If you have any questions or are having
Transceiver with any garage door difficulty programming your HomeLink®
opener that lacks safety stop and re- buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:
verse features as required by federal www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.
safety standards. (These standards
became effective for opener models NOTE:
manufactured after April 1, 1982). A Place the ignition switch in the ACC posi-
garage door opener which cannot de- tion (if so equipped) when programming
tect an object in the path of a closing HomeLink®. It is also recommended that
garage door and then automatically a new battery be placed in the hand-held
stop and reverse, does not meet cur- transmitter of the device being pro-
rent federal safety standards. Using a grammed to HomeLink® for quicker pro-
garage door opener without these gramming and accurate transmission of LIC2365
features increases the risk of serious the radio frequency.
injury or death. 1. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away from
∙ During the programming procedure the HomeLink® surface, keeping the
your garage door or security gate will HomeLink® indicator light 䊊1 in view.
open and close (if the transmitter is
within range). Make sure that people
or objects are clear of the garage door,
gate, etc. that you are programming.
∙ Your vehicle’s engine should be
turned off while programming the
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver.

NOTE: 4. At the receiver located on the garage
door opener motor in the garage, lo-
Some devices may require you to replace
cate the “learn” or “smart” button (the
Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted
name and color of the button may vary
in “Programming HomeLink® for Cana-
by manufacturer but it is usually lo-
dian customers and gate openers” in this
cated near where the hanging an-
section.
tenna wire is attached to the unit). If
3. Press and hold the programmed there is difficulty locating the button,
HomeLink® button and observe the in- reference the garage door opener’s
dicator light. manual.
∙ If the indicator light 䊊 1 is 5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”
solid/continuous, programming is button.
complete and your device should
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
activate when the HomeLink® button
LIC2366 and hold the trained HomeLink® but-
is pressed and released.
ton for 2 seconds and release. Repeat
2. Using both hands, simultaneously
∙ If the indicator light 䊊
1 blinks rapidly the “press/hold/release” sequence up
press and hold the desired HomeLink®
for 2 seconds and then turns to a to three times to complete the training
button and hand-held transmitter but- process. HomeLink® should now acti-
solid/continuous light, continue
ton. DO NOT release until the with Steps 4-6 for a rolling code de- vate your rolling code equipped device.
HomeLink® indicator light 䊊 1 flashes
vice. A second person may make the
slowly and then rapidly. When the indi- 7. If you have any questions or are having
following steps easier. Use a ladder or
cator light flashes rapidly, both buttons difficulty programming your
other device. Do not stand on your
may be released. (The rapid flashing HomeLink® buttons, refer to the
vehicle to perform the next steps.
indicates successful programming.) HomeLink® web site at:
www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-
3515.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK® FOR 2. Using both hands, simultaneously OPERATING THE HOMELINK®
CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE press and hold the desired HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
button and the hand-held transmitter
OPENERS button. During training, your hand-held The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, after
Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter may automatically stop it is programmed, can be used to activate
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) transmitting. Continue to press and the programmed device. To operate, sim-
after several seconds of transmission – hold the desired HomeLink® button ply press and release the appropriate pro-
which may not be long enough for while you press and re-press (“cycle”) grammed HomeLink® Universal Trans-
HomeLink® to pick up the signal during your hand-held transmitter every ceiver button. The amber indicator light will
training. Similar to this Canadian law, some 2 seconds until the frequency signal illuminate while the signal is being trans-
U.S. gate operators are designed to “tim- has been learned. The HomeLink® indi- mitted.
eout” in the same manner. cator light will flash slowly and then
rapidly after several seconds upon For convenience, the hand-held transmit-
If you live in Canada or you are having diffi- successful training. DO NOT release un- ter of the device may also be used at any
culties training a gate operator or garage til the HomeLink® indicator light flashes time.
door opener by using the “Training” proce- slowly and then rapidly. When the indi-
dures, replace “Programming HomeLink®” cator light flashes rapidly, both buttons PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-
Step 2 with the following: may be released. The rapid flashing in- DIAGNOSIS
dicates successful training.
NOTE: Proceed with “Programming If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn the
When programming a garage door HomeLink®” step 3 to complete. hand-held transmitter information:
opener, etc., unplug the device during If the device was unplugged during the ∙ replace the hand-held transmitter bat-
the “cycling” process to prevent possible programming procedure, remember teries with new batteries.
damage to the garage door opener com- to plug it back in when programming is
ponents. completed. ∙ position the hand-held transmitter with
its battery area facing away from the
1. For additional information, refer to “Pro- HomeLink® surface.
gramming HomeLink®” step 1 in this
section. ∙ press and hold both the HomeLink®
and hand-held transmitter buttons
without interruption.

∙ position the hand-held transmitter 1 - 2. Release both buttons. IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN
3 in (26 - 76 mm) away from the
HomeLink® is now in the programming If your vehicle is stolen, you should change
HomeLink® surface. Hold the transmit- mode and can be programmed at any
ter in that position for up to 15 seconds. the codes of any non-rolling code device
time beginning with “Programming that has been programmed into
If HomeLink® is not programmed within HomeLink®” - Step 1.
that time, try holding the transmitter in HomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manual of
another position – keeping the indicator REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE each device or call the manufacturer or
light in view at all times. HOMELINK® BUTTON dealer of those devices for additional infor-
mation.
If you have any questions or are having To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal
difficulty programming your HomeLink® Transceiver button, complete the following: When your vehicle is recovered, you will
buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at: need to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni-
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® versal Transceiver with your new trans-
www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515. button. DO NOT release the button. mitter information.
CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED 2. The indicator light will begin to flash FCC Notice:
INFORMATION after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro- For USA:
The following procedure clears the programming HomeLink®” - Step 1.
grammed information from both buttons. This device complies with Part 15 of the
Individual buttons cannot be cleared. How- For questions or comments, contact FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
ever, individual buttons can be repro- HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or lowing two conditions: (1) This device
grammed. For additional information, refer 1–800–355–3515 (except Mexico). may not cause harmful interference, and
to “Reprogramming a single HomeLink® The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but- (2) this device must accept any interfer-
button” in this section. ton has now been reprogrammed. The ence received, including interference
new device can be activated by pressing that may cause undesired operation.
To clear all programming:
the HomeLink® button that was just pro-
1. Press and hold the two outer grammed. This procedure will not affect
HomeLink® buttons until the indicator any other programmed HomeLink® but-
light begins to flash in approximately tons.
10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than
20 seconds.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
cept any received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.

MEMO

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Conditions the Remote Engine Start will

NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 not work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Operating the manual liftgate
Locking with key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Locking with inside lock knob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Operating the power liftgate
Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . 3-6 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Automatic door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Motion-Activated Liftgate
Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Power liftgate main switch
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Liftgate release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Liftgate position setting
NISSAN Intelligent Key® Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
How to use the remote keyless entry Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Opener operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Manual operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Remote Engine Start operating range . . . . . . . 3-19 Automatic operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 3-34
Remote starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Extending engine run time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Canceling a Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Card holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) . . . . . 3-39
Manual anti-glare rearview mirror Memory storage function (key-link) . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Memory storage function (switch) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror Entry/exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
KEYS
LPD0350 LPD2279 LPD2052

Type A (if so equipped) Type B (if so equipped) Type C (if so equipped)
1. Intelligent Key (two sets) Never leave these keys in the vehicle. A key number plate is supplied with your
2. Mechanical key keys. Record the key number and keep it in
As many as four Intelligent Keys can be
3. Key number plate (one plate) a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the
registered and used with one vehicle. The
vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom-
new keys must be registered prior to use
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for
with the Intelligent Key System and NISSAN
duplicates by using the key number.
Your vehicle can only be driven with the Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle.
NISSAN does not record key numbers so it
Intelligent Keys which are registered to It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
is very important to keep track of your key
your vehicle’s Intelligent Key System com- dealer for this service. Since the registra-
number plate.
ponents and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer tion process requires erasing all memory in
System components. the Intelligent Key components when reg- A key number is only necessary when you
istering new keys, be sure to take all Intelli- have lost all keys and do not have one to
gent Keys that you have to the NISSAN duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can
dealer. be duplicated without knowing the key
number.
3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
CAUTION ∙ Do not place the Intelligent Key near
equipment that produces a magnetic
Listed below are conditions or occur-
field, such as a TV, audio equipment
rences which will damage the Intelli-
and personal computers.
gent Key:
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,
∙ Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which
NISSAN recommends erasing the ID
contains electrical components, to
code of that Intelligent Key from the ve-
come into contact with water or salt
hicle. This may prevent the unauthor-
water. This could affect the system
ized use of the Intelligent Key to oper-
function.
ate the vehicle. For information
∙ Do not drop the Intelligent Key. regarding the erasing procedure, it is
∙ Do not strike the Intelligent Key recommended that you visit a NISSAN
sharply against another object. dealer.
SPA1951
∙ Do not change or modify the Intelli-
gent Key. Mechanical key
∙ Wetting may damage the Intelligent The Intelligent Key contains the mechani-
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im- cal key.
mediately wipe until it is completely
dry. To remove the mechanical key, release the
lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key.
∙ Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
extended period in an area where To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it
temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C). into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob
returns to the lock position.
∙ Do not attach the Intelligent Key with
a key holder that contains a magnet. Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock
the driver’s door.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

CAUTION NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER given to the dealer at the time of registra-
SYSTEM KEYS tion will no longer be able to start your
Always carry the mechanical key in- vehicle.
stalled in the Intelligent Key slot. You can only drive your vehicle using the
For additional information, refer to “Doors” Intelligent Keys which are registered to the CAUTION
in this section. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System com- Do not allow the immobilizer system
ponents in your vehicle. key, which contains an electrical tran-
Valet hand-off sponder, to come into contact with wa-
The mechanical key can be used for all the
When you have to leave a key with a valet, locks. ter or salt water. This could affect sys-
give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep tem function.
the mechanical key with you to protect Never leave the keys in the vehicle.
your belongings. Additional or replacement keys:
To prevent the glove box or console box If you still have a key, the key number is not
from being opened during valet hand-off, necessary when you need extra NISSAN
follow the procedure below. Vehicle Immobilizer System keys. Your ex-
1. Remove the mechanical key from the isting key can be duplicated without know-
Intelligent Key. ing the key number. As many as four
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys
2. Lock the glove box with the mechani-
cal key. can be used with one vehicle. You should
bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-
3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet tem keys that you have to the NISSAN
and keep the mechanical key with you. dealer for registration. This is because the
For additional information, refer to “Stor- registration process will erase the memory
age” in the “Instruments and controls” sec- of all key codes previously registered into
tion of this manual. the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. Af-
ter the registration process, these compo-
nents will only recognize keys coded into
the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
during registration. Any key that is not
DOORS
When the doors are locked using one of the

following methods, the doors cannot be through unintended operation of the
opened using the inside or outside door vehicle and/or its systems, including
handles. The doors must be unlocked to entrapment in windows and/or inad-
open the doors. vertent door lock activation, do not
WARNING assistance of others and/or pets un-
∙ Always have the doors locked while attended in your vehicle. Additionally,
driving. Along with the use of seat the temperature inside a closed ve-
belts, this provides greater safety in hicle on a warm day can quickly be-
the event of an accident by helping to come high enough to cause a signifi-
prevent persons from being thrown cant risk of injury or death to people
from the vehicle. This also helps keep and/or pets.
children and others from unintention- LPD2129
ally opening the doors, and will help
Driver’s side
keep out intruders.
LOCKING WITH KEY
∙ Before opening any door, always look
for and avoid oncoming traffic. To lock or unlock the vehicle, turn the key as
shown.
Manual
To lock all doors, turn the key toward the
front of the vehicle 䊊 1 . To unlock a door,
turn the key toward the rear 䊊 2 .

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS
∙ All doors lock automatically when the
vehicle speed reaches 15 mph
(24 km/h).
∙ All doors unlock automatically when the
transmission is placed in the P (Park)
position or when the ignition switch is
placed in the OFF position.
NOTE:
The automatic door unlock function can
be changed using “Vehicle Settings” of
LPD2092
the vehicle information display. For ad-
LPD2093
ditional information, refer to “Vehicle in-
Inside lock LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR formation display” in the “Instruments
LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB LOCK SWITCH and controls” section of this manual.
To lock the door without the key, move the To lock all the doors without a key, push the
inside lock knob to the lock position 䊊 1 , door lock switch (driver’s or front passen-
then close the door. ger’s side) to the lock position 䊊 1 . When
To unlock the door without the key, move locking the door this way, be certain not to
the inside lock knob to the unlock position leave the key inside the vehicle.
䊊2 . To unlock all the doors without a key, push
the door lock switch (driver’s or front pas-
senger’s side) to the unlock position 䊊2 .

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
WARNING CAUTION
∙ Radio waves could adversely affect Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with
electric medical equipment. Those you when operating the vehicle.
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment The Intelligent Key is capable of receiving
manufacturer for the possible influ- and transmitting radio waves. The Intelli-
ences before use. gent Key system transmits weak radio
waves from various distances. Environ-
∙ The Intelligent Key transmits radio mental conditions may interfere with the
waves when the buttons are pressed.
operation of the Intelligent Key system un-
The FAA advises the radio waves may
der the following operating conditions:
affect aircraft navigation and com-
munication systems. Do not operate ∙ When operating near a location where
the Intelligent Key while on an air- strong radio waves are transmitted,
LPD2374 plane. Make sure the buttons are not such as a TV tower, power station and
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK operated unintentionally when the broadcasting station.
unit is stored for a flight.
Child safety locks help prevent the rear ∙ When in possession of wireless equip-
doors from being opened accidentally, es- ∙ Never leave the Intelligent Key in the ment, such as a cellular telephone,
pecially when small children are in the ve- vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
transceiver or a CB radio.
hicle. The Intelligent Key system can operate all ∙ When the Intelligent Key is in contact
The child safety lock levers are located on the door locks using the remote control with or covered by metallic materials.
the edge of the rear doors. function or pushing the request switch on
the vehicle without taking the key out from ∙ When any type of radio wave remote
When the lever is in the LOCK position, control is used nearby.
a pocket or purse. The operating environ-
the door can be opened only from the
ment and/or conditions may affect the In- ∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed near
outside.
telligent Key system operation. an electric appliance such as a personal
computer.
Be sure to read the following before using
the Intelligent Key system. ∙ When the vehicle is parked near a park-
ing meter.
In such cases, correct the operating condi- When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-
tions before using the Intelligent Key func- charged or strong radio waves are present
tion or use the mechanical key. near the operating location, the Intelligent
Key operating range becomes narrower,
Although the life of the battery varies de-
and the Intelligent Key may not function
pending on the operating conditions, the
properly.
battery’s life is approximately two years. If
the battery is discharged, replace it with a The operating range is within 31.5 in (80 cm)
new one. from each request switch 䊊 1 .
When the Intelligent Key battery is low, the If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door
“Key Battery Low” indicator illuminates in glass, handle or rear bumper, the request
the vehicle information display. For addi- switches may not function.
tional information, refer to “Vehicle infor-
When the Intelligent Key is within the oper-
mation display” in the “Instruments and
ating range, it is possible for anyone, even
controls” section of this manual.
someone who does not carry the Intelli-
Since the Intelligent Key is capable of re- gent Key, to push the request switch to
ceiving radio waves, if the key is left near lock/unlock the doors.
equipment which transmits strong radio
waves, such as signals from a TV and per-
sonal computer, the battery life may be-
come shorter.
For additional information, refer to “Battery
replacement” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section LPD2286
of this manual.
OPERATING RANGE
As many as four Intelligent Keys can be
registered and used with one vehicle. For The Intelligent Key functions can only be
information about the purchase and use of used when the Intelligent Key is within the
additional Intelligent Keys, it is recom- specified operating range from the request
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer. switch 䊊1 .

∙ To prevent the Intelligent Key from be-
ing left inside the vehicle, make sure you
carry the Intelligent Key with you and
then lock the doors.
∙ Do not pull the door handle before
pushing the door handle request
switch. The door will be unlocked but
will not open. Release the door handle
once and pull it again to open the door.
LPD2554 LPD2301
DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
PRECAUTION OPERATION
∙ Do not push the door handle request You can lock or unlock the doors without
switch with the Intelligent Key held in taking the Intelligent Key out of your pocket
your hand as illustrated. The close dis- or bag.
tance to the door handle will cause the When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,
Intelligent Key system to have difficulty you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing
recognizing that the Intelligent Key is the door handle request switch within the
outside the vehicle. range of operation.
∙ After locking with the door handle re-
quest switch, verify the doors are se-
curely locked by testing them.

∙ Doors lock with the door handle re-
quest switch while the ignition switch is
not in the LOCK position.
∙ Doors do not lock by pushing the door
handle request switch while any door is
open. However, doors lock with the me-
chanical key even if any door is open.
∙ Doors do not lock with the door handle
request switch with the Intelligent Key
inside the vehicle and a chime sounds
to warn you. However, when an Intelli-
gent Key is inside the vehicle, doors can
be locked with another Intelligent Key.
LPD2551 LPD2700
Locking doors 5. The hazard warning lights flash twice, CAUTION
the outside horn beeps twice, and the
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi- front and tail lights may turn on for ∙ After locking the doors using the re-
tion, place the ignition switch in the 10 seconds. quest switch, make sure that the
LOCK position and make sure you carry doors have been securely locked by
the Intelligent Key with you. NOTE: operating the door handles or the rear
liftgate opener switch.
2. Close all doors. ∙ Request switches for all doors and
∙ When locking the doors using the re-
3. Push any door handle request switch liftgate can be deactivated when the quest switch, make sure to have the
while carrying the Intelligent Key with Ext. Door Switch setting is switched Intelligent Key in your possession be-
you. to OFF in “Vehicle Settings” of the ve- fore operating the request switch to
hicle information display. For addi- prevent the Intelligent Key from being
4. All doors and the rear liftgate will lock. tional information, refer to “Vehicle left in the vehicle.
information display” in the “Instru-
ments and controls” section of this
manual.
∙ The request switch is operational only CAUTION
when the Intelligent Key has been de-
The lockout protection may not func-
tected by the Intelligent Key system.
tion under the following conditions:
Lockout protection ∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed on
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being top of the instrument panel.
accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout ∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed in-
protection is equipped with the Intelligent side the glove box or a storage bin.
Key system.
∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed in-
When any door is open, the doors are side the door pockets.
locked, and then the Intelligent Key is put
inside the vehicle and all the doors are ∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed in-
closed, a warning chime will sound and the side or near metallic materials.
doors will automatically unlock. LPD2551
NOTE: Unlocking doors

The doors may not lock when the Intelli- 1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
gent Key is in the same hand that is op- 2. Push the door handle request switch.
erating the request switch to lock the
door. Put the Intelligent Key in a purse, 3. The door on which the request switch
pocket or your other hand. was pressed will unlock and the hazard
warning lights flash once, the outside
chime sounds once, and the front and
tail lights may turn on for 30 seconds.
4. Push the door handle request switch
again within one minute to unlock the
remaining doors.

NOTE: The interior light can be turned off without
waiting by performing one of the following
Request switches for all doors and lift- operations:
gate can be deactivated when the Intel-
ligent Key Door Lock setting is switched ∙ Placing the ignition switch in the ON po-
to OFF in “Vehicle Settings” of the vehicle sition.
information display. For additional infor- ∙ Locking the doors with the remote con-
mation, refer to “Vehicle information dis- trol.
play” in the “Instruments and controls”
section of this manual. ∙ Switching the room light off.
If a door handle is pulled while unlocking ∙ Switching the Light Off Delay to 0 in “Ve-
hicle Settings” of the vehicle informa-
the doors, that door may not be unlocked.
tion display. For additional information,
Returning the door handle to its original
refer to “Vehicle information display” in
position will unlock the door. If the door the “Instruments and controls” section
LPD2700
does not unlock after returning the door of this manual.
NOTE: handle, push the door handle request
If Selective Unlock is turned off in “Ve- switch to unlock the door. HOW TO USE THE REMOTE
hicle Settings,” all doors will unlock upon All doors will be locked automatically un-
KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION
first request switch press. less one of the following operations is per- The remote keyless entry function can op-
For power liftgate opening: formed within one minute after pushing erate all door locks using the remote key-
the request switch. less function of the Intelligent Key. The re-
1. Carry the Intelligent Key. mote keyless function can operate at a
∙ Opening any door. distance of 33 ft (10 m) away from the ve-
2. Press the request switch on the lift-
gate. ∙ Pushing the ignition switch. hicle. The operating distance depends
upon the conditions around the vehicle.
The interior light timer illuminates for a pe-
riod of time when a door is unlocked and
the room light switch is in the center (door)
position.

The remote keyless entry function will not CAUTION
function under the following conditions:
After locking the doors using the Intel-
∙ When the Intelligent Key is not within the ligent Key, be sure that the doors have
operational range. been securely locked by operating the
∙ When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- door handles.
charged.
∙ When the doors or the liftgate are open
or not closed securely.
CAUTION
When locking the doors using the Intel-
ligent Key, be sure not to leave the key in
the vehicle. LPD2257
Locking doors
1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK
position.
2. Close all doors.
3. Press the button on the Intelli-
gent Key.
4. The hazard warning lights flash twice,
the horn beeps once, and the front and
tail lights may turn on for 10 seconds.
5. All doors will be locked.

NOTE: ∙ Switching the room light switch to the
off position.
The unlocking operation can be changed
in Selective Unlock in “Vehicle Settings” ∙ Switching the Light Off Delay to 0 in “Ve-
of the vehicle information display. For hicle Settings” of the vehicle informa-
additional information, refer to “Vehicle tion display. For additional information,
information display” in the “Instruments refer to “Vehicle information display” in
and controls” section of this manual. the “Instruments and controls” section
If Selective Unlock is turned off in “Ve- of this manual.
hicle Settings,” all doors will unlock upon Opening windows
the first press of the Intelligent Key The Intelligent Key allows you to simultane-
remote. ously open windows equipped with auto-
All doors will be locked automatically un- matic operation.
less one of the following operations is per-
LPD2258 ∙ To open the windows, press and hold
formed within one minute after pressing
the button on the Intelligent Key
Unlocking doors the button: for longer than 3 seconds.
1. Press the button on the Intelligent ∙ Opening any doors. The door windows will lower while holding
Key. down the button on the Intelligent
∙ Pushing the ignition switch.
Key.
2. The driver’s door will unlock and the The interior light illuminates for a period of
hazard warning lights flash once, and time when a door is unlocked and the NOTE:
the front and tail lights may turn on for room light switch is in the center (door)
position. The windows will stop lowering at the
30 seconds.
time the button is released.
The light can be turned off without waiting by
3. Press the button again within performing one of the following operations: However, the Intelligent Key cannot be
one minute to unlock the remaining used from inside the vehicle to lower the
doors. ∙ Placing the ignition switch in the ON po- windows. The door windows cannot be
sition. closed with the Intelligent Key.
∙ Locking the doors with the Intelligent
Key.
∙ The request switch on the driver or pas-
senger door is pushed and the Intelli-
gent Key is in range of the door handle.
∙ The liftgate request switch is pushed
with the Intelligent Key in range of the
liftgate area.
Using the interior light
Press the button on the Intelligent
Key once to turn on the interior lights.
For additional information, refer to “Interior
lights” in the “Instruments and controls”
WPD0414 WPD0415
Releasing the rear liftgate (if so Using the panic alarm
equipped) If you are near your vehicle and feel threat-
ened, you may activate the panic alarm to
The rear liftgate can be opened and closed call attention by pressing and holding
by performing the following:
the button on the Intelligent Key for
∙ Press the button for longer than longer than 1 second.
1 second to open the rear liftgate. The headlights will flash and the panic
alarm will stay on for a period of time.
∙ Press the button again for longer
than 1 second to close the rear liftgate. The panic alarm stops when:
When the button is pressed during ∙ It has run for a period of time.
the open or close process the liftgate will
pause. When the is pressed again ∙ Any button is pressed on the Intelligent
and held for longer than 1 second, the lift- Key.
gate will reverse.
NOTE: Deactivating the horn beep feature does
not silence the horn if the alarm is trig-
If you change the answer back horn and gered.
light flash feature with the Intelligent
Key while the ignition is in the ON posi- WARNING SIGNALS
tion, the vehicle information display
To help prevent the vehicle from moving
screen will show the previous mode. The
unexpectedly by erroneous operation of
vehicle information display screen will the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the
show the current mode after the ignition vehicle from being stolen, a chime or
switch has been cycled from the OFF to buzzer sounds from inside and outside the
the ON position. The vehicle information vehicle and a warning is displayed in the
display screen can also be used to instrument panel.
change the answer back horn mode. For
additional information refer to “Vehicle When a chime or beep sounds or a warning
information display” in the “Instruments is displayed, be sure to check the vehicle
LPD2259
and the Intelligent Key.
Answer back horn feature and controls” section of this manual.
For additional information, refer to the
If desired, the answer back horn feature To deactivate: Press and hold the “Troubleshooting guide” in this section and
can be deactivated using the Intelligent and buttons for at least 2 seconds. “Vehicle information display” in the “Instru-
Key. When it is deactivated and the The hazard indicator lights will flash three ments and controls” section of this manual.
button is pushed, the hazard indicator times to confirm that the answer back
lights flash twice. When the button is horn feature has been deactivated.
pushed, neither the hazard indicator lights To activate: Press and hold the
nor the horn operates.
and buttons for at least 2 seconds
once more.
The hazard indicator lights will flash once
and the horn will sound once to confirm
that the horn beep feature has been reac-
tivated.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that
are programmed for the vehicle. If another
Intelligent Key is in range or inside the ve-
hicle, the vehicle system may respond dif-
ferently than expected.
Symptom Possible Cause Remedy
The Shift to Park warning appears on Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
The shift lever is not in the P (Park)
When stopping the engine the display and the inside warning position.
position.
chime sounds continuously.
When shifting the shift lever to the P The Push ignition to OFF warning ap- The ignition switch is in the ACC Place the ignition switch in the OFF
(Park) position pears in the display. position. position.
The Door Open warning appears on
When opening the driver’s door to get The ignition switch is in the ACC Place the ignition switch in the ON po-
the display and the inside warning
out of the vehicle position. sition or close the driver’s door.
chime sounds continuously.
The No Key Detected warning appears
on the display, the outside chime
The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF
sounds three times and the inside
position. position.
When closing the door after getting warning chime sounds for approxi-
out of the vehicle mately three seconds.
The Shift to Park warning appears on The ignition switch is in the ACC or Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-
the display and the inside and outside OFF position and the shift lever is not sition and place the ignition switch in
chimes sound continuously. in the P (Park) position. the OFF position.
The outside chime sounds for approxi-
When closing the door with the inside
mately three seconds and all the The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
lock knob turned to LOCK
doors unlock.
When pushing the door handle re-
The outside chime sounds for approxi-
quest switch or the button on The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
mately two seconds.
the Intelligent Key to lock the door

Symptom Possible Cause Remedy
Replace the battery with a new one.
The Intelligent Key battery indicator For additional information, refer to
The battery charge is low.
appears on the display. “Battery replacement” in the “Do-it-
When pushing the ignition switch to
yourself” section of this manual.
start the engine
The No Key Detected warning appears
on the display, the inside chime The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
sounds three times.
The I-Key System Error message It warns of a malfunction with the In- It is recommended that you visit a
When pushing the ignition switch
appears. telligent Key system. NISSAN dealer.

REMOTE ENGINE START (if so
equipped)
Other conditions may affect the function of

the Remote Engine Start feature. For addi-
tional information, refer to “Conditions the
Remote Engine Start will not work” in this
section.
Other conditions can affect the perfor-
mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter.
Intelligent Key®” in this section.
REMOTE ENGINE START
OPERATING RANGE
LPD2293 LPD2060 WARNING

Type A (if so equipped) Type B (if so equipped) To help avoid risk of injury or death
The button will be on the NISSAN In- ∙ Vehicles with an automatic climate through unintended operation of the
telligent Key® if the vehicle has Remote En- control system (if so equipped) will de- vehicle and/or its systems, including
gine Start. This feature allows the engine to fault to either heating or cooling mode. entrapment in windows or inadvertent
start from outside the vehicle. For additional information, refer to “Re- door lock activation, do not leave chil-
The following features may be affected mote Engine Start with Intelligent Cli- dren, people who require the assistance
when the Remote Engine Start feature is mate Control” in the “Monitor, climate, of others or pets unattended in your ve-
used: audio, phone and voice recognition sys- hicle. Additionally, the temperature in-
tems” section of this manual. side a closed vehicle on a warm day can
∙ Vehicles with a manual climate control quickly become high enough to cause a
system (if so equipped) will default to Laws in some local communities may re- significant risk of injury or death to
the last used heating or cooling mode. strict the use of remote starters. For ex- people and pets.
ample, some laws require a person using
Remote Engine Start to have the vehicle in
view. Check local regulations for any re-
quirements.
CAUTION The following events will occur when the ∙ The second 10 minutes will start imme-
engine starts: diately when the Remote Engine Start
When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- function is performed again. For ex-
charged or other strong radio wave ∙ The parking lights will turn on and re-
ample, if the engine has been running
sources are present near the operating main on as long as the engine is run-
for 5 minutes, and 10 minutes are
location, the Intelligent Key operating ning.
added, the engine will run for a total of
range becomes narrower, and the Intel- ∙ The doors will be locked and the climate 15 minutes.
ligent Key may not function properly.
control system may come on.
∙ Extending engine run time will bring you
The Remote Engine Start function can only ∙ The engine will continue to run for to the two Remote Engine Start limit.
be used when the Intelligent Key is within 10 minutes. Repeat the steps to extend
the specified operating range from the ve- A maximum of two Remote Engine Starts,
the time for an additional 10 minutes.
hicle. or a single Remote Engine Start with an
For additional information, refer to “Ex-
extension, are allowed between ignition
The Remote Engine Start operating range tending engine run time” in this section.
cycles. The ignition switch must be cycled
is approximately 197 ft (60 m) from the ve-
hicle. Press and hold the brake pedal while to the ON position and then back to the
switching the ignition to the ON position OFF position before the Remote Engine
REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLE before driving. For additional information, Start procedure can be used again.
refer to “Driving the vehicle” in the “Starting
To use the Remote Engine Start feature
and driving” section of this manual. CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINE
perform the following: START
1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle. EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME
To cancel a Remote Engine Start, perform
2. Press the button to lock all The Remote Engine Start feature can be one of the following:
doors. extended one time by performing the
steps listed in “Remote starting the vehicle” ∙ Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle
3. Within 5 seconds press and hold in this section. Run time will be calculated and press until the parking lights
the button until the turn signal as follows: turn off.
lights flash and the tail lamps turn on. If
the vehicle is not within view press and ∙ The first 10 minute run time will start ∙ Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
hold the button for at least 2 sec- when the Remote Engine Start function ∙ Cycle the ignition switch on and then
onds. is performed. off.
∙ The extended engine run time has ex- ∙ The button is not pressed and The Remote Engine Start may display a
pired. held for at least 2 seconds. warning or indicator in the vehicle informa-
tion display. For additional information, re-
∙ The first 10 minute timer has expired. ∙ The button is not pressed and fer to “Vehicle information display” in the
∙ Opening the engine hood. held within 5 seconds of pressing the “Instruments and controls” section of this
lock button. manual.
∙ Shifting the vehicle out of P (Park).
∙ The brake is pressed.
∙ The alarm sounds due to illegal entry
into the vehicle. ∙ The doors are not closed and locked.
∙ Pushing the ignition switch without the ∙ The liftgate is open.
Intelligent Key in the vehicle.
∙ The I–Key Indicator Light remains solid
∙ Not pressing the brake pedal while is in the vehicle information display.
pressing the ignition switch with the In-
telligent Key in the vehicle. ∙ The alarm sounds due to illegal entry
into the vehicle.
CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINE
∙ Two Remote Engine Starts, or a single
START WILL NOT WORK Remote Engine Start with an extension,
The Remote Engine Start will not operate if have already been used.
any of the following conditions are present:
∙ The vehicle is not in P (Park).
∙ The ignition switch is placed in the ON
position. ∙ There is a detected registered key al-
ready inside of the vehicle.
∙ The hood is not securely closed.
∙ The Remote Engine Start function has
∙ The hazard indicator lights are on.
been switched to the OFF position in
∙ The engine is still running. The engine Vehicle Settings of the vehicle informa-
must be completely stopped. Wait at tion display. For additional information,
least 6 seconds if the engine goes from refer to “Vehicle information display” in
running to off. This is not applicable the “Instruments and controls” section
when extending engine run time. of this manual.
HOOD LIFTGATE
WARNING
∙ Always be sure the liftgate has been
closed securely to prevent it from
opening while driving.
∙ Do not drive with the liftgate open.
This could allow dangerous exhaust
gases to be drawn into the vehicle. For
additional information, refer to “Ex-
haust gas (carbon monoxide)” in the
“Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
LPD2553
vehicle and or its systems, including
1. Pull the hood lock release handle 䊊1
WARNING entrapment in windows or inadver-
located below the driver side instru- tent door lock activation, do not leave
ment panel until the hood springs up ∙ Make sure the hood is completely
children, people who require the as-
slightly. closed and latched before driving.
sistance of others or pets unattended
Failure to do so could cause the hood
2. Locate the lever 䊊 2 in between the to fly open and result in an accident.
in your vehicle. Additionally, the tem-
perature inside a closed vehicle on a
hood and grille and push the lever side-
∙ If you see steam or smoke coming warm day can quickly become high
ways with your fingertips and raise the
from the engine compartment, to enough to cause a significant risk of
hood 䊊3 .
avoid injury do not open the hood. injury or death to people and pets.
When closing the hood, lower the hood to ∙ Always be sure that hands and feet
approximately 12 in (30 cm) above the latch are clear of the door frame to avoid
and release it. This allows proper engage- injury while closing the liftgate.
ment of the hood latch.

CAUTION
Do not use accessory carriers that at-
tach to the hatch. Doing so will cause
damage to the vehicle.
LPD2318 LPD2212
OPERATING THE MANUAL Instrument panel switch
LIFTGATE (if so equipped) OPERATING THE POWER LIFTGATE
The power door lock system allows you to
(if so equipped)
lock or unlock all doors including the lift-
gate simultaneously. WARNING
To open the liftgate, push the liftgate ∙ Make sure that all passengers have
opener switch 䊊 A and pull up on the their hands, etc., inside the vehicle be-
handle. fore closing the liftgate.
∙ Do not leave children unattended in-
To close, lower and push the liftgate down
side the vehicle. They could unknow-
securely.
ingly activate switches or controls.
Unattended children could become
involved in serious accidents.

NOTE:
To open, close or reverse the power lift-
gate, the shift lever must be in P (Park).
Also, the power liftgate will not operate if
battery voltage is low.
Power Open:
The power liftgate automatically moves
from the fully closed position to the fully
open position in approximately 5 – 8 sec-
onds. The power open feature can be acti-
vated by the switch on the Intelligent Key,
the instrument panel switch, the liftgate
opener switch 䊊 A . A chime sounds to indi-
cate the power open sequence has been LPD2295 LPD2407
started. Liftgate opener switch Liftgate close switch
∙ The liftgate can be opened by the in- ∙ The liftgate must be unlocked to open it
strument panel switch, liftgate opener with the liftgate opener switch 䊊 A if the
switch 䊊 A with the Intelligent Key in op- Intelligent Key is not in operating range.
erating range and liftgate button on the
Power Close:
key fob (if so equipped), even if the ve-
The power liftgate automatically moves
hicle is locked. The liftgate will individu-
from the fully open position to the second-
ally unlock and open. Once the liftgate is
ary position. When the liftgate reaches the
closed, the vehicle will remain in the un-
secondary position, the cinching motor en-
lock status.
gages and pulls the liftgate to its primary
∙ The Intelligent Key button must be held latch position. Power close takes approxi-
for 1 second before the liftgate opens. mately 7 – 10 seconds. The power close
feature can be activated by the switch on
the Intelligent Key, the instrument panel
and the liftgate close switch 䊊 B . A chime

sounds to indicate the power close se- A pinch strip is mounted on each side of
quence has been started. the liftgate. If an obstacle is detected by a
pinch strip during power close, the liftgate
∙ If the liftgate close switch 䊊
B is acti-
will reverse direction and return to the full
vated while the cinching motor is en- open position.
gaged, the cinching motor will disen-
gage and release the latch. NOTE:
∙ The Intelligent Key button must be held If the pinch strip is damaged or removed,
for 1 second before the liftgate closes. the power close function will not oper-
ate.
Reverse:
The power liftgate will stop immediately
WARNING
during power open or power close if the
Intelligent Key switch, instrument panel There are some small distances imme-
switch, liftgate opener switch 䊊 A or liftgate diately before the closed position which LPD2295
close switch 䊊 B is pushed. The power lift- cannot be detected. Make sure that all
Manual Mode:
gate will reverse direction if the Intelligent passengers have their hands, etc., in-
side the vehicle before closing the If power operation is not available, the lift-
Key switch, instrument panel switch, liftgate may be operated manually. Power op-
gate opener switch 䊊 A or liftgate close liftgate.
eration may not be available if the power
switch 䊊 B is pushed a second time. A chime
liftgate main switch (if so equipped) is in
will sound to announce the reversal. the ON position, if multiple obstacles have
Auto Reverse: been detected in a single power cycle, or if
If an obstacle is detected during power battery voltage is low.
open or power close, a warning chime will If the liftgate opener switch 䊊A is pushed
sound and the liftgate will reverse direction during power open or close, the power op-
and return to the full open or full close po- eration will be canceled and the liftgate can
sition. If a second obstacle is detected, the be operated manually.
liftgate motion will stop and the liftgate will
enter manual mode. To open the liftgate manually, push the lift-
gate opener switch 䊊 A and lift the liftgate.

To close, lower and push the liftgate down NOTE:
securely.
Tow hitches are available as an acces-
Auto Power Liftgate System Battery sory for this vehicle. If a tow hitch is in-
Power Saving Mode: stalled, the liftgate electronic control
The vehicle goes into power saving mode unit (ECU) needs to be replaced with an
when the liftgate is open for a long time ECU programmed with towing logic for
(approximately 12 hours). This is to prevent the Motion-Activated Liftgate to func-
deterioration of the battery. The power tion properly.
saving mode automatically cuts the power
supply of the power liftgate door.
When the power to the liftgate is cut off, the
manual mode must be performed. After
the manual mode is performed, the power LPD2770
liftgate function is restored.
Activation zone
NOTE: Proper operation technique
When a battery voltage is lower than ap- ∙ While at the rear of the vehicle, begin
proximately 11V, the power liftgate may making a quick forward kicking motion.
not operate after automatic return.
∙ Raise your foot straight under the cen-
MOTION-ACTIVATED LIFTGATE (if ter of the rear bumper then immedi-
so equipped) ately return your foot to the ground in a
continuous motion.
The liftgate can be operated using a quick
kicking motion under the center of the rear ∙ The kicking motion should be straight,
bumper. smooth and consistent.
To operate, the Intelligent Key must be ∙ After your kick motion is complete, step
within 31.5 in (80 cm) of the liftgate. back and allow the liftgate to
open/close.
CAUTION
∙ Interference or malfunction can be
caused by parking in close proximity
to radio or satellite towers.
∙ Intelligent Key interference could be
caused if you have your key fob stored
next to your cell phone or any RF-
enabled smart card. For additional in-
formation, refer to “NISSAN Intelligent
Key®” in this section.
LPD2771 LPD2764
DO: Quick forward kick and return while DO NOT: Swing foot side to side or pause
the key fob is within range during kick
∙ Three beeps will sound and the liftgate WARNING
will begin moving within two seconds
after the kick. Prevent unintentional liftgate
opening/closing. There may be condi-
CAUTION tions when opening/closing the liftgate
is not desired. Keep the Intelligent Key
Before performing the kicking motion, out of range of the liftgate, (31.5 in or
steady your stance to prevent any loss 80 cm), when washing or working
of balance. Also, while making the kick- around the back of the vehicle.
ing motion, take caution around hot ex-
haust system parts. Otherwise, there
may be danger of injury.

LPD2277 LPD2295 LPD2407
Glove box switch When the power liftgate main switch is Power operation is available when in the
POWER LIFTGATE MAIN SWITCH (if pushed to the OFF position, the power op- OFF position by the instrument panel
so equipped) eration is not available by the liftgate switch and the key fob button.
opener switch 䊊 A or liftgate close switch 䊊
B
The power liftgate operation can be turned Motion-Activated Liftgate (if so equipped)
on the liftgate.
on or off by the power liftgate main switch will not function when the power liftgate
in the glove box. main switch is pushed in the OFF position.

LIFTGATE RELEASE CAUTION
WARNING ∙ If the power liftgate does not stay
open or if the liftgate unexpectedly
∙ Always be sure the liftgate has been closes at any time while a continuous
closed securely to prevent it from warning chime sounds, do not oper-
opening while driving. ate the liftgate. There may be a pres-
∙ Do not drive with the liftgate open. sure loss in one or both of the liftgate
This could allow dangerous exhaust struts. It is recommended that you
gases to be drawn into the vehicle. For have the liftgate inspected. It is rec-
additional information, refer to “Ex- ommended that you visit a NISSAN
haust gas (carbon monoxide)” in the dealer for this service.
“Starting and driving” section of this ∙ Do not activate the power liftgate if
manual. one or both of the liftgate struts are
removed. Damage to the liftgate or LPD2319
∙ To avoid personal injury, do not at-
tempt to activate the power liftgate if power liftgate mechanisms may Liftgate release (manual and
one or both of the liftgate struts are occur.
power)
removed. ∙ Keep the power liftgate main switch
(if so equipped) in the OFF position The liftgate release mechanism allows the
when washing or working around the liftgate to be opened in the event of a dis-
back of the vehicle (with Intelligent charged battery.
Key) to prevent inadvertent To release the liftgate from the inside of the
opening/closing.
vehicle, perform the following operations:
1. Position the rear bench seat forward.
For additional information, refer to
“Rear bench seat adjustment” in the
“Safety—Seats, seat belts and supple-
mental restraint system” section of this
manual.

2. Insert a suitable tool into the top ac- 3. Press and hold the power liftgate close
cess opening at about a 45 degree switch 䊊B located on the liftgate for
angle and rotate to the left until the more than 5 seconds or until three
lock releases. beeps are heard.
3. Push the liftgate up to open. The liftgate will open to the selected posi-
tion setting. To change the position of the
NOTE: liftgate, repeat steps 1-3 for setting the po-
sition of the liftgate.
If you had to open the liftgate using this
procedure, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible. It is recommended that
LPD2615
LIFTGATE POSITION SETTING (if so
equipped)
The liftgate can be set to open to a specific
height (garage mode) by performing the
following:
1. Open the liftgate using the request
switch or the Intelligent Key button.
2. Pull the liftgate down and move to the
desired height position (the liftgate will
have some resistance when being
manually adjusted).

FUEL-FILLER DOOR
FUEL-FILLER CAP ∙ Do not fill a portable fuel container in

the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity
WARNING can cause an explosion of flammable
∙ Gasoline is extremely flammable and liquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle or
highly explosive under certain condi- trailer. To reduce the risk of serious
tions. You could be burned or seri- injury or death when filling portable
ously injured if it is misused or mis- fuel containers:
handled. Always stop the engine and – Always place the container on the
do not smoke or allow open flames or ground when filling.
sparks near the vehicle when
refueling. – Do not use electronic devices when
filling.
∙ Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank
after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off – Keep the pump nozzle in contact
LPD2022 automatically. Continued refueling with the container while you are
may cause fuel overflow, resulting in filling it.
OPENER OPERATION
fuel spray and possibly a fire. – Use only approved portable fuel
The fuel-filler door release is located below ∙ Use only an original equipment type containers for flammable liquid.
the instrument panel. To open the fuel-filler fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has
door, pull the release. To lock, close the fuel- a built-in safety valve needed for
filler door securely. proper operation of the fuel system
and emission control system. An in-
correct cap can result in a serious mal-
function and possible injury. It could
also cause the Malfunction Indi-
cator Light (MIL) to come on.
∙ Never pour fuel into the throttle body
to attempt to start your vehicle.

CAUTION ∙ Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap
∙ Do not use a fuel containing more properly may cause the Mal-
than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. For function Indicator Light (MIL) to illumi-
additional information, refer to “Fuel nate. If the light illuminates be-
recommendation” in the “Technical cause the fuel-filler cap is loose or
and consumer information” section of missing, tighten or install the cap and
this manual. continue to drive the vehicle.
The light should turn off after a
∙ The Loose Fuel Cap warning message
will be displayed/warning will appear few driving trips. If the light does
if the fuel-filler cap is not properly not turn off after a few driving trips,
tightened. It may take a few driving have the vehicle inspected. It is rec-
trips for the message to be displayed. ommended that you visit a NISSAN
Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap dealer for this service.
properly after the Loose Fuel Cap ∙ For additional information, refer to LPD2288
warning message is “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” in To remove the fuel-filler cap:
displayed/warning appears may the “Instruments and controls” sec-
1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclock-
cause the Malfunction Indicator tion of this manual.
wise to remove.
Light (MIL) to illuminate.
∙ If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,
2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder
flush it away with water to avoid paint
damage. 䊊1 while refueling.
To install the fuel-filler cap:

NOTE:
1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the
Changing ignition switch status during fuel-filler tube.
the refueling process may cause a delay
in fuel gauge response. 2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until a
single click is heard.

STEERING WHEEL
3. Press the button on the steering WARNING

wheel for about one second to turn off
the Loose Fuel Cap warning message ∙ Do not adjust the steering wheel while
after tightening the fuel-filler cap. driving. You could lose control of your
vehicle and cause an accident.
∙ Do not adjust the steering wheel any
closer to you than is necessary for
proper steering operation and com-
fort. The driver’s air bag inflates with
great force. If you are unrestrained,
leaning forward, sitting sideways or
out of position in any way, you are at
greater risk of injury or death in a
crash. You may also receive serious or
LPD2298 fatal injuries from the air bag if you
Loose Fuel Cap warning message are up against it when it inflates. Al-
ways sit back against the seatback
The Loose Fuel Cap warning message ap- and as far away as practical from the
pears in the vehicle information display steering wheel. Always use the seat
when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened belts.
correctly after the vehicle has been refu-
eled. It may take a few driving trips for the
message to be displayed. To turn off the
warning message, perform the following:
1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as
soon as possible. For additional infor-
mation, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” in this
section.
2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

CAUTION
For vehicles with automatic drive posi-
tioner: Failure to reset the tilt and tele-
scoping functions of the steering
wheel, after the vehicle’s battery has
been discharged, may prevent the
steering wheel position from being
adjusted.
For vehicles with automatic drive posi-
tioner: Both the tilt and telescopic steering
operation must be reset after the vehicle’s
battery has been discharged in order to
prevent the tilt and telescopic operation
LPD2741 LPD2410
from locking in one position. When the bat-
MANUAL OPERATION (if so AUTOMATIC OPERATION (if so tery has been recharged or replaced, per-
equipped) equipped) form the following:
Tilt and telescopic operation Tilt and telescopic operation ∙ For tilt operation, adjust the switch 䊊
1
Pull the lock lever 䊊 down:
1 so the steering wheel moves to the
To adjust the steering wheel move the highest position 䊊 2 that can be
∙ Adjust the steering wheel up or down in switch 䊊
1 in the following directions: reached.
direction 䊊
2 to the desired position.
∙ Adjust the steering wheel up or down in ∙ For telescopic operation, adjust the
∙ Adjust the steering wheel forward or direction 䊊
2 to the desired tilt position. switch 䊊1 so the steering wheel moves
backward in direction 䊊
3 to the desired
position. ∙ Adjust the steering wheel forward or to the most forward and backward po-
backward in direction 䊊
3 to the desired sition 䊊
3 that can be reached.
Push the lock lever 䊊 up firmly to lock the
1
telescopic position.
steering wheel in place. Performing these operations resets the
range of the steering wheel’s tilt and tele-
scopic function.
SUN VISORS
Entry/Exit function 1. To block glare from the front, swing

down 䊊1 the main sun visor.
The automatic drive positioner system will
make the steering wheel move up auto- 2. To block glare from the side, remove
matically when the driver’s door is opened the main sun visor from the center
and the ignition switch is in the LOCK posi- mount and swing the visor to the side
tion. This lets the driver get into and out of 䊊2 .
the seat more easily. The steering wheel 3. To extend 䊊3 the sun visor, slide in or
moves back into position when the driver’s out as needed.
door is closed and the ignition switch is
pushed. CAUTION
For additional information, refer to “Auto- ∙ Do not store the sun visor before re-
matic drive positioner” in this section. turning the extension to its original
position.
∙ Do not pull the extension sun visor
forcedly downward.
WPD0344

MIRRORS
LPD2703 LPD2340 WPD0126

VANITY MIRRORS Driver’s and passenger’s side MANUAL ANTI-GLARE REARVIEW
CARD HOLDER MIRROR (if so equipped)
To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun
visor down and flip open the mirror cover. To use the card holder, slide card into the Use the night position 䊊1 to reduce glare
The vanity mirror will illuminate when the clip. Do not view information while operat- from the headlights of vehicles behind you
mirror cover is open. ing the vehicle. at night.
Use the day position 䊊
2 when driving in
daylight hours.
WARNING
Use the night position only when neces-
sary, because it reduces rear view
clarity.

NOTE: OUTSIDE MIRRORS
Do not hang any objects over the sen-
sors 䊊1 or apply glass cleaner to the sen- WARNING
sors. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity ∙ Do not adjust the mirrors while driv-
of the sensors, resulting in improper op- ing. You could lose control of your ve-
eration. hicle and cause an accident.
The indicator light 䊊
2 will illuminate when ∙ Objects viewed in the outside mirror
the automatic anti-glare feature is operat- on the passenger side are closer than
ing. they appear. Be careful when moving
∙ To turn off the anti-glare feature, press to the right. Using only this mirror
the O button. The indicator light will could cause an accident. Use the in-
turn off. side mirror or glance over your shoul-
der to properly judge distances to
LPD0469 ∙ To turn on the anti-glare feature, press other objects.
the | button. The indicator light will turn
AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE on.
REARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped)
For information on HomeLink® Universal
The inside mirror is designed so that it au- Transceiver operation, refer to the
tomatically dims during night time condi- “HomeLink® Universal Transceiver” in the
tions and according to the intensity of the “Instruments and controls” section of this
headlights of the vehicle following you. The manual.
automatic anti-glare feature is activated
when the ignition switch is in the ON posi-
tion.

The outside mirror surfaces will return to
their original position when one of the fol-
lowing has occurred:
∙ The shift lever is moved to any position
other than R (Reverse).
∙ The outside mirror control switch is set
to the neutral or center position.
∙ The ignition switch is placed in the OFF
position.
NOTE:
If the outside mirror control switch is in
LPD2452 LPD2112 the center (neutral) position, mirror sur-
face will NOT turn downward when the
Electric control type Manual folding outside mirrors shift lever is moved to R (Reverse).
The outside mirror remote control will op- Pull the outside mirror toward the door to For additional information regarding this
erate only when the ignition switch is in the fold it. feature, refer to “Automatic drive posi-
ACC or ON position. tioner” in this section.
Reverse tilt-down feature (if so
Move the small switch 䊊 1 to select the left
or right mirror. Adjust each mirror to the equipped) Heated mirrors (if so equipped)
desired position using the large switch 䊊 2 . The reverse tilt-down feature will turn both Some outside mirrors can be heated to
Move the small switch to the center (neu- outside mirror surfaces downward to pro- defrost, defog, or de-ice for improved vis-
tral) position to prevent accidentally mov- vide better rear visibility close to the vehicle ibility. For additional information, refer to
ing the mirror. when the mirror control switch is in either “Rear window and outside mirror (if so
the L or R position. equipped) defroster switch” in the “Instru-
ments and controls” section of this manual.
The mirrors automatically return to their
original position when you shift out of R
(Reverse).
AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if so
equipped)
The automatic drive positioner system has Once step 4 is completed, every time the
three features: ignition is switched from ON to OFF, the
∙ Memory storage function (key-link) memory positions of the driver’s seat, au-
tomatic steering wheel (if so equipped) and
∙ Memory storage function (switch) the outside mirrors are linked to the Intelli-
∙ Entry/exit function gent Key.
Key-link, when enabled, automatically re- Follow the same procedure if you want
tains the driver’s last seat, automatic steer- to link the 2nd, 3rd or 4th Intelligent Key.
ing wheel, and outside mirror positions for
that specific key when the ignition is turned NOTE:
from ON to OFF. If new memory positions are set prior to
Each memory switch button (1 or 2) on the turning the ignition from ON to OFF, the
driver’s door can also store one additional previously linked memory positions for
LPD2432
position which is independent of the key- the respective key will be overwritten by
linked position. MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION new positions.
(key-link)
Recalling Intelligent Key memory
Use the following process to setup key-link: positions
1. Unlock the vehicle with the desired In- If the “Key-Linked Settings” are enabled in
telligent Key while the ignition is OFF. the vehicle information display for that par-
2. Place the ignition in the ON position. ticular key, every time you enter the vehicle
the driver’s seat, automatic steering wheel
3. Within the “Settings” menu of the ve-
(if so equipped), and outside mirrors will
hicle information display, select “Key-
Linked Settings” and press the OK but- automatically move to the driver’s last po-
ton on the steering switch. sition of the respective Intelligent Key.
4. While in the menu, press the OK button

on the steering switch to turn the sys-
tem ON/OFF.
NOTE: and “Steering wheel” and “Outside mir-
rors” in this section.
The key-linked memory positions can be
different from the positions stored in the 3. Push the SET switch and, within 5 sec-
memory switch (1 or 2). onds, push the memory switch (1 or 2).
The indicator light for the pushed memory
switch will come on and stay on for ap-
proximately 5 seconds. The chime will
sound when the memory is stored.
NOTE:
If a new memory position is stored in the
same memory switch, the previous
memory position will be overwritten by
LPD2508 the new stored position.
MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION
Recalling switch memory
(switch)
positions
Use the following process to manually
store the two memory positions in the To recall the manually stored positions,
switch: press the memory switch (1 or 2). The driv-
er’s seat, outside mirrors and automatic
1. The vehicle should be stopped while steering wheel (if so equipped) will move to
setting the memory. the positions stored to those buttons.
2. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering col-
umn and outside mirrors to the desired
positions by manually operating each
adjusting switch. For additional infor-
mation, refer to “Seats” in the “Safety—
Seats, seat belts and supplemental re-
straint system” section of this manual
ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION Restarting the entry/exit function ∙ When the seat has already been moved
to the memorized position.
This system is designed so that the driver’s If the battery cable is disconnected or if the
seat and steering column will automati- fuse opens, the stored memory positions ∙ When no seat position is stored in the
cally move when the shift lever is in the P may be lost and some of the functions will memory switch.
(Park) position. This allows the driver to be restricted. ∙ When the shift lever is moved from P
easily get in and out of the driver’s seat. (Park) to any other position.
1. Drive the vehicle over 25 mph (40 km/h).
The driver’s seat will slide backward and
the steering wheel will move up: OR
∙ When the driver’s door is opened and 2. Open and close the driver’s door more
the ignition switch is in the OFF position. than two times with the ignition switch
in the OFF position.
∙ When the ignition switch is turned from
ACC to OFF with the driver’s door open. The entry/exit function should now work
The driver’s seat and steering wheel will properly.
return to the previous position: SYSTEM OPERATION
∙ When the ignition switch is turned to The automatic drive positioner system will
ACC or ON while the shift lever is in the P
not work or will stop operating under the
(Park) position.
following conditions:
The entry/exit function can be adjusted or
∙ When the vehicle speed is above 4 mph
canceled through the “Vehicle Settings” in
(7km/h).
the vehicle information display by perform-
ing the following: ∙ When any of the memory switches are
pushed while the automatic drive posi-
∙ Switch the Exit Seat Slide from ON to
tioner is operating.
OFF.
∙ When the switch for the driver’s seat
∙ Switch the Exit Steering Up from ON to
and steering column is pushed while
OFF.
the automatic drive positioner is oper-
ating.
MEMO

4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and
voice recognition systems
NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

RearView Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Intelligent Around View Monitor system
How to read the displayed lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Difference between predicted and System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
actual distances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Moving Object Detection (MOD)
How to park with predicted course (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 MOD system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Turning MOD on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
How to turn on and off predicted
MOD system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
course lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . 4-9
System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Vents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Intelligent Around View Monitor Heater and Air Conditioner (automatic) . . . . . . . . . 4-28
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11 Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Intelligent Around View Monitor system Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Difference between predicted and Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
actual distances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
How to park with predicted course Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’S
MANUAL
Refer to the NissanConnect® Owner’s

Manual that includes the following infor-
mation.
∙ NissanConnect® Services
∙ Navigation system
∙ Audio system
∙ Apple CarplayTM
∙ Android AutoTM
∙ Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system
∙ Viewing information
∙ Other settings
∙ Voice recognition
∙ General system information
4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

REARVIEW MONITOR (if so
equipped)
LHA4738
1. CAMERA button
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

WARNING CAUTION
∙ Failure to follow the warnings and in- Do not scratch the camera lens when
structions for proper use of the Rear- cleaning dirt or snow from the front of
View Monitor system could result in the camera.
serious injury or death.
The RearView Monitor system automati-
∙ RearView Monitor is a convenience cally shows a rear view of the vehicle when
feature and is not a substitute for the shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse)
proper backing. Always turn and look position. While in the R (Reverse), pressing
out the windows and check mirrors to the CAMERA button will cycle through
be sure that it is safe to move before guideline options. The radio can still be
operating the vehicle. Always back up heard while the RearView Monitor is active.
slowly.
∙ The system is designed as an aid to LHA3828
the driver in showing large stationary
objects directly behind the vehicle, to To display the rear view, the RearView Moni-
help avoid damaging the vehicle. tor system uses a camera located just
above the vehicle’s license plate 䊊 1 .
∙ The distance guide line and the ve-
hicle width line should be used as a REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
reference only when the vehicle is on a OPERATION
level paved surface. The distance
viewed on the monitor is for reference With the ignition switch in the ON position,
only and may be different than the move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po-
actual distance between the vehicle sition to operate the RearView Monitor.
and displayed objects.

Vehicle width guide lines 䊊
5 DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED
Indicate the vehicle width when backing AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
up. The displayed guidelines and their loca-
Predicted course lines 䊊
6 tions on the ground are for approximate
reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill
Indicate the predicted course when back- surfaces or projecting objects will be actu-
ing up. The predicted course lines will be ally located at distances different from
displayed on the monitor when the shift those displayed in the monitor relative to
lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When
steering wheel is turned. The predicted in doubt, turn around and view the objects
course lines will move depending on how as you are backing up, or park and exit the
much the steering wheel is turned and will vehicle to view the positioning of objects
not be displayed while the steering wheel is behind the vehicle.
in the straight-ahead position.
LHA1196
The vehicle width guide lines and the width
HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED of the predicted course lines are wider than
LINES the actual width and course.
Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle
width and distances to objects with refer-
ence to the vehicle body line 䊊A are dis-
played on the monitor.
Distance guide lines
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
∙ Red line 䊊
1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
∙ Yellow line 䊊
2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)
∙ Green line 䊊3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)
∙ Green line 䊊
4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)

LHA4239 LHA4240 LHA1201
Backing up on a steep uphill Backing up on a steep downhill Backing up near a projecting
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the
object
distance guide lines and the vehicle width distance guide lines and the vehicle width The predicted course lines 䊊 A do not touch
guide lines are shown closer than the actual guide lines are shown farther than the actual the object in the display. However, the ve-
distance. Note that any object on the hill is distance. Note that any object on the hill is hicle may hit the object if it projects over
further than it appears on the monitor. closer than it appears on the monitor. the actual backing up course.
object when backing up to the position 䊊 A
if the object projects over the actual back-
ing up course.
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED
COURSE LINES
WARNING
∙ If the tires are replaced with different
sized tires, the predicted course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,
there may be a difference between
the predicted course line and the ac-
tual course line.
∙ If the battery is disconnected or be-
comes discharged, the predicted
course lines may be displayed incor-
rectly. If this occurs, please perform
the following procedures:
– Turn the steering wheel from lock
LHA3525 to lock while the engine is running. LHA1197
Backing up behind a projecting – Drive the vehicle on a straight road 1. Visually check that the parking space is
object for more than 5 minutes. safe before parking your vehicle.
∙ When the steering wheel is turned
The position 䊊 C is shown farther than the 2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed
with the ignition switch in the ACC po- on the screen 䊊
position 䊊
A when the shift lever is
B in the display. However, the po-
sition, the predicted course lines may
sition 䊊
C is actually at the same distance as moved to the R (Reverse) position.
be displayed incorrectly.
the position 䊊 A . The vehicle may hit the

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make
the vehicle width guide lines 䊊
D parallel
to the parking space 䊊C while referring
to the predicted course lines.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space
completely, move the shift lever to the
P (Park) position and apply the parking
brake.
LHA3522
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN
1. While on a RearView Monitor screen,
touch the touch-screen display. The
Camera Settings screen will come up.
2. Touch the Display Settings key.
3. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,”
LHA1198
“Color,” or “Black Level” key.
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting
the steering wheel so that the pre- 4. Adjust the item by touching the + or —
dicted course lines 䊊
B enter the park- key on the touch-screen display.
ing space 䊊C .

NOTE: REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM ∙ Use the displayed lines as a reference.
Do not adjust any of the display settings LIMITATIONS The lines are highly affected by the
of the RearView Monitor while the ve- number of occupants, fuel level, ve-
hicle is moving. Make sure the parking WARNING hicle position, road conditions and
brake is firmly applied. road grade.
Listed below are the system limitations
for RearView Monitor. Failure to operate ∙ Make sure that the liftgate is securely
HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF closed when backing up.
the vehicle in accordance with these
PREDICTED COURSE LINES system limitations could result in seri- ∙ Do not put anything on the rearview
To toggle ON and OFF the predicted course ous injury or death. camera. The rearview camera is in-
lines while in the P (Park), D (Drive) or N ∙ The system cannot completely elimi- stalled above the license plate.
(Neutral) positions: nate blind spots and may not show ∙ When washing the vehicle with high
every object. pressure water, be sure not to spray it
1. Press the CAMERA button.
∙ Underneath the bumper and the cor- around the camera. Otherwise, water
2. Touch the Predicted Course Lines key ner areas of the bumper cannot be may enter the camera unit causing
to turn the feature ON or OFF. viewed on the RearView Monitor be- water condensation on the lens, a
To toggle ON and OFF the predicted course cause of its monitoring range limita- malfunction, fire or an electric shock.
lines while in the R (Reverse) position: tion. The system will not show small ∙ Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-
objects below the bumper, and may sion instrument. Otherwise, it may
1. Touch the touch-screen display. not show objects close to the bumper malfunction or cause damage result-
or on the ground. ing in a fire or an electric shock.
2. Touch the Predicted Course Lines key
to turn the feature ON or OFF. ∙ Objects viewed in the RearView Moni-
tor differ from actual distance be- The following are operating limitations and
cause a wide-angle lens is used. do not represent a system malfunction:
∙ Objects in the RearView Monitor will ∙ When the temperature is extremely

appear visually opposite compared to high or low, the screen may not clearly
when viewed in the rearview and out- display objects.
side mirrors.

∙ When strong light directly shines on the If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the
camera, objects may not be displayed camera 䊊 1 , the RearView Monitor may not
clearly. display objects clearly. Clean the camera
by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a
∙ Vertical lines may be seen in objects on
diluted mild cleaning agent and then wip-
the screen. This is due to strong re-
ing it with a dry cloth.
flected light from the bumper.
∙ The screen may flicker under fluores-
cent light.
∙ The colors of objects on the RearView
Monitor may differ somewhat from the
actual color of objects.
∙ Objects on the monitor may not be
clear in a dark environment. LHA3828
∙ There may be a delay when switching SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
between views.
∙ If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on the CAUTION
camera, the RearView Monitor may not ∙ Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner
display objects clearly. Clean the cam- to clean the camera. This will cause
era. discoloration.
∙ Do not use wax on the camera lens. ∙ Do not damage the camera as the
Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth monitor screen may be adversely
dampened with a diluted mild cleaning affected.
agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW
MONITOR (if so equipped)
LHA4738
1. CAMERA button

WARNING The Intelligent Around View Monitor sys-
tem is designed as an aid to the driver in
∙ Failure to follow the warnings and in- situations such as slot parking or parallel
structions for the proper use of the parking.
Intelligent Around View Monitor sys-
tem could result in serious injury or The monitor displays various views of the
death. position of the vehicle in a split screen for-
mat. Not all views are available at all times.
∙ The Intelligent Around View Monitor is
a convenience feature and is not a Available views:
substitute for proper vehicle opera- ∙ Front View
tion because it has areas where ob- An approximately 150–degree view of
jects cannot be viewed. The four cor- the front of the vehicle.
ners of the vehicle in particular, are
areas where objects do not always ∙ Rear View
appear in the bird’s-eye, front, or rear An approximately 150–degree view of LHA3830
views. Always check your surround- the rear of the vehicle. To display the multiple views, the Intelligent
ings to be sure that it is safe to move ∙ Bird’s-Eye View Around View Monitor system uses cam-
before operating the vehicle. Always The surrounding views of the vehicle eras located in the front grille, on the vehi-
operate the vehicle slowly. from above. cle’s outside mirrors and one just above
∙ The driver is always responsible for the vehicle’s license plate 䊊
1 .
∙ Front-Side View
safety during parking and other The view around and ahead of the front INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW
maneuvers. passenger’s side wheel. MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION
CAUTION With the ignition switch in the ON position,
move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po-
Do not scratch the camera lens when
sition or press the CAMERA button to oper-
cleaning dirt or snow from the front of
ate the Intelligent Around View Monitor.
the camera.

The screen displayed on the Intelligent
∙ When driving the vehicle up a hill, ob-
Around View Monitor will automatically re- jects viewed in the monitor are fur-
turn to the previous screen 3 minutes after ther than they appear. When driving
the CAMERA button has been pressed with the vehicle down a hill, objects viewed
the shift lever in a position other than the R in the monitor are closer than they
(Reverse) position. appear.
Available views ∙ Objects in the rear view will appear
visually opposite compared to when
WARNING viewed in the monitor and outside
mirrors.
∙ The distance guide lines and the ve-
hicle width lines should be used as a ∙ Use the mirrors or actually look to
reference only when the vehicle is on a properly judge distances to other
paved, level surface. The apparent objects.
SAA1840
distance viewed on the monitor may ∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,
be different than the actual distance Front view
between the vehicle and displayed the predicted course lines and the ac- Front and rear view
objects. tual course line. Guiding lines that indicate the approximate
∙ Use the displayed lines and the bird’s- ∙ The vehicle width and predicted vehicle width and distance to objects with
eye view as a reference. The lines and course lines are wider than the actual reference to the vehicle body line 䊊 A are
the bird’s-eye view are greatly af- width and course. displayed on the monitor.
fected by the number of occupants,
cargo, fuel level, vehicle position, road ∙ The displayed lines will appear Distance guide lines
condition and road grade. slightly off to the right, because the
Indicate distances from the vehicle body:
rearview camera is not installed in the
∙ If the tires are replaced with different rear center of the vehicle. ∙ Red line 䊊
1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
and the bird’s-eye view may be dis- ∙ Yellow line 䊊
2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)
played incorrectly. ∙ Green line 䊊
∙ Green line 䊊

The front view will not be displayed when
the vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).
NOTE:
When the monitor displays the front
view and the steering wheel turns about
90 degrees or less from the straight-
ahead position, both the right and left
predicted course lines 䊊6 are displayed.
When the steering wheel turns about 90
degrees or more, a line is displayed only
on the opposite side of the turn.
SAA1896 LHA4264
Rear view Bird’s-eye view
Vehicle width guide lines 䊊
5 :
The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead
Indicate the approximate vehicle width view of the vehicle, which helps confirm the
when backing up. vehicle position and the predicted course
Predicted course lines 䊊
6 : to a parking space.
Indicate the predicted course when oper- The vehicle icon 䊊1 shows the position of
ating the vehicle. The predicted course the vehicle. Note that the apparent dis-
lines will be displayed on the monitor when tance between objects viewed in the bird’s-
the steering wheel is turned. The predicted eye view may differ somewhat from the
course lines will move depending on how actual distance to the vehicle.
much the steering wheel is turned and The areas that the cameras cannot cover
may not be displayed while the steering 䊊2 are indicated in black.
wheel is in the straight-ahead position.

After the ignition switched is placed in the DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED
ON position, the non-viewable area 䊊 2 is
AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
highlighted in yellow for 3 seconds after the
birds-eye view is displayed. The displayed guidelines and their loca-
tions on the ground are for approximate
In addition, the non-viewable corners are reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill
displayed in red and will blink for the first surfaces or projecting objects will be actu-
3 seconds 䊊 3 to remind the drivers to be
ally located at distances different from
cautious. those displayed in the monitor relative to
the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When
WARNING in doubt, turn around and view the objects
∙ Objects in the bird’s-eye view will ap- as you are backing up, or park and exit the
pear further than the actual distance. vehicle to view the positioning of objects
behind the vehicle.
∙ Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,
may be misaligned or not displayed at LHA2652
the seam of the views. Front-side view
∙ Objects that are above the camera Guiding lines
cannot be displayed.
Guiding lines that indicate the approximate
∙ The view of the bird’s-eye view may be width and the front end of the vehicle are
misaligned when the camera position displayed on the monitor.
alters.
The front-of-vehicle line 䊊
1 shows the front
∙ A line on the ground may be mis-
part of the vehicle.
aligned and is not seen as being
straight at the seam of the views. The The side-of-vehicle line 䊊
2 shows the ap-
misalignment will increase as the line proximate vehicle width including the out-
proceeds away from the vehicle. side mirrors.
The extensions 䊊 3 of both the front 䊊
1 and
side 䊊2 lines are shown with a green dotted
line.
LHA4239 LHA4240 LHA1201
Backing up on a steep uphill Backing up on a steep downhill Backing up near a projecting
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the
object
distance guide lines and the vehicle width distance guide lines and the vehicle width The predicted course lines 䊊 A do not touch
guide lines are shown closer than the actual guide lines are shown farther than the actual the object in the display. However, the ve-
distance. Note that any object on the hill is distance. Note that any object on the hill is hicle may hit the object if it projects over
further than it appears on the monitor. closer than it appears on the monitor. the actual backing up course.
object when backing up to the position 䊊 A
if the object projects over the actual back-
ing up course.
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED
COURSE LINES
WARNING
∙ If the tires are replaced with different
may be displayed incorrectly.
∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,
the predicted course line and the ac-
tual course line.
∙ If the battery is disconnected or be-
comes discharged, the predicted
course lines may be displayed incor-
rectly. If this occurs, please perform
the following procedures:
– Turn the steering wheel from lock
LHA3525 to lock while the engine is running. LHA1197
Backing up behind a projecting – Drive the vehicle on a straight road 1. Visually check that the parking space is
object for more than 5 minutes. safe before parking your vehicle.
∙ When the steering wheel is turned
The position 䊊 C is shown farther than the 2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed
with the ignition switch in the ACC po- on the screen 䊊
position 䊊
A when the shift lever is
B in the display. However, the po-
sition, the predicted course lines may
sition 䊊
C is actually at the same distance as moved to the R (Reverse) position.
be displayed incorrectly.
the position 䊊 A . The vehicle may hit the

to the parking space 䊊C while referring If the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position,
to the predicted course lines. the available views are:
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space ∙ Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen
completely, move the shift lever to the ∙ Front view/front-side view split screen
P (Park) position and apply the parking
brake. The display will switch from the Intelligent
Around View Monitor screen when:
HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY
∙ The shift lever is in the D (Drive) position
With the ignition switch in the ON position, and the vehicle speed increases above
press the CAMERA button or move the shift approximately 6 mph (10 km/h)
lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate ∙ A different screen is selected.
the Intelligent Around View Monitor.
The Intelligent Around View Monitor dis-
plays different split screen views depend-
ing on the position of the shift lever. Press
the CAMERA button to switch between the
available views.
If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position,
the available views are:
∙ Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen
LHA1198
∙ Rear view/front-side view split screen
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting
the steering wheel so that the pre- If the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, the
dicted course lines 䊊
B enter the park- available views are:
ing space 䊊C .
∙ Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen
4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make
∙ Front view/front-side view split screen
the vehicle width guide lines 䊊
D parallel

WARNING
for Intelligent Around View Monitor.
Failure to operate the vehicle in accor-
dance with these system limitations
could result in serious injury or death.
∙ Do not use the Intelligent Around View
Monitor with the outside mirrors in
the stored position, and make sure
that the liftgate is securely closed
when operating the vehicle using the
Intelligent Around View Monitor.
LHA3522
∙ The apparent distance between ob-
jects viewed on the Intelligent Around
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN View Monitor differs from the actual
1. Touch the touch-screen display with distance.
the Intelligent Around View Monitor on. ∙ The cameras are installed on the front
2. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,” grille, the outside mirrors and above
“Color,” or “Black Level” key. the rear license plate. Do not put any-
thing on the vehicle that covers the
3. Adjust the item by touching the + or — cameras.
key on the touch-screen display. LHA3831
∙ When washing the vehicle with high
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW pressure water, be sure not to spray it
NOTE:
MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS around the cameras. Otherwise, wa-
Do not adjust any of the display settings ter may enter the camera unit causing
of the Intelligent Around View Monitor water condensation on the lens, a
while the vehicle is moving. Make sure malfunction, fire or an electric shock.
the parking brake is firmly applied.

∙ Do not strike the cameras. They are ∙ The colors of objects on the Intelligent
precision instruments. Doing so could Around View Monitor may differ some-
cause a malfunction or cause damage what from the actual color of objects.
resulting in a fire or an electric shock. ∙ Objects on the Intelligent Around View
Monitor may not be clear and the color
There are some areas where the system of the object may differ in a dark envi-
will not show objects and the system does ronment.
not warn of moving objects. When in the
front or rear view display, an object below ∙ There may be differences in sharpness
the bumper or on the ground may not be between each camera view of the
viewed 䊊 1 . When in the bird’s-eye view, a tall bird’s-eye view.
object near the seam 䊊 2 of the camera ∙ Do not use wax on the camera lens.
viewing areas will not appear in the moni- Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that
tor. has been dampened with a diluted mild
cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry LHA3591
The following are operating limitations and
do not represent a system malfunction:
cloth. System temporarily unavailable
When the “!” icon is displayed on the screen,
∙ There may be a delay when switching
there are abnormal conditions in the Intel-
between views. ligent Around View Monitor. This will not
∙ When the temperature is extremely hinder normal driving operation but the
high or low, the screen may not display system should be inspected. It is recom-
objects clearly. mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for
this service.
∙ When strong light directly shines on the
camera, objects may not be displayed
clearly.
∙ The screen may flicker under fluores-
cent light.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of
the cameras 䊊 1 , the Intelligent Around View
Monitor may not display objects clearly.
Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth
dampened with a diluted mild cleaning
agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.
LHA3592 LHA3700
When the “[X]” icon is displayed on the SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
screen, the camera image may be receiv-
ing temporary electronic disturbances CAUTION
from surrounding devices. This will not hin-
der normal driving operation but the sys- ∙ Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner
tem should be inspected if it occurs fre- to clean the camera. This will cause
quently. It is recommended that you visit a discoloration.
NISSAN dealer for this service. ∙ Do not damage the cameras as the
monitor screen may be adversely
affected.

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)
(if so equipped)
LHA4738
1. CAMERA button

WARNING MOD SYSTEM OPERATION
∙ Failure to follow the warnings and in- The MOD system will turn on automatically
structions for proper use of the Mov- under the following conditions:
ing Object Detection (MOD) system ∙ When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
could result in serious injury or death. position.
∙ The MOD system is not a substitute ∙ When vehicle speed decreases below
for proper vehicle operation and is not approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) and the
designed to prevent contact with ob- camera screen is displayed.
jects surrounding the vehicle. When
maneuvering, always use the outside
mirrors and rearview mirror and turn
and check the surroundings to ensure
it is safe to maneuver.
LHA4190
∙ The system is deactivated at speeds Front and bird’s-eye views
above 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reacti-
vated at lower speeds. The MOD system operates in the following
conditions when the camera view is dis-
∙ The MOD system is not designed to played:
detect surrounding stationary
objects. ∙ When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position and the vehicle is
The MOD system can inform the driver of stopped, the MOD system detects mov-
moving objects near the vehicle when ing objects in the bird’s-eye view. The
backing out of garages, maneuvering in
MOD system will not operate if the out-
parking lots and in other such instances.
side mirrors are moving in or out, in the
The MOD system detects moving objects stowed position, or if either front door is
by using image processing technology on opened.
the image shown in the display.

NOTE:
While the Rear Cross Traffic Alert chime
(if so equipped) is beeping, the MOD sys-
tem does not chime
In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame 䊊
1 is
displayed on each camera image (front,
rear, right, left) depending on where mov-
ing objects are detected.
The yellow frame 䊊 2 is displayed on each
view in the front view and rear view modes.
A blue MOD icon 䊊 3 is displayed in the view
where the MOD system is operative. A gray
LHA4191 LHA4193 MOD icon is displayed in the view where the
Rear and bird’s-eye views Rear and front-side views MOD system is not operative.
∙ When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) The MOD system does not detect moving
position and the vehicle speed is below objects in the front-side view. The MOD TURNING MOD ON AND OFF
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h), the icon is not displayed on the screen when in To turn the MOD system on or off, press and
MOD system detects moving objects in this view. hold the CAMERA button for more than
the front view. 2 seconds.
When the MOD system detects moving ob-
∙ When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) jects near the vehicle, a chime will be heard MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
position and the vehicle speed is below and a yellow frame will be displayed on the
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h), the view where the objects are detected. While WARNING
MOD system detects moving objects in the MOD system continues to detect mov-
the rear view. The MOD system will not ing objects, the yellow frame continues to Listed below are the system limitations
for MOD. Failure to operate the vehicle
operate if the liftgate is open. be displayed.
in accordance with these system limita-
tions could result in serious injury or
death.

∙ Do not use the MOD system when – When the position of the moving NOTE:
towing a trailer. The system may not objects in the display is not The blue MOD icon will change to orange
function properly. changed. if one of the following has occurred:
∙ Excessive noise (for example, audio ∙ The MOD system might detect flowing ∙ When the system is malfunctioning.
system volume or open vehicle win- water droplets on the camera lens,
dow) will interfere with the chime white smoke from the muffler, mov- ∙ When the component temperature
sound, and it may not be heard. ing shadows, etc. reaches a high level (icon will blink).
∙ The MOD system performance will be ∙ The MOD system may not function ∙ When the Rear View camera has de-
limited according to environmental properly depending on the speed, di- tected a blockage (icon will blink).
conditions and surrounding objects rection, distance or shape of the mov- If the icon light continues to illuminate
such as: ing objects. orange, have the MOD system checked. It
– When there is low contrast be- ∙ If your vehicle sustains damage to the is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
tween background and the moving parts where the camera is installed, dealer for this service.
objects. leaving it misaligned or bent, the
sensing zone may be altered and the
– When there is a blinking source of
MOD system may not detect objects
light.
properly.
– When strong light such as another
∙ When the temperature is extremely
vehicle’s headlight or sunlight is
high or low, the screen may not dis-
present.
play objects clearly. This is not a
– When camera orientation is not in malfunction.
its usual position, such as when a
mirror is folded.
– When there is dirt, water drops or
snow on the camera lens.

VENTS
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of

the cameras 䊊 1 , the MOD system may not
operate properly. Clean the camera by wip-
ing with a cloth dampened with a diluted
mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a
dry cloth.
LHA3830 LHA4390
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Side
Adjust air flow direction by moving the vent
CAUTION slides.
∙ Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner Open or close the vents by using the dial.
to clean the camera. This will cause Move the dial toward the to open the
discoloration. vents or toward the to close them.
∙ Do not damage the camera as the
monitor screen may be adversely
affected.

LHA4391 LHA1134
Center Rear

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
(automatic)
10. REAR window and outside

mirror (if so equipped) defroster
switch
11. FRONT (defroster) button
WARNING
∙ The air conditioner cooling function
operates only when the engine is
running.
∙ Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the assis-
tance of others alone in your vehicle.
Pets should also not be left alone.
They could accidentally injure them-
selves or others through inadvertent
operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,
sunny days, temperatures in a closed
vehicle could quickly become high
enough to cause severe or possibly
fatal injuries to people or animals.
∙ Do not use the recirculation mode for
LHA3200
long periods as it may cause the inte-
rior air to become stale and the win-
1. Temperature control dial (driver’s 5. Temperature control dial (passen- dows to fog up.
side)/AUTO button ger’s side)/DUAL button
2. ON-OFF button 6. Fresh air intake button
3. Display screen 7. Air recirculation button
4. MODE (manual air flow control) 8. A/C (air conditioner) button
button 9. fan speed control buttons
NOTE: ∙ The temperature of the passenger ∙ Do not set the temperature lower than
compartment will be maintained auto- the outside air temperature. Otherwise,
∙ Odors from inside and outside the ve-
matically. Air flow distribution and fan the system may not work properly.
hicle can build up in the air condi-
speed are also controlled automatically.
tioner unit. Odor can enter the pas- ∙ Not recommended if windows fog up.
senger compartment through the ∙ A visible mist may be seen coming from
vents. the vents in hot, humid conditions as Dehumidified defrosting or
the air is cooled rapidly. This does not defogging
∙ When parking, set the heater and air
indicate a malfunction.
conditioner controls to turn off air re- 1. Press the front defroster button
circulation to allow fresh air into the 3. You can individually set driver’s and on. The indicator light on the button will
passenger compartment. This should front passenger’s side temperature us- come on.
help reduce odors inside the vehicle. ing each temperature control dial.
2. Turn the temperature control dial to set
When the DUAL button is pressed or
AUTOMATIC OPERATION passenger’s side temperature dial is the maximum temperature to aid in
turned, the DUAL indicator will come defrosting or defogging.
Cooling and/or dehumidified
on. To turn off the passenger’s side ∙ To quickly remove ice from the outside
heating (AUTO) temperature control, press the DUAL of the windows, use the fan speed
This mode may be used all year round as button.
control buttons to set the fan speed to
the system automatically works to keep a
constant temperature. Air flow distribution Heating (A/C OFF) maximum.
and fan speed are also controlled auto- The air conditioner does not activate. When ∙ As soon as possible after the wind-
matically. you need to heat only, use this mode. shield is clean, press the AUTO button to
return to the automatic mode.
1. Press the AUTO button on. The indica- 1. Press the AUTO button.
tor on the button will illuminate.
2. Turn the temperature control dial to set
2. Turn the temperature control dial to the desired temperature.
the left or right to set the desired tem- ∙ The temperature of the passenger
perature. compartment will be maintained auto-
matically. Air flow distribution and fan
speed are also controlled automatically.
∙ When the front defroster button MANUAL OPERATION To exit air recirculation mode, select the
is pressed, the air conditioner will auto- Fan speed control fresh air intake button to enter fresh air
matically be turned on at outside tem- mode.
peratures above 36°F (2°C). The air recir- Press the fan speed control buttons
culate mode automatically turns off, to manually control the fan speed.
Fresh air intake
allowing outside air to be drawn into the Press the AUTO button to return to auto- Press the fresh air intake button to
passenger compartment to further im- matic control of the fan speed. draw outside air into the passenger com-
prove the defogging performance.
partment.
When the air recirculate mode auto- Temperature control dial
matically turns off, the air fresh mode
The temperature control dial allows you to
A/C (air conditioner) button
will automatically turn on.
adjust the temperature of the outlet air. To Start the engine, press the fan speed
Remote Engine Start with lower the temperature, turn the dial to the control buttons to the desired position and
Intelligent Climate Control (if so left. To increase the temperature, turn the press the button to turn on the air
equipped) dial to the right. Temperature can be ad- conditioner. To turn off the air conditioner,
justed on the driver’s and passenger’s side. press the button again.
Vehicles equipped with automatic climate
controls and Remote Engine Start function The air conditioner cooling function op-
Air recirculation erates only when the engine is running.
may go into automatic heating or cooling
mode when Remote Engine Start is acti- Press the air recirculation button to Air flow control
vated depending on outside and cabin recirculate interior air inside the vehicle.
temperatures. During this period, the cli- Pressing the MODE button manually con-
The indicator light on the button will trols air flow and selects the air outlet:
mate control display and buttons will be
come on.
inoperable until the ignition switch is — Air flows mainly from center
turned on. In Remote Engine Start defrost- The air recirculation cannot be activated
and side vents.
ing mode, the rear window defroster and when the air conditioner is in the
— Air flows mainly from center
heated steering wheel (if so equipped) may front defrosting mode.
be activated automatically. and side vents and foot outlets.
When the outside temperature exceeds
— Air flows mainly from foot out-
70°F (21°C), the air conditioning system may
default to air recirculation mode automati- lets and partly from defroster.
cally to reduce overall power consumption. — Air flows mainly from defroster
and foot outlets.
To turn system off ∙ When the climate system is in auto-
matic operation and the engine coolant
Press the ON-OFF button. temperature and outside air tempera-
Rear window and outside mirror ture are low, the air flow outlet may de-
(if so equipped) defroster switch fault to defroster mode for a maximum
of 2 minutes and 30 seconds. This is not
For additional information, refer to “Rear a malfunction. After the engine coolant
window and outside mirror (if so equipped) temperature warms up, the air flow out-
defroster switch” in the “Instruments and let will return to foot mode and opera-
controls” section of this manual. tion will continue normally.
∙ When the outside and interior cabin
temperatures are moderate to high, the
intake setting may default to turn off air
LHA3554 recirculation to allow fresh air into the
OPERATING TIPS passenger compartment. You may no-
tice air flow from the foot mode, bi-level
The sunload sensor, located on the driver’s mode, or side demist vent outlets for a
side of the instrument panel, helps the sys- maximum of 15 seconds. This may oc-
tem maintain a constant temperature. Do cur when the previous climate setting
not put anything on or around this sensor. was turned off. This is not a malfunction.
After the initial warm air is expelled, the
intake will return to automatic control,
air flow outlet will return to previous set-
tings, and operation may continue nor-
mally. To exit, press any climate control
button.
∙ Keep the moonroof (if so equipped)
closed while the air conditioner is in op-
eration.
SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER ANTENNA
∙ If you feel that the air flow mode you The air conditioner system in your NISSAN The vehicle is equipped with a shark fin
have selected and the outlets the air is vehicle is charged with a refrigerant de- antenna and an antenna pattern is printed
coming out do not match, select signed with the environment in mind. inside the rear window.
the mode. This refrigerant does not harm the
earth’s ozone layer. CAUTION
∙ When you change the air flow mode,
you may feel air flow from the feet vents Special charging equipment and lubricant ∙ Do not place metalized film near the
for just a moment. This is not a mal- is required when servicing your NISSAN air rear window glass or attach any metal
function. conditioner. Using improper refrigerants or parts to it. This may cause poor recep-
lubricants will cause severe damage to tion or noise.
your air conditioner system. For additional ∙ When cleaning the inside of the rear
information, refer to “Air conditioner sys- window, be careful not to scratch or
tem refrigerant and oil recommendations” damage the rear window antenna.
in the “Technical and consumer informa- Lightly wipe along the antenna with a
tion” section of this manual. dampened soft cloth.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
dealer to service your “environmentally
friendly” air conditioner system.
WARNING
The air conditioner system contains re-
frigerant under high pressure. To avoid
personal injury, any air conditioner ser-
vice should be done only by an experi-
enced technician with proper
equipment.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO
When installing a CB, ham radio or car CAUTION

phone in your vehicle, be sure to observe
the following precautions; otherwise, the ∙ Keep the antenna as far away as pos-
new equipment may adversely affect the sible from the electronic control
engine control system and other electronic modules.
parts. ∙ Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in
(20 cm) away from the electronic con-
WARNING trol system harnesses. Do not route
∙ A cellular phone should not be used the antenna wire next to any harness.
for any purpose while driving so full ∙ Adjust the antenna standing-wave
attention may be given to vehicle op- ratio as recommended by the
eration. Some jurisdictions prohibit manufacturer.
the use of cellular phones while
driving. ∙ Connect the ground wire from the CB
radio chassis to the body.
∙ If you must make a call while your ve-
hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu- ∙ For additional information, it is rec-
lar phone operational mode is highly ommended that you visit a NISSAN
recommended. Exercise extreme cau- dealer for servicing.
tion at all times so full attention may
be given to vehicle operation.
∙ If you are unable to devote full atten-
tion to vehicle operation while talking
on the phone, pull off the road to a
safe location and stop your vehicle.

MEMO

5 Starting and driving
Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Continuously Variable Transmission
Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
(TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 5-24
On-pavement and off-road driving BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 How to enable/disable the BSW system . . . . . 5-27
Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 BSW system limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped) . . 5-34
Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 RCTA system operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 How to enable/disable the RCTA
Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . 5-14 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 RCTA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Precautions on cruise control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 5-18
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so equipped) . . 5-44 How to enable/disable the Intelligent
ICC system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46 Driver Alertness (I-DA) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
The ICC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47 Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)
ICC system limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53 system limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56 Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80
System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58 Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59 Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
AEB system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61 All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
Turning the AEB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62 Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
AEB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-86
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64 Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW). . . . 5-66 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-88
I-FCW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-68 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . .5-89
Turning the I-FCW system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69 Rise-up and build-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
I-FCW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70 Brake force distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75 Hill start assist system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76 Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
Intelligent Driver Alertness system Draining of coolant water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78 Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93 Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 5-94
Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND
DRIVING
WARNING EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) 2. Set the air recirculation but-
∙ Do not leave children or adults who ton to off and the fan control dial to
WARNING high to circulate the air.
would normally require the assis-
tance of others alone in your vehicle. ∙ Do not breathe exhaust gases; they ∙ If electrical wiring or other cable con-
Pets should also not be left alone. contain colorless and odorless carbon nections must pass to a trailer
They could accidentally injure them- monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan- through the seal on the liftgate or the
selves or others through inadvertent gerous. It can cause unconsciousness body, follow the manufacturer’s rec-
operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, or death. ommendation to prevent carbon
sunny days, temperatures in a closed ∙ If you suspect that exhaust fumes are monoxide entry into the vehicle.
vehicle could quickly become high entering the vehicle, drive with all
enough to cause severe or possibly ∙ The exhaust system and body should
windows fully open, and have the ve- be inspected by a qualified mechanic
fatal injuries to people or animals. hicle inspected immediately. whenever:
∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes or ∙ Do not run the engine in closed spaces
straps to help prevent it from sliding a. The vehicle is raised for service.
such as a garage.
or shifting. Do not place cargo higher b. You suspect that exhaust fumes
than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop ∙ Do not park the vehicle with the en- are entering into the passenger
or collision, unsecured cargo could gine running for any extended length compartment.
cause personal injury. of time.
c. You notice a change in the sound of
∙ Exceeding the roof rack capacity can ∙ Keep the liftgate and rear vent win- the exhaust system.
change the vehicle’s center of gravity dows closed while driving, otherwise
and adversely affect the handling and exhaust gases could be drawn into d. You have had an accident involving
stability of the vehicle resulting in an the passenger compartment. If you damage to the exhaust system,
accident causing death or serious must drive with the liftgate or rear underbody, or rear of the vehicle.
injury. vent windows open, follow these
precautions:
1. Open all the windows.
5-4 Starting and driving

THREE-WAY CATALYST ∙ Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc- placard or tire inflation pressure label, you
The three-way catalyst is an emission con- tions in the ignition, fuel injection, or should determine the proper tire inflation
trol device installed in the exhaust system. electrical systems can cause overrich pressure for those tires.)
Exhaust gases in the three-way catalyst fuel flow into the three-way catalyst, As an added safety feature, your vehicle
are burned at high temperatures to help causing it to overheat. Do not keep has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
reduce pollutants. driving if the engine misfires, or if no- Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates
ticeable loss of performance or other a low tire pressure telltale when one or
WARNING unusual operating conditions are de-
more of your tires is significantly under-
tected. Have the vehicle inspected
∙ The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys- inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire
promptly. It is recommended that you
tem are very hot. Keep people, ani- visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. pressure telltale illuminates, you should
mals or flammable materials away stop and check your tires as soon as pos-
from the exhaust system ∙ Avoid driving with an extremely low sible, and inflate them to the proper pres-
components. fuel level. Running out of fuel could sure. Driving on a significantly under-
cause the engine to misfire, damag- inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and
∙ Do not stop or park the vehicle over ing the three-way catalyst.
flammable materials such as dry can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also
grass, waste paper or rags. They may ∙ Do not race the engine while warming reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,
ignite and cause a fire. it up. and may affect the vehicle’s handling and
∙ Do not push or tow your vehicle to stopping ability.
CAUTION start the engine. Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-
∙ Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits tute for proper tire maintenance, and it is
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING the driver’s responsibility to maintain cor-
from leaded gasoline will seriously re-
duce the three-way catalyst’s ability SYSTEM (TPMS) rect tire pressure, even if under-inflation
to help reduce exhaust pollutants. has not reached the level to trigger illumi-
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
nation of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the inflation pressure recom- Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
mended by the vehicle manufacturer on TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure when the system is not operating properly.
label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined
size than the size indicated on the vehicle with the low tire pressure telltale. When the
Starting and driving 5-5
system detects a malfunction, the telltale will ∙ The low tire pressure warning light does ∙ Tire pressure rises and falls depending
flash for approximately one minute and then not automatically turn off when the tire on the heat caused by the vehicle’s op-
remain continuously illuminated. This se- pressure is adjusted. After the tire is in- eration and the outside temperature.
quence will continue upon subsequent ve- flated to the recommended pressure, Do not reduce the tire pressure after
hicle start-ups as long as the malfunction the vehicle must be driven at speeds driving because the tire pressure rises
exists. When the malfunction indicator is illu- above 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the after driving. Low outside temperature
minated, the system may not be able to de- TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure can lower the temperature of the air
tect or signal low tire pressure as intended. warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge inside the tire which can cause a lower
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety to check the tire pressure. tire inflation pressure. This may cause
of reasons, including the installation of re- the low tire pressure warning light to
∙ The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warn-
placement or alternate tires or wheels on illuminate. If the warning light illumi-
ing appears in the vehicle information
the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from func- nates, check the tire pressure for all four
display when the low tire pressure
tioning properly. Always check the TPMS tires.
warning light is illuminated and low tire
malfunction telltale after replacing one or
pressure is detected. The “Tire Pressure ∙ The Tire and Loading Information label
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to en-
Low — Add Air” warning turns off when is located in the driver’s door opening.
sure that the replacement or alternate tires
the low tire pressure warning light turns
and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to ∙ You can also check the pressure of all
off.
function properly. tires (except the spare tire) on the ve-
∙ The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warn- hicle information display screen. The or-
Additional information:
ing appears each time the ignition der of the tire pressure figures dis-
∙ When replacing a wheel without the switch is placed in the ON position as played on the screen corresponds with
TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS long as the low tire pressure warning the actual order of the tire position.
does not monitor the tire pressure of light remains illuminated.
the spare tire. For additional information, refer to “Low tire
∙ The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warn- pressure warning light” in the “Instruments
∙ The TPMS will activate only when the ing does not appear if the low tire pres- and controls” section and “Tire Pressure
vehicle is driven at speeds above sure warning light illuminates to indi- Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “In case of
16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this system may cate a TPMS malfunction. emergency” section of this manual.
not detect a sudden drop in tire pres-
sure (for example, a flat tire while driv-
ing).
WARNING ∙ When replacing a wheel without the ∙ Do not place metalized film or any
TPMS such as the spare tire, when a metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the win-
∙ Radio waves could adversely affect
spare tire is mounted or a wheel is dows. This may cause poor reception
electric medical equipment. Those
replaced, tire pressure will not be indi- of the signals from the tire pressure
who use a pacemaker should contact
cated, the TPMS will not function and sensors, and the TPMS will not func-
the electric medical equipment
the low tire pressure warning light will tion properly.
manufacturer for the possible influ-
flash for approximately 1 minute. The
ences before use. Some devices and transmitters may tem-
light will remain on after 1 minute.
∙ If the low tire pressure warning light Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS porarily interfere with the operation of the
illuminates while driving, avoid sudden system reset as soon as possible. It is TPMS and cause the low tire pressure
steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, recommended that you visit a NISSAN warning light to illuminate.
reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road dealer for this service. Some examples are:
to a safe location and stop the vehicle
∙ Replacing tires with those not origi-
as soon as possible. Driving with under- ∙ Facilities or electric devices using simi-
nally specified by NISSAN could affect
inflated tires may permanently dam- lar radio frequencies are near the ve-
the proper operation of the TPMS.
age the tires and increase the likeli- hicle.
hood of tire failure. Serious vehicle ∙ Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol
damage could occur and may lead to tire sealant into the tires, as this may ∙ If a transmitter set to similar frequen-
an accident and could result in serious cause a malfunction of the tire pres- cies is being used in or near the vehicle.
personal injury. Check the tire pressure sure sensors. ∙ If a computer (or similar equipment) or
for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure a DC/AC converter is being used in or
to the recommended COLD tire pres- CAUTION near the vehicle.
sure shown on the Tire and Loading In-
formation label to turn the low tire ∙ The TPMS may not function properly The low tire pressure warning light may
pressure warning light off. If you have a when the wheels are equipped with
illuminate in the following cases:
flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as tire chains or the wheels are buried in
soon as possible. (For additional infor- snow. ∙ If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel
mation on changing a flat tire, refer to and tire without TPMS.
“Flat tire” in the “In case of emergency” ∙ If the TPMS has been replaced and the
section of this manual.) ID has not been registered.

∙ If the wheel is not originally specified by TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert on the tire briefly to release pressure.
NISSAN. When the pressure reaches the des-
When adding air to an under-inflated tire, ignated pressure, the horn beeps
FCC Notice: the TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert provides once.
For USA: visual and audible signals outside the ve-
hicle to help you inflate the tires to the rec- ∙ If the hazard indicator does not flash
This device complies with Part 15 of the ommended COLD tire pressure. within approximately 15 seconds af-
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- ter starting to inflate the tire, it indi-
lowing two conditions: (1) This device Vehicle set-up cates that the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is
may not cause harmful interference, and 1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place. not operating.
(2) this device must accept any interfer-
2. Apply the parking brake and place the ∙ The TPMS will not activate the Easy-
ence received, including interference
shift lever in the P (Park) position. Fill Tire Alert under the following con-
that may cause undesired operation.
ditions:
3. Place the ignition switch in the ON po-
NOTE: sition. Do not start the engine. – If there is interference from an exter-
Changes or modifications not expressly nal device or transmitter.
Operation
approved by the party responsible for – The air pressure from the inflation
compliance could void the user’s author- 1. Add air to the tire.
device is not sufficient to inflate the
ity to operate the equipment. 2. After a few seconds, the hazard indica- tire.
tors will start flashing.
For Canada: – There is a malfunction in the TPMS.
3. When the designated pressure is
This device complies with Industry reached, the horn beeps once and the – There is a malfunction in the horn or
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). hazard indicators stop flashing. hazard indicators.
conditions: (1) this device may not cause 4. Perform the above steps for each tire. – The identification code of the tire
interference, and (2) this device must ac- pressure sensor is not registered to
∙ If the tire is over-inflated more than the system.
cept any interference, including interfer- approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn
ence that may cause undesired opera- beeps and the hazard indicators – The battery of the tire pressure sen-
tion of the device. flash three times. To correct the pres- sor is low.
sure, push the core of the valve stem
∙ If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert does not op- over crash, an unbelted person is signifi- may cause drowsiness). Always wear your
erate due to TPMS interference, move cantly more likely to die than a person seat belt as outlined in the “Safety – Seats,
the vehicle about 3 ft (1 m) backward wearing a seat belt. seat belts and supplemental restraint sys-
or forward and try again. tem” section of this manual, and also in-
For additional information, refer to “Driving
struct your passengers to do so.
If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a safety precautions” in this section.
tire pressure gauge. Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in
AVOIDING COLLISION AND collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,
ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD ROLLOVER an unbelted or improperly belted person
DRIVING PRECAUTIONS is significantly more likely to be injured
WARNING or killed than a person properly wearing
Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other types of Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe a seat belt.
vehicles. and prudent manner may result in loss OFF-ROAD RECOVERY
of control or an accident.
They have higher ground clearance than While driving, the right side or left side
passenger cars to make them capable of Be alert and drive defensively at all times.
wheels may unintentionally leave the road
performing in a variety of on-pavement Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive
surface. If this occurs, maintain control of
and off-road applications. This gives them speed, high speed cornering, or sudden
the vehicle by following the procedure be-
a higher center of gravity than ordinary ve- steering maneuvers, because these driving
low. Please note that this procedure is only
hicles. An advantage of higher ground practices could cause you to lose control of
a general guide. The vehicle must be driven
clearance is a better view of the road, allow- your vehicle.
as appropriate based on the conditions of
ing you to anticipate problems. However, As with any vehicle, loss of control could the vehicle, road and traffic.
they are not designed for cornering at the result in a collision with other vehicles or
same speeds as conventional 2-wheel 1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
objects or cause the vehicle to roll over,
drive vehicles any more than low-slung
particularly if the loss of control causes 2. Do not apply the brakes.
sports cars are designed to perform satis-
the vehicle to slide sideways.
factorily under off-road conditions. If at all 3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering
possible, avoid sharp turns at high speeds. Be attentive at all times, and avoid driving wheel with both hands and try to hold a
As with other vehicles of this type, failure to when tired. Never drive when under the in- straight course.
operate this vehicle correctly may result in fluence of alcohol or drugs (including pre-
loss of control or vehicle rollover. In a roll- scription or over-the-counter drugs which
4. When appropriate, slowly release the Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by 1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
accelerator pedal to gradually slow the maintaining the correct air pressure and
visually inspecting the tires for wear and 2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering
vehicle.
damage. For additional information, refer wheel with both hands and try to hold a
5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the to “Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself ” straight course.
vehicle to follow the road while vehicle section of this manual. If a tire rapidly loses
speed is reduced. Do not attempt to 3. When appropriate, slowly release the
air pressure or “blows-out” while driving, accelerator pedal to gradually slow the
drive the vehicle back onto the road maintain control of the vehicle by following
surface until vehicle speed is reduced. vehicle.
the procedure below. Please note that this
6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn procedure is only a general guide. The ve- 4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe
the steering wheel until both tires re- hicle must be driven as appropriate based location off the road and away from
turn to the road surface. When all tires on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic if possible.
are on the road surface, steer the ve- traffic.
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-
hicle to stay in the appropriate driving
WARNING ally stop the vehicle.
lane.
∙ If you decide that it is not safe to re- If there is a sudden loss of tire air pres- 6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers
turn the vehicle to the road surface sure, the vehicle will generally move or and contact a roadside emergency
based on vehicle, road or traffic con- pull in the direction of the flat tire. In this service to change the tire. For addi-
ditions, gradually slow the vehicle to a situation, losing control of the vehicle tional information, refer to “Changing a
stop in a safe place off the road. may cause a collision and result in per- flat tire” in the “In case of emergency”
sonal injury. section of this manual.
RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS To help avoid loss of control:
Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can ∙ Do not rapidly apply the brakes.
occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged
due to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air ∙ Do not rapidly release the accelerator
pressure loss can also be caused by driving pedal.
on under-inflated tires. ∙ Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.
Rapid air pressure loss can affect the han-
dling and stability of the vehicle, especially
at highway speeds.
DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is ∙ Drive carefully when off the road and
DRIVING impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some other avoid dangerous areas. Every person
physical condition. who drives or rides in this vehicle
WARNING DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS should be seated with their seat belt
fastened. This will keep you and your
Never drive under the influence of alco- Your NISSAN is designed for both normal passengers in position when driving
hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream over rough terrain.
and off-road use. However, avoid driving in
reduces coordination, delays reaction
deep water or mud as your NISSAN is ∙ Do not drive across steep slopes. In-
time and impairs judgement. Driving
after drinking alcohol increases the mainly designed for leisure use, unlike a stead drive either straight up or
likelihood of being involved in an acci- conventional off-road vehicle. straight down the slopes. Off-road ve-
dent injuring yourself and others. Addi- Remember that 2-wheel drive models are hicles can tip over sideways much
tionally, if you are injured in an accident, less capable than all-wheel drive models more easily than they can forward or
alcohol can increase the severity of the for rough road driving and extrication backward.
injury. when stuck in deep snow or mud, or the ∙ Many hills are too steep for any ve-
NISSAN is committed to safe driving. How- like. hicle. If you drive up them, you may
ever, you must choose not to drive under stall. If you drive down them, you may
Please observe the following precautions: not be able to control your speed. If
the influence of alcohol. Every year thou-
sands of people are injured or killed in you drive across them, you may roll
WARNING over.
alcohol-related collisions. Although the lo-
cal laws vary on what is considered to be ∙ Spinning the front wheels on slippery ∙ Do not shift gears while driving on
legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol surfaces may cause the AWD warning downhill grades as this could cause
message to display and the AWD sys- loss of control of the vehicle.
affects all people differently and most
tem to automatically switch from the
people underestimate the effects of alco- ∙ Stay alert when driving to the top of a
AWD to the 2WD mode. This could re-
hol. duce the traction. Be especially care- hill. At the top there could be a drop-
Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! ful when towing a trailer (AWD off or other hazard that could cause
That is true for drugs (over-the-counter, models). an accident.
prescription) and illegal drugs, too. Don’t

∙ If your engine stalls or you cannot ∙ Do not grip the inside or spokes of the ∙ Do not attempt to test an AWD
make it to the top of a steep hill, never steering wheel when driving off-road. equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dyna-
attempt to turn around. Your vehicle The steering wheel could move sud- mometer (such as the dynamometers
could tip or roll over. Always back denly and injure your hands. Instead used by some states for emissions
straight down in R (Reverse) gear and drive with your fingers and thumbs on testing), or similar equipment even if
apply brakes to control your speed. the outside of the rim. the other two wheels are raised off the
ground. Make sure you inform test fa-
∙ Heavy braking going down a hill could ∙ Before operating the vehicle, ensure
cility personnel that your vehicle is
cause your brakes to overheat and that the driver and all passengers
equipped with AWD before it is placed
fade, resulting in loss of control and have their seat belts fastened.
on a dynamometer. Using the wrong
an accident. Apply brakes lightly and
∙ Always drive with the floor mats in test equipment may result in drive-
use a low gear to control your speed.
place as the floor may become hot. train damage or unexpected vehicle
∙ Unsecured cargo can be thrown movement which could result in seri-
∙ Lower your speed when encountering
around when driving over rough ter- ous vehicle damage or personal
strong crosswinds. With a higher cen-
rain. Properly secure all cargo so it will injury.
ter of gravity, your NISSAN is more af-
not be thrown forward and cause in-
fected by strong side winds. Slower ∙ When a wheel is off the ground due to
jury to you or your passengers.
speeds ensure better vehicle control. an unlevel surface, do not spin the
∙ Exceeding the roof rack capacity can wheel excessively.
∙ Do not drive beyond the performance
raise the center of gravity excessively
capability of the tires, even with AWD ∙ Accelerating quickly, sharp steering
and affect the handling and stability
engaged. maneuvers or sudden braking may
of the vehicle.
∙ For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at- cause loss of control.
∙ Secure heavy loads in the cargo area
tempt to raise two wheels off the ∙ If at all possible, avoid sharp turning
as far forward and as low as possible.
ground and shift the transmission to maneuvers, particularly at high
Do not equip the vehicle with tires
any drive or reverse position with the speeds. Your NISSAN vehicle has a
larger than specified in this manual.
engine running. Doing so may result higher center of gravity than a pas-
This could cause your vehicle to roll
in drivetrain damage or unexpected senger car. The vehicle is not de-
over.
vehicle movement which could result signed for cornering at the same
in serious vehicle damage or personal speeds as passenger cars.
injury.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
∙ Failure to operate this vehicle cor- WARNING

rectly could result in loss of control
Do not operate the push-button igni-
and/or a rollover accident.
tion switch while driving the vehicle ex-
∙ Always use tires of the same type, cept in an emergency. (The engine will
size, brand, construction (bias, bias- stop when the ignition switch is pushed
belted, or radial), and tread pattern on three consecutive times in less than
all four wheels. Install tire chains on 1.5 seconds or the ignition switch is
the front wheels when driving on slip- pushed and held for more than 2 sec-
pery roads and drive carefully. onds.) If the engine stops while the ve-
hicle is being driven, this could lead to a
∙ Be sure to check the brakes immedi-
crash and serious injury.
ately after driving in mud or water. For
additional information, refer to “Brake
precautions” in this section.
LSD2014
∙ Avoid parking your vehicle on steep
hills. If you get out of the vehicle and it When the ignition switch is pushed without
rolls forward, backward or sideways, depressing the brake pedal, the ignition
you could be injured. switch will illuminate.
∙ Whenever you drive off-road through If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFF
sand, mud or water as deep as the position, push the ignition switch center:
wheel hub, more frequent mainte-
∙ Once to change to ACC.
nance may be required. For additional
information, refer to “Maintenance ∙ Two times to change to ON.
under severe operating conditions” in
the “Maintenance and schedules” sec- ∙ Three times to change to OFF.
tion of this manual. The shift lever can be moved from the P
(Park) position if the ignition switch is in
the ON position and the brake pedal is
depressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, The operating range of the engine start
the ignition switch cannot be moved function is inside of the vehicle 䊊
1 .
from the LOCK position.
∙ The luggage area is not included in the
Some indicators and warnings for opera- operating range, but the Intelligent Key
tion are displayed on the vehicle informa- may function.
tion display. For additional information, re-
∙ If the Intelligent Key is placed on the
fer to “Vehicle information display” in the
instrument panel, inside the glove box,
“Instruments and controls” section of this
storage bin or door pocket, the Intelli-
manual.
gent Key may not function.
∙ If the Intelligent Key is placed near the
door or window outside the vehicle, the
Intelligent Key may function.
LSD2020 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
OPERATING RANGE POSITIONS
The Intelligent Key functions can only be LOCK (Normal parking position)
used when the Intelligent Key is within the The ignition switch can only be locked in
specified operating range. this position.
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost The ignition switch will be unlocked when it
discharged or strong radio waves are pres- is pushed to the ACC position while carry-
ent near the operating location, the Intelli- ing the Intelligent Key.
gent Key system’s operating range be-
comes narrower and may not function The ignition switch will lock when any door
properly. is opened or closed with the ignition
switched off.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating
range, it is possible for anyone, even some-
one who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to
push the ignition switch to start the engine.
ACC (Accessories) ON has a battery saver feature that will turn OFF
the ignition switch to the OFF position, if the
This position activates electrical accesso- The ignition switch is in the OFF position
vehicle is not running, after some time un-
ries, such as the radio, when the engine is when the engine is turned off using the
der the following conditions:
not running. ignition switch. The ignition switch heart
∙ All doors are closed. beat function (pulsed illumination) may ac-
ACC has a battery saver feature that will
tivate for a period of time when any door is
turn the ignition switch to the OFF position ∙ The shift lever is in P (Park).
unlocked and when the door
after a period of time under the following
∙ The hazard lamps are off. opened/closed status changes in the OFF
conditions:
and ACC positions.
∙ The turn signals are off.
∙ All doors are closed.
The battery saver feature will be canceled if
EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF
∙ The shift lever is in P (Park).
any of the following occur: To shut off the engine in an emergency
∙ The hazard lamps are off. situation while driving, perform the follow-
∙ Any door is opened.
∙ The turn signals are off. ing procedure:
∙ The shift lever is moved out of the P
The battery saver feature will be canceled if (Park) position. ∙ Rapidly push the ignition switch three
any of the following occur: consecutive times in less than 1.5 sec-
∙ The ignition switch changes position. onds, or
∙ Any door is opened.
∙ The hazard lamps are turned on. ∙ Push and hold the ignition switch for
∙ The shift lever is moved out of P (Park). more than 2 seconds.
∙ The turn signals are turned on.
∙ The ignition switch changes position.
∙ The hazard lamps are turned on.
CAUTION
Do not leave the vehicle with the igni-
ON (Normal operating position)
tion switch in the ACC or ON position
This position turns on the ignition system when the engine is not running for an
and electrical accessories. extended period. This can discharge the
battery.

(After step 3 is performed, when the NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
ignition switch is pushed without de- SYSTEM
pressing the brake pedal, the ignition
switch position will change to ON.) The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
will not allow the engine to start without
4. Push the ignition switch while depress- the use of the registered key.
ing the brake pedal within 10 seconds
after the chime sounds. The engine will If the engine fails to start using a registered
start. key (for example, when interference is
caused by another registered key, an auto-
NOTE: mated toll road device or automatic pay-
ment device on the key ring), restart the
∙ When the ignition switch is pushed to
engine using the following procedure:
the ON position or the engine is
started by the above procedure, the 1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON po-
SSD0860 Intelligent Key battery discharge in- sition for approximately 5 seconds.
dicator appears in the vehicle infor-
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® mation display even when the Intelli-
2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or
BATTERY DISCHARGE LOCK position, and wait approximately
gent Key is inside the vehicle. This is
10 seconds.
not a malfunction. To turn off the In-
If the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key® telligent Key battery discharge indi- 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.
is discharged, or environmental conditions cator, touch the ignition switch with
interfere with the Intelligent Key operation, the Intelligent Key again. 4. Restart the engine while holding the
start the engine according to the following device (which may have caused the in-
procedure: ∙ If the Intelligent Key battery dis- terference) separate from the regis-
charge indicator appears, replace the tered key.
1. Place the shift lever in the P (Park) posi- battery as soon as possible. For addi-
tion. tional information, refer to “Battery If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN
replacement” in the “Do-it-yourself ” recommends placing the registered key on
2. Firmly apply the foot brake. a separate key ring to avoid interference
3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intel- from other devices.
ligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will
sound.)
BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE
∙ Make sure the area around the vehicle is 1. Apply the parking brake. switch to the LOCK position. After
clear. cranking the engine, release the ac-
2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N
∙ Check fluid levels such as engine oil, celerator pedal. Crank the engine
(Neutral). P (Park) is recommended.
coolant, brake fluid, and windshield- with your foot off the accelerator
The starter is designed not to oper-
washer fluid as frequently as possible, pedal by depressing the brake pedal
ate unless the shift lever is in either P
or at least whenever you refuel. and pushing the ignition switch to
(Park) or N (Neutral).
start the engine. If the engine starts,
∙ Check that all windows and lights are 3. Push the ignition switch to the ON po- but fails to run, repeat the above pro-
clean. sition. Depress the brake pedal and cedure.
∙ Visually inspect tires for their appear- push the ignition switch to start the
ance and condition. Also check tires for engine. CAUTION
proper inflation. Do not operate the starter for more
To start the engine immediately, push
∙ Check that all doors are closed. and release the ignition switch while than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine
depressing the brake pedal with the does not start, push the ignition switch
∙ Position seat and adjust head to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds
restraints/headrests. ignition switch in any position.
before cranking again, otherwise the
∙ Adjust inside and outside mirrors. ∙ If the engine is very hard to start in starter could be damaged.
extremely cold weather or when re-
∙ Fasten seat belts and ask all passen- starting, depress the accelerator 4. Warm-up:
gers to do likewise. pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to the Allow the engine to idle for at least
∙ Check the operation of warning lights floor) and while holding, crank the en- 30 seconds after starting. Do not race
when the ignition switch is placed in the gine. Release the accelerator pedal the engine while warming it up. Drive at
ON position. For additional information, when the engine starts. a moderate speed for a short distance
refer to “Warning lights, indicator lights ∙ If the engine is very hard to start be- first, especially in cold weather. In cold
and audible reminders” in the “Instru- cause it is flooded, depress the accel- weather, keep the engine running for a
ments and controls” section of this erator pedal all the way to the floor minimum of 2 to 3 minutes before
manual. and hold it. Push the ignition switch shutting it off. Starting and stopping
to the ON position to start cranking the engine over a short period of time
the engine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stop may make the vehicle more difficult to
cranking by pushing the ignition start.
DRIVING THE VEHICLE
5. To stop the engine, move the shift lever 1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE
into the P (Park) position and push the you. TRANSMISSION (CVT)
ignition switch to the OFF position. 2. Apply the brake.
WARNING
NOTE: 3. Push the ignition switch once to the ON
position. ∙ Do not depress the accelerator pedal
Care should be taken to avoid situations while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-
that can lead to potential battery dis- For additional information, refer to “NISSAN tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or M
charge and potential no-start conditions Intelligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checks (Manual shift mode). Always depress
such as: and adjustments” section of this manual. the brake pedal until shifting is com-
1. Installation or extended use of elec- pleted. Failure to do so could cause
you to lose control and have an
tronic accessories that consume bat-
accident.
tery power when the engine is not
running (phone chargers, GPS, DVD ∙ Cold engine idle speed is high, so use
players, etc.). caution when shifting into a forward
or reverse gear before the engine has
2. The vehicle is not driven regularly warmed up.
and/or only driven short distances
∙ Do not downshift abruptly on slippery
In these cases, the battery may need to roads. This may cause a loss of
be charged to maintain battery health. control.
REMOTE ENGINE START (if so ∙ Never shift to either the P (Park) or R
equipped) (Reverse) position while the vehicle is
moving forward and P (Park) or D
Vehicles started with the Remote Engine (Drive) position while the vehicle is re-
Start require the ignition switch to be versing. This could cause an accident
placed in the ON position before the shift or damage the transmission.
lever can be moved from the P (Park) posi-
tion. To place the ignition switch in the ON
position, follow these steps:

CAUTION Starting the vehicle WARNING
∙ To avoid possible damage to your ve- 1. After starting the engine, fully depress ∙ Do not depress the accelerator pedal
hicle, when stopping the vehicle on an the foot brake pedal before moving the while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-
uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by shift lever out of the P (Park) position. tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or M
depressing the accelerator pedal. The This Continuously Variable Transmis- (Manual shift mode) position. Always
foot brake should be used for this sion is designed so that the foot depress the brake pedal until shifting
purpose. brake pedal must be depressed be- is completed. Failure to do so could
fore shifting from P (Park) to any driv- cause you to lose control and have an
∙ Except in an emergency, do not shift
ing position while the ignition switch accident.
to the N (Neutral) position while driv-
ing. Coasting with the transmission in is in the ON position. ∙ Cold engine idle speed is high, so use
the N (Neutral) position may cause se- The shift lever cannot be moved out caution when shifting into a forward
rious damage to the transmission. of the P (Park) position and into any or reverse gear before the engine has
of the other positions if the ignition warmed up.
The CVT in your vehicle is electronically switch is placed in the LOCK, OFF or
controlled to produce maximum power ∙ Never shift to either the P (Park) or R
ACC position. (Reverse) position while the vehicle is
and smooth operation.
2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed moving forward and P (Park) or D
The recommended operating procedures and move the shift lever to a driving (Drive) position while the vehicle is re-
for this transmission are shown on the fol- position. versing. This could cause an accident
lowing pages. Follow these procedures for or damage the transmission.
maximum vehicle performance and driv- 3. Release the parking brake and foot
∙ Do not downshift abruptly on slippery
ing enjoyment. brake pedal, and then gradually start
roads. This may cause a loss of
the vehicle in motion.
Engine power may be automatically re- control.
duced to protect the CVT if the engine
speed increases quickly when driving on
slippery roads or while being tested on
some dynamometers.

CAUTION CAUTION
∙ To avoid possible damage to your ve- Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) position
hicle, when stopping the vehicle on an only when the vehicle is completely
uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by stopped.
depressing the accelerator pedal. The
foot brake should be used for this P (Park)
purpose.
CAUTION
∙ Except in an emergency, do not shift
to the N (Neutral) position while driv- To prevent transmission damage, use
ing. Coasting with the transmission in the P (Park) position only when the ve-
the N (Neutral) position may cause se- hicle is completely stopped.
rious damage to the transmission. Use the P (Park) shift lever position when
LSD3162
the vehicle is parked or when starting the
engine. Make sure the vehicle is completely
Shifting stopped. The brake pedal must be de-
After starting the engine, fully depress the pressed and the shift lever button
brake pedal, press the shift lever button pressed in to move the shift lever from N
and move the shift lever from the P (Park) (Neutral) or any drive position to P (Park).
position to any of the desired shift posi- Apply the parking brake. When parking on a
tions. hill, apply the parking brake first, then move
the shift lever into the P (Park) position.
WARNING R (Reverse)
Apply the parking brake if the shift lever
is in any position while the engine is not CAUTION
running. Failure to do so could cause To prevent transmission damage, use
the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll the R (Reverse) position only when the
away and result in serious personal in- vehicle is completely stopped.
jury or property damage.

Use the R (Reverse) position to back up. shift mode, the shift range is displayed on
Make sure the vehicle is completely the position indicator in the meter. When
stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) moving the shift lever to the manual shift
position. The brake pedal must be de- gate, the position indicator displays 1 (First)
pressed and the shift lever button up to 7 (Seventh) depending on vehicle
pressed in to move the shift lever from P speed.
(Park), N (Neutral) or any drive position to
R (Reverse). Shift ranges up or down one by one as
follows:
N (Neutral)
1⇔ 2 ⇔ 3 ⇔ 4 ⇔ 5⇔ 6⇔ 7
Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-
gaged. The engine can be started in this 7 (Seventh)
position. You may shift to N (Neutral) and
restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is Use this position for all normal forward
moving. driving at highway speeds.
LSD2489
D (Drive) Manual shift mode 6 (Sixth) and 5 (Fifth)
Use this position for all normal forward Use this position when driving up long
When the shift lever is in the manual shift
driving. slopes, or for engine braking when driving
gate, the transmission is ready for the
down long slopes.
manual shift mode. Shift ranges can be
selected manually by moving the shift le- 4 (Fourth), 3 (Third) and 2 (Second)
ver up or down. To cancel manual shift
Use these positions for hill climbing or en-
mode, return the shift lever to the D (Drive)
gine braking on downhill grades.
position. The transmission returns to auto-
matic driving mode. 1 (First)
When the shift lever is shifted from D (Drive) Use this position when climbing steep hills
to the manual shift gate with the vehicle slowly or when driving slowly, or for maxi-
stopped or while driving, the transmission mum engine braking on steep downhill
enters the manual shift mode. Shift ranges grades.
can be selected manually. In the manual
∙ Remember not to drive at high speeds ∙ In the manual shift mode, the trans-
for extended periods of time in lower mission may not shift to the selected
than seventh gear. This reduces fuel gear. This helps maintain driving per-
economy. formance and reduces the chance of
vehicle damage or loss of control.
When shifting up
∙ When this situation occurs, the Con-
Move the shift lever to the + (up) side. (Shifts tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
to higher range.) position indicator light will blink and
When shifting down the chime will sound.
∙ In the manual shift mode, the trans-
Move the shift lever to the ⫺ (down) side.
mission may shift up automatically to
(Shifts to lower range.)
a higher range than selected if the
∙ The transmission will automatically engine speed is too high. When the
downshift the gears. (For example, if you vehicle speed decreases, the trans- LSD3163
select the third range, the transmission mission automatically shifts down
and shifts to first gear before the ve- Shift lock release
will shift down between the third and
first gears.) hicle comes to a stop. If the battery charge is low or discharged,
∙ CVT operation is limited to automatic the shift lever may not be moved from the
∙ Moving the shift lever rapidly to the
drive mode when CVT fluid tempera- P (Park) position even with the brake pedal
same side twice will shift the ranges in
ture is extremely low even if manual depressed and the shift lever button
succession.
shift mode is selected. This is not a mal- pressed. To move the shift lever, perform
When canceling the manual shift mode function. When CVT fluid warms up, the following procedure:
manual mode can be selected.
Return the shift lever to the D (Drive) posi- 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or
tion to return the transmission to the nor- ∙ When the CVT fluid temperature is high, LOCK position.
mal driving mode. the shift range may upshift in lower
rpm than usual. This is not a malfunc- 2. Apply the parking brake.
tion. 3. Remove the shift lock release cover us-
ing a suitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock release using Accelerator downshift mode is activated. For additional infor-
a suitable tool. — in D (Drive) position — mation, refer to “Malfunction Indicator
Light (MIL)” in the “Instruments and con-
5. Press the shift lever button and move
For passing or hill climbing, depress the trols” section of this manual. This will oc-
the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position
accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts cur even if all electrical circuits are func-
while holding down the shift lock re-
the transmission down into a lower gear, tioning properly. In this case, place the
lease. The vehicle may be moved to the
depending on the vehicle speed. ignition switch in the OFF position and
desired location. Replace the removed
wait for 10 seconds. Then push the
shift lock release cover after the opera- High fluid temperature protection switch back to the ON position. The ve-
tion. If the shift lever cannot be moved
mode hicle should return to its normal operat-
out of the P (Park) position, have the
ing condition. If it does not return to its
Continuously Variable Transmission This transmission has a high fluid tem- normal operating condition, have the
system checked as soon as possible. It perature protection mode. If the fluid tem- transmission checked and repaired, if
is recommended that you visit a perature becomes too high (for example, necessary. It is recommended that you
when climbing steep grades in high tem- visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
peratures with heavy loads, such as when
WARNING WARNING
towing a trailer), engine power and, under
If the shift lever cannot be moved from some conditions, vehicle speed will be de- When the high fluid temperature pro-
the P (Park) position while the engine is creased automatically to reduce the tection mode or fail-safe operation oc-
running and the brake pedal is de- chance of transmission damage. Vehicle curs, vehicle speed may be gradually re-
pressed, the stop lights may not work. speed can be controlled with the accelera- duced. The reduced speed may be lower
Malfunctioning stop lights could cause tor pedal, but the engine and vehicle speed than other traffic, which could increase
an accident injuring yourself and may be limited. the chance of a collision. Be especially
others.
Fail-safe careful when driving. If necessary, pull
to the side of the road at a safe place
If the vehicle is driven under extreme and allow the transmission to return to
conditions, such as excessive wheel normal operation, or have it repaired if
spinning and subsequent hard braking, necessary.
the fail-safe system may be activated.
The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
may come on to indicate the fail-safe
PARKING BRAKE BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) (if so
equipped)
WARNING WARNING
∙ Be sure the parking brake is fully re- Failure to follow the warnings and in-
leased before driving. Failure to do so structions for proper use of the BSW
can cause brake failure and lead to an system could result in serious injury or
accident. death.
∙ Do not release the parking brake from ∙ The BSW system is not a replacement
outside the vehicle. for proper driving procedures and is
not designed to prevent contact with
∙ Do not use the shift lever in place of
vehicles or objects. When changing
the parking brake. When parking, be
lanes, always use the side and rear
sure the parking brake is fully
mirrors and turn and look in the direc-
engaged.
tion your vehicle will move to ensure it
∙ To help avoid risk of injury or death is safe to change lanes. Never rely
through unintended operation of the LSD0158 solely on the BSW system.
vehicle and/or its systems, do not To engage:
leave children, people who require the The BSW system helps alert the driver of
assistance of others or pets unat- Firmly depress the parking brake. other vehicles in adjacent lanes when
tended in your vehicle. Additionally, changing lanes.
To release:
hicle on a warm day can quickly be- 1. Firmly apply the foot brake.
come high enough to cause a signifi- 2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-
cant risk of injury or death to people sition.
and pets.
3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedal
and it will release.
4. Before driving, be sure the brake warn-
ing light goes out.

LSD2223 SSD1030
The BSW system uses radar sensors 䊊 1 Detection zone
installed near the rear bumper to detect The radar sensors can detect vehicles on
other vehicles in an adjacent lane. either side of your vehicle within the detec-
tion zone shown as illustrated. This detec-
tion zone starts from the outside mirror of
your vehicle and extends approximately
10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and
approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light
2. BSW/RCTA Indicator
BSW SYSTEM OPERATION
The BSW system operates above approxi-
mately 20 mph (32 km/h).
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
detection zone, the side BSW/RCTA indica-
tor light (1) illuminates. If the turn signal is
then activated, the system chimes (twice)
and the side BSW/RCTA indicator light
flashes. The BSW indicator light continues
to flash until the detected vehicle leaves
the detection zone.
The side BSW/RCTA indicator light illumi-
nates for a few seconds when the ignition
switch is placed in the ON position.
The brightness of the side BSW/RCTA indi-
cator light is adjusted automatically de-
pending on the brightness of the ambient
light.
If a vehicle comes into the detection zone
after the driver activates the turn signal,
then only the side BSW/RCTA indicator light
flashes and no chime sounds. For addi-
tional information, refer to “BSW driving
situations” in this section.
LSD2749

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
BSW SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the BSW system.
1. Press the button until “Settings”
displays in the vehicle information dis-
play and then press the OK button. Use
the button to select “Driver Assis-
tance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK
button.
NOTE:
∙ When enabling/disabling the system,
the system will retain current set-
tings even if the engine is restarted.
∙ The RCTA system (if so equipped) is
integrated into the BSW system.
There is not a separate selection in
the vehicle information display for
the RCTA system. When the BSW is
disabled, the RCTA system is also dis-
abled.
∙ When the BSW system is turned on,
the BSW/RCTA indicator (white) in the
vehicle information display illumi-
nates.
LSD2514

BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS – A vehicle which your vehicle over- – Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the
takes rapidly. vehicle
WARNING
– A vehicle that passes through the ∙ Do not attach stickers (including
Listed below are the system limitations detection zone quickly. transparent material), install accesso-
for the BSW system. Failure to operate ries or apply additional paint near the
the vehicle in accordance with these – When overtaking several vehicles
radar sensors. These conditions may
system limitations could result in seri- in a row, the vehicles after the first
reduce the ability of the radar to de-
ous injury or death. vehicle may not be detected if they
tect other vehicles.
are traveling close together.
∙ The BSW system cannot detect all ve- ∙ Excessive noise (for example, audio
hicles under all conditions. ∙ The radar sensor’s detection zone is
system volume, open vehicle window)
designed based on a standard lane
∙ The radar sensors may not be able to will interfere with the chime sound,
width. When driving in a wider lane,
detect and activate BSW when certain and it may not be heard.
the radar sensors may not detect ve-
objects are present such as: hicles in an adjacent lane. When driv-
– Pedestrian, bicycles, animals. ing in a narrow lane, the radar sensors
may detect vehicles driving two lanes
– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low away.
height vehicles, or high ground
clearance vehicles. ∙ The radar sensors are designed to ig-
nore most stationary objects; how-
– Oncoming vehicles. ever, objects such as guardrails, walls,
– Vehicles remaining in the detec- foliage and parked vehicles may oc-
tion zone when you accelerate casionally be detected. This is a nor-
from a stop. mal operation condition.
– A vehicle merging into an adjacent ∙ The following conditions may reduce
lane at a speed approximately the the ability of the radar to detect other
same as your vehicle. vehicles:
– A vehicle approaching rapidly from – Severe weather
behind. – Road spray

Another vehicle approaching
from behind
Illustration 1: The side BSW/RCTA indicator
light illuminates if a vehicle enters the de-
tection zone from behind in an adjacent
lane.
LSD2299 LSD2300
Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind
BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS Illustration 2: If the driver activates the
turn signal when another vehicle is in the
Indicator detection zone, then the system chimes
on (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
Indicator
off NOTE:
Indicator ∙ The radar sensors may not detect ve-
flashing hicles which are approaching rapidly
from behind.
∙ If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the
other vehicle is detected.
LSD2302 LSD2303
Illustration 3 – Overtaking another Illustration 4 – Overtaking another
vehicle vehicle
Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 4: If the driver activates the
turn signal while another vehicle is in the
Illustration 3: The side indicator light illu- detection zone, then the system chimes
minates if you overtake a vehicle and that (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
vehicle stays in the detection zone for ap-
proximately 2 seconds. NOTE:
∙ When overtaking several vehicles in a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle
may not be detected if they are trav-
eling close together.
∙ The radar sensors may not detect
slower moving vehicles if they are
passed quickly.
∙ The radar sensors may not detect a
vehicle which is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle when it
enters the detection zone.
LSD2305 LSD2308
Illustration 5 – Entering from the side Illustration 6 – Entering from the side
Entering from the side Illustration 6: If the driver activates the
turn signal while another vehicle is in the
Illustration 5: The side indicator light illu- detection zone, then the system chimes
minates if a vehicle enters the detection
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
zone from either side.
NOTE:

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
When radar blockage is detected, the sys-
tem will be deactivated automatically. The
“Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction”
warning message will appear and the
BSW/RCTA indicator (white) will blink 䊊
A in
The system is not available until the condi-
tions no longer exist.
The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-
porary ambient conditions such as splash-
ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-
tion may also be caused by objects such as
ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sen-
sors.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the
RCTA system (if so equipped) will also
stop working.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the system will resume automatically.
LSD2661

Malfunction Do not attach stickers (including transpar-
ent material), install accessories or apply
If the BSW system malfunctions, it will turn additional paint near the radar sensors.
off automatically. The system malfunction
warning message with the BSW/RCTA indi- Do not strike or damage the area around
cator (orange) will appear in the vehicle in- the radar sensors. It is recommended that
formation display. you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around
the radar sensors is damaged due to a
NOTE: collision.
If the BSW system stops working, the Radio frequency statement
RCTA system (if so equipped) will also
stop working. For USA
Action to take: FCC ID: OAYSRR2B or OAYSRR3B
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the LSD2223 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en- SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Rules.
gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-
sage continues to appear, have the system The two radar sensors 䊊
1 for the BSW and Operation is subject to the following two
checked. It is recommended that you visit a RCTA systems are located near the rear conditions:
NISSAN dealer for this service. bumper. Always keep the area near the ra- 1. This device may not cause harmful in-
dar sensors clean. terference, and
The radar sensors may be blocked by tem- 2. This device must accept any interfer-
porary ambient conditions such as splash- ence received, including interference
ing water, mist or fog. that may cause undesired operation.
The blocked condition may also be caused FCC Warning
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-
structing the radar sensors. Changes or modifications not expressly
Check for and remove objects obstructing compliance could void the user’s authority
the area around the radar sensors. to operate the equipment.
REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)
(if so equipped)
For Canada 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter WARNING

tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
Applicable law: Canada 310 Failure to follow the warnings and in-
même si le brouillage est susceptible
This device complies with Industry Canada d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. structions for proper use of the RCTA
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation system could result in serious injury or
Bandes de fréquences: 24.05 - 24.25GHz death.
is subject to the following two conditions:
Puissance émise: Moins de 20 milliwatts ∙ The RCTA system is not a replacement
1. This device may not cause interference,
and for proper driving procedures and is
not designed to prevent contact with
2. This device must accept any interfer- vehicles or objects. When backing out
ence, including interference that may of a parking space, always use the
cause undesired operation of the de- side and rear mirrors and turn and
vice. look in the direction your vehicle will
Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz move. Never rely solely on the RCTA
system.
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
The RCTA system will assist you when
Droit applicable: Canada 310 backing out from a parking space. When
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR the vehicle is in reverse, the system is de-
d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar- signed to detect other vehicles approach-
eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation ing from the right or left of the vehicle. If the
est autorisée aux deux conditions suiv- system detects cross traffic, it will alert you.
antes:
1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
brouillage, et

1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light
2. BSW/RCTA Indicator
RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION
The RCTA system can help alert the driver
of an approaching vehicle when the driver
is backing out of a parking space.
When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and
the vehicle speed is less than approxi-
mately 5 mph (8 km/h), the RCTA system is
operational.
If the radar detects an approaching vehicle
from either side, the system chimes (once)
and the side BSW/RCTA indicator light
flashes on the side the vehicle is approach-
ing from.
LSD2749

LSD2216 LSD2223
The RCTA system uses radar sensors 䊊 1
installed on both sides near the rear bum-
per to detect an approaching vehicle.
The radar sensors 䊊 1 can detect an ap-
proaching vehicle from up to approxi-
mately 66 ft. (20 m) away.

RCTA SYSTEM
disable the RCTA system.
2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK
button.
When the RCTA system is turned on, the
BSW/RCTA indicator (white) in the vehicle
information display illuminates.
NOTE:
∙ The RCTA system is integrated into
the BSW system. There is not a sepa-
rate selection in the vehicle informa-
tion display for the RCTA system.
When the BSW is disabled, the RCTA
system is also disabled.
∙ When enabling/disabling the system,
the system setting will be retained
even if the engine is restarted.
LSD2514

WARNING
for the RCTA system. Failure to operate
system limitations could result in seri-
ous injury or death.
∙ Always check surroundings and turn
to check what is behind you before
backing up. The radar sensors detect
approaching (moving) vehicles. The
radar sensors cannot detect every
object such as:
– Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles,
animals or child-operated toy
vehicles
– A vehicle that is passing at speeds
greater than approximately
19 mph (30 km/h)
– A vehicle that is passing at speeds
lower than approximately 5 mph
LSD2173
(8 km/h)
RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS ∙ The radar sensors may not detect ap-
proaching vehicles in certain
situations:
– Illustration a: When a vehicle
parked next to you obstructs the
beam of the radar sensor.

– Illustration b: When the vehicle is ∙ Excessive noise (e.g., audio system
parked in an angled parking space. volume, open vehicle window) will in-
terfere with the chime sound, and it
– Illustration c: When the vehicle is
may not be heard.
parked on inclined ground.
– Illustration d: When an approach-
ing vehicle turns into your vehicle’s
parking lot aisle.
– Illustration e: When the angle
formed by your vehicle and ap-
proaching vehicle is small.
∙ The following conditions may reduce
the ability of the radar to detect other
vehicles: LSD2043
Illustration 1
– Severe weather
NOTE:
– Road spray
In the case of several vehicles approach-
– Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the ing in a row (Illustration 1) or in the oppo-
vehicle site direction (Illustration 2), a chime may
∙ Do not attach stickers (including not be sounded by the RCTA system af-
transparent material), install accesso- ter the first vehicle passes the sensors.
ries or apply additional paint near the
radar sensors. These conditions may
reduce the ability of the radar to de-
tect other vehicles.

LSD2044
Illustration 2
LSD2661

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY Malfunction
UNAVAILABLE When the RCTA system malfunctions, it will
When radar blockage is detected, the sys- turn off automatically. The system mal-
tem will be deactivated automatically. The function warning message with the
“Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction” BSW/RCTA indicator (orange) will appear in
warning message will appear and the
BSW/RCTA indicator (white) will blink 䊊
A in
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the
The systems are not available until the RCTA system (if so equipped) will also
conditions no longer exist. stop working.
The radar sensors may be blocked by tem- Action to take
porary ambient conditions such as splash- Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
LSD2223
ing water, mist or fog. vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-
The blocked condition may also be caused
gine off and restart the engine. If the mes- SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
sage continues to appear, have the system
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-
checked. It is recommended that you visit a The two radar sensors 䊊
1 for the BSW and
structing the radar sensors. NISSAN dealer for this service. RCTA systems are located near the rear
bumper. Always keep the area near the ra-
NOTE: dar sensors clean.
If the BSW system stops working, the The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-
RCTA system (if so equipped) will also porary ambient conditions such as splash-
stop working. ing water, mist or fog.
Action to take The blocked condition may also be caused
When the above conditions no longer exist, by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-
the system will resume automatically. structing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the area around the radar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transpar- For Canada 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
ent material), install accessories or apply tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
Applicable law: Canada 310
additional paint near the radar sensors. même si le brouillage est susceptible
This device complies with Industry Canada d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Do not strike or damage the area around licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
the radar sensors. It is recommended that Bandes de fréquences: 24.05 - 24.25GHz
you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around Puissance émise: Moins de 20 milliwatts
the radar sensors is damaged due to a 1. This device may not cause interference,
collision. and
2. This device must accept any interfer-
Radio frequency statement ence, including interference that may
For USA cause undesired operation of the de-
vice.
FCC ID: OAYSRR2B or OAYSRR3B
Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
Operation is subject to the following two Droit applicable: Canada 310

conditions: Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR
d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-
1. This device may not cause harmful in-
eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation
terference, and
est autorisée aux deux conditions suiv-
2. This device must accept any interfer- antes:
ence received, including interference 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
that may cause undesired operation. brouillage, et
FCC Warning
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)
∙ If the indicator light blinks, turn the CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

cruise control off and have the system The cruise control allows driving at a speed
checked. It is recommended that you between 25 - 89 mph (40 - 144 km/h) with-
visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. out keeping your foot on the accelerator
pedal.
∙ The indicator light may blink when
the ON/OFF switch is turned on while To turn on the cruise control, push the
pushing the RES/+ switch, SET/- switch, ON/OFF switch on. The light in the
or CANCEL switch. To properly set the instrument panel will illuminate.
cruise control system, use the following To set cruising speed, accelerate the ve-
procedures. hicle to the desired speed, push the
COAST/SET switch and release it. Take your
WARNING foot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle
Do not use the cruise control when driv- maintains the set speed.
LSD2516 ing under the following conditions: ∙ To pass another vehicle, depress the
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE ∙ When it is not possible to keep the accelerator pedal. When you release the
CONTROL vehicle at a set speed. pedal, the vehicle returns to the previ-
ously set speed.
1. CANCEL switch ∙ In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies
in speed. ∙ The vehicle may not maintain the set
2. RES/+ switch speed when going up or down steep
∙ On winding or hilly roads. hills. If this happens, drive without the
3. SET/- switch
∙ On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.). cruise control.
4. ON/OFF switch ∙ In very windy areas. To cancel the preset speed, use one of the
∙ If the cruise control system malfunc- following three methods:
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
tions, it cancels automatically. control and result in an accident. ∙ Push the CANCEL switch.
The indicator light in the vehicle in-
formation display then blinks to warn ∙ Tap the brake pedal.
the driver. ∙ Push the ON/OFF switch off. The
light in the instrument panel goes out.
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)
(if so equipped)
The cruise control is automatically can- To reset at a slower cruising speed, use WARNING
celed if: one of the following three methods:
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
∙ You depress the brake pedal while ∙ Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the structions for proper use of the ICC sys-
pushing the ACCEL/RES or SET/COAST vehicle attains the desired speed, push tem could result in serious injury or
switch. The preset speed is deleted the COAST/SET switch and release it. death.
from memory.
∙ Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. ∙ The ICC system is only an aid to assist
∙ The vehicle slows down more than Release the switch when the vehicle the driver and is not a collision warn-
8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed. slows to the desired speed. ing or avoidance device. It is the driv-
∙ You move the shift lever to N (Neutral). ∙ Push and release the COAST/SET er’s responsibility to stay alert, drive
switch. Each time you do this, the set safely and be in control of the vehicle
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use at all times.
speed decreases by about 1 mph
one of the following three methods:
(1.6 km/h). ∙ Always observe posted speed limits
∙ Depress the accelerator pedal. When and do not set the speed over them.
To resume the preset speed, push and
the vehicle attains the desired speed,
release the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle ∙ Always drive carefully and attentively
push and release the COAST/SET
returns to the last set cruising speed when when using the ICC system. Read and
switch.
the vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h). understand the Owner’s Manual thor-
∙ Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch. oughly before using the ICC system.
To turn off the cruise control, use one of
When the vehicle attains the speed you To avoid serious injury or death, do
the following three methods:
desire, release the switch. not rely on the system to prevent ac-
∙ Push the CANCEL switch. cidents or to control the vehicle’s
∙ Push and release the ACCEL/RES
switch. Each time you do this, the set ∙ Tap the brake pedal. speed in emergency situations. Do
speed increases by about 1 mph not use the ICC system except in ap-
(1.6 km/h). ∙ Push the ON/OFF switch off. The propriate road and traffic conditions.
light in the instrument panel goes out.

LSD2249
The ICC system is intended to enhance the
operation of the vehicle when following a
vehicle traveling in the same lane and di-
rection.
The ICC system uses a radar sensor 䊊 A
located on the front of the vehicle to detect
vehicles traveling ahead.
If the radar sensor detects a slower moving
vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the
vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows
the vehicle in front at the selected distance.
The detection range of the sensor is ap-
proximately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.
LSD2517

ICC SYSTEM OPERATION warning chime and blink the system dis- The ICC system does not control vehicle
play to notify the driver to take necessary speed or warn you when you approach
The ICC system maintains a selected dis- action. stationary and slow moving vehicles. You
tance from the vehicle in front of you within must pay attention to vehicle operation to
the speed range 0 to 90 mph (0 to For additional information, refer to “Ap-
maintain proper distance from vehicles
144 km/h) up to the set speed. The set proach warning” in this section.
ahead when approaching toll gates or traf-
speed can be selected by the driver be- The following items are controlled in the fic congestion.
tween 20 to 90 mph (32 to 144 km/h), based ICC system:
on road conditions.
∙ When there are no vehicles traveling
The vehicle travels at the set speed when ahead, the ICC system maintains the
the road ahead is clear. speed set by the driver. The set speed
The ICC system is designed to maintain a range is between approximately 20 and
selected distance from the vehicle in front 90 mph (32 and 144 km/h).
of you and can reduce the speed to match ∙ When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,
a slower vehicle ahead. The system will de- the ICC system adjusts the speed to
celerate the vehicle as necessary and if the maintain the distance, selected by the
vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the ve-
decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC hicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle
system can only apply up to 40% of the decelerates to a standstill within the
vehicle’s total braking power. limitations of the system. The system
This system should only be used when traf- will cancel once it judges a standstill
fic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re- with a warning chime.
main fairly constant or when vehicle ∙ When the vehicle traveling ahead has
speeds change gradually. If a vehicle moved out from its lane of travel, the
moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a ICC system accelerates and maintains
vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates, vehicle speed up to the set speed.
the distance between vehicles may be-
come closer because the ICC system can-
not decelerate the vehicle quickly enough.
If this occurs, the ICC system will sound a
Normally when controlling the distance to
a vehicle ahead, this system automatically
accelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-
cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.
Depress the accelerator to properly accel-
erate your vehicle when acceleration is re-
quired for a lane change. Depress the brake
pedal when deceleration is required to
maintain a safe distance to the vehicle
ahead due to its sudden braking or if a
vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when us-
ing the ICC system.
SSD0254 LSD2518
When driving on the freeway at a set speed THE ICC SWITCH
and approaching a slower traveling vehicle
ahead, the ICC system will adjust the speed The system is operated by the CRUISE
to maintain the distance, selected by the ON/OFF switch and four control switches,
driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle all mounted on the steering wheel.
ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway, 1. CANCEL switch:
the ICC system will accelerate and main-
tain the speed up to the set speed. Pay Deactivates the system without eras-
attention to the driving operation to main- ing the set speed.
tain control of the vehicle as it accelerates 2. RES/+ switch:
to the set speed.
Resumes set speed or increases
speed incrementally.

3. SET/- switch: ∙ ICC system warning (orange): Indi-
cates that there is a malfunction in
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
the ICC system.
speed incrementally.
2. Set vehicle speed indicator:
4. DISTANCE switch:
Indicates the set vehicle speed.
Changes the vehicle’s following dis-
tance: For Canadian models, the speed is dis-
played in km/h.
∙ Long
3. Set distance indicator:
∙ Middle
Displays the selected distance be-
∙ Short tween vehicles set with the distance
5. CRUISE ON/OFF switch: switch.
Master switch to activate the system. LSD2285 4. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:
The ICC system display and Indicates whether it detects a vehicle
indicators in front of you.
The display is located between the speed-
ometer and tachometer.
1. CRUISE ON/OFF switch indicator:
∙ ICC system ON indicator (white): In-
dicates that the CRUISE ON/OFF
switch is ON.
∙ ICC system SET indicator (green):
Indicates that the cruising speed is
set.

∙ When the shift lever is not in D (Drive) or
Manual mode
∙ When the parking brake is applied
∙ When the brakes are operated by the
driver
When the SET/– switch is pushed under the
following conditions, the system cannot be
set.
A warning chime will sound and a message
will pop up:
∙ When the VDC system is off (To use the
LSD2519 LSD2520 ICC system, turn on the VDC system.
Push the CRUISE ON/OFF switch to turn
Operating ICC To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve- off the ICC system and reset the ICC
hicle to the desired speed, push the SET/– switch by pushing the CRUISE ON/OFF
To turn on the cruise control, quickly push switch and release it. The ICC system set
and release the CRUISE ON/OFF switch 䊊 A . switch again.)
indicator (green), vehicle ahead detection
The ICC system ON indicator (white), set For additional information about the
indicator, set distance indicator and set ve-
distance indicator and set vehicle speed
indicator come on in a standby state for hicle speed indicator 䊊 B will come on. Take VDC system, refer to “Vehicle Dynamic
your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your Control (VDC) system” in this section.
setting.
vehicle will maintain the set speed. ∙ When ABS or VDC (including the TCS) is
operating
When the SET/– switch is pushed under the
following conditions, the system cannot be ∙ When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC
set and the ICC indicators will blink for ap- system, make sure the wheels are no
proximately 2 seconds: longer slipping. Push the CRUISE
ON/OFF switch to turn off the ICC sys-
∙ When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h) tem, and reset the ICC system by push-
and a vehicle ahead is not detected ing the CRUISE ON/OFF switch again.)
NOTE:
∙ The stop lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the ICC
system.
∙ When the brake operates, a noise may
be heard. This is not a malfunction.
When a vehicle ahead is detected, the ve-
hicle ahead detection indicator comes on.
The ICC system will also display the set
speed and selected distance.
Vehicle ahead not detected
When a vehicle is no longer detected
LSD2288 LSD2289
ahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-
䊊
1 System set display with vehicle ahead ates your vehicle to resume the previously When passing another vehicle, the set
speed indicator 䊊 B will flash when the ve-
䊊
2 System set display without vehicle
set vehicle speed. The ICC system then
maintains the set speed. hicle speed exceeds the set speed. The ve-
ahead hicle detect indicator will turn off when the
When a vehicle is no longer detected, the area ahead of the vehicle is open. When the
Vehicle detected ahead vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off. pedal is released, the vehicle will return to
When a vehicle is detected in the lane If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera- the previously set speed.
ahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve- tion to the set vehicle speed or any time the
hicle by controlling the throttle and apply- Even though your vehicle speed is set in the
ICC system is in operation, the system con- ICC system, you can depress the accelera-
ing the brakes to match the speed of a trols the distance to that vehicle. tor pedal when it is necessary to accelerate
slower vehicle ahead. The system then
When a vehicle is no longer detected under your vehicle rapidly.
controls the vehicle speed based on the
speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the approximately 15 mph (24 km/h), the sys-
tem will be canceled.
driver selected distance.

∙ Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off. The To resume the preset speed, push and
ICC indicators will go out. release the RES/+ switch. The vehicle will
resume the last set cruising speed when
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (32 km/h).
one of the following methods:
∙ Depress the accelerator pedal. When
the vehicle attains the desired speed,
push and release the SET/– switch.
∙ Push and hold the RES/+ switch. The set
vehicle speed will increase by approxi-
mately 5 mph (5 km/h for Canada).
∙ Push, then quickly release the RES/+
switch. Each time you do this, the set
LSD2288
speed will increase by approximately
䊊
1 System set display with vehicle ahead 1 mph (1 km/h for Canada).
䊊
2 System set display without vehicle To reset at a slower cruising speed, use
ahead one of the following methods:
How to change the set vehicle ∙ Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
speed vehicle attains the desired speed, push
the SET/– switch and release it.
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the
following methods: ∙ Push and hold the SET/– switch. The set
vehicle speed will decrease by approxi-
∙ Push the CANCEL switch. The set ve- mately 5 mph (5 km/h for Canada).
hicle speed indicator will go out.
∙ Push, then quickly release the SET/–
∙ Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed indicator will go out. speed will decrease by approximately
1 mph (1 km/h for Canada).
Approach warning
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-
hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the sys-
tem warns the driver with the chime and
ICC system display. Decelerate by depress-
ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe ve-
hicle distance if:
∙ The chime sounds.
∙ The vehicle ahead detection indicator
blinks.
The warning chime may not sound in
LSD2521 LSD2429 some cases when there is a short distance
How to change the set distance Distance Approximate distance at
between vehicles. Some examples are:
to the vehicle ahead 60 mph (100 km/h) [ft (m)] ∙ When the vehicles are traveling at the
1. Long 200 (60) same speed and the distance between
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be vehicles is not changing.
selected at any time depending on the traf- 2. Middle 150 (45)
fic conditions. 3. Short 90 (30) ∙ When the vehicle ahead is traveling
faster and the distance between ve-
Each time the distance switch 䊊A is ∙ The distance to the vehicle ahead will hicles is increasing.
pushed, the set distance will change to change according to the vehicle speed.
long, middle, short and back to long again, The higher the vehicle speed, the longer ∙ When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.
in that sequence. the distance. The warning chime will not sound when:
∙ If the engine is stopped, the set distance ∙ The vehicle approaches other vehicles
becomes “long.” (Each time the engine that are parked or moving slowly.
is started, the initial setting becomes
“long.”) ∙ The accelerator pedal is depressed,
overriding the system.
NOTE:
The approach warning chime may sound
and the system display may blink when
the ICC sensor detects objects on the
side of the vehicle or on the side of the
road. This may cause the ICC system to
decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The
ICC sensor may detect these objects
when the vehicle is driven on winding
roads, narrow roads, hilly roads, or when
entering or exiting a curve. In these
cases you will have to manually control
the proper distance ahead of your ve-
hicle.
SSD0252
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af-
fected by vehicle operation (steering ICC SYSTEM LIMITATIONS ∙ The ICC system will not adapt auto-
maneuver or driving position in the lane) matically to road conditions. This sys-
or traffic or vehicle condition (for ex- WARNING tem should be used in evenly flowing
ample, if a vehicle is being driven with Listed below are the system limitations traffic. Do not use the system on roads
some damage). for the ICC system. Failure to operate with sharp curves, or on icy roads, in
the vehicle in accordance with these heavy rain or in fog.
∙ The ICC system is primarily intended
for use on straight, dry, open roads
with light traffic. It is not advisable to
use the ICC system in city traffic or
congested areas.

∙ As there is a performance limit to the ∙ The system may not detect the ve- – Interference by other radar
distance control function, never rely hicle in front of you in certain road or sources
solely on the ICC system. This system weather conditions. To avoid acci-
∙ Do not use the ICC system if you are
does not correct careless, inattentive dents, never use the ICC system under
towing a trailer. The system may not
or absentminded driving, or over- the following conditions:
detect a vehicle ahead.
come poor visibility in rain, fog, or
– On roads where the traffic is heavy
other bad weather. Decelerate the ve- ∙ In some road or traffic conditions, a
or there are sharp curves
hicle speed by depressing the brake vehicle or object can unexpectedly
pedal, depending on the distance to – On slippery road surfaces such as come into the sensor detection zone
the vehicle ahead and the surround- on ice or snow, etc. and cause automatic braking. Always
ing circumstances in order to main- stay alert and avoid using the ICC sys-
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
tain a safe distance between vehicles. tem where not recommended in this
snow, etc.)
warning section.
∙ If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, – When rain, snow or dirt adhere to
the vehicle decelerates to a standstill the bumper around the distance The radar sensor will not detect the follow-
within the limitations of the system. sensor ing objects:
The system will cancel once it judges
that the vehicle has come to a stand- – On steep downhill roads (the ve- ∙ Stationary and slow moving vehicles
still and sound a warning chime. To hicle may go beyond the set ve-
∙ Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
prevent the vehicle from moving, the hicle speed and frequent braking
driver must depress the brake pedal. may result in overheating the ∙ Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
brakes)
∙ Always pay attention to the operation ∙ Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel
of the vehicle and be ready to manu- – On repeated uphill and downhill lane
ally control the proper following dis- roads
tance. The ICC system may not be able The following are some conditions in which
– When traffic conditions make it dif- the sensor cannot properly detect a ve-
to maintain the selected distance be- ficult to keep a proper distance be-
tween vehicles (following distance) or hicle ahead and the system may not oper-
tween vehicles because of fre-
selected vehicle speed under some ate properly:
quent acceleration or deceleration
circumstances. ∙ When snow or road spray from traveling
vehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.

∙ When excessively heavy baggage is
loaded in the rear seat or the liftgate of
your vehicle.
The ICC system is designed to automati-
cally check the sensor’s operation within
the limitations of the system.
The detection zone of the ICC sensor is
limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the de-
tection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance detection mode to maintain the se-
lected distance from the vehicle ahead.
A vehicle ahead may move outside of the
detection zone due to its position within
the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may SSD0253
not be detected in the same lane ahead if When driving on some roads, such as wind- If this occurs, the ICC system may warn
they are traveling offset from the centerline ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads you by blinking the system indicator and
of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the which are under construction, the ICC sen- sounding the chime unexpectedly. You
lane ahead may not be detected until the sor may detect vehicles in a different lane, will have to manually control the proper
vehicle has completely moved into the or may temporarily not detect a vehicle distance away from the vehicle traveling
lane. traveling ahead. This may cause the ICC ahead.
system to decelerate or accelerate the ve-
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn hicle.
you by blinking the system indicator and
sounding the chime. The driver may The detection of vehicles may also be af-
have to manually control the proper dis- fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-
tance away from the vehicle traveling neuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.)
ahead. or vehicle condition.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
The following are conditions in which the
ICC system may be temporarily unavail-
able. In these instances, the ICC system
may cancel and may not be able to main-
tain the selected following distance from
the vehicle ahead.
Condition A
Under the following conditions, the ICC sys-
tem is automatically canceled. A chime will
sound and the system will not be able to be
set:
∙ When the VDC system is turned off
∙ When ABS or VDC (including the TCS) is
operating
∙ When a vehicle ahead is not detected
and your vehicle is traveling below the
speed of 15 mph (24 km/h)
∙ When the system judges the vehicle is
at a standstill
∙ When the shift lever is not in D (Drive) or
Manual mode
∙ When the parking brake is applied
LSD2522
∙ When a wheel slips
Action to take Condition C
When the conditions listed above are no When the ICC system is not operating
longer present, turn the system off using properly, a chime sounds and the system
the CRUISE ON/OFF switch. Turn the ICC warning light (orange) will come on.
system back on to use the system.
Condition B
When the radar sensor area of the front
bumper is covered with dirt or is ob-
structed, the ICC system will automatically
be canceled. If the sensor area is covered
with ice, a transparent or translucent vinyl
bag, etc., the ICC system may not detect
vehicles ahead. In these instances, the ICC
system may not cancel and may not be LSD2411
able to maintain the selected following dis- Action to take
tance from the vehicle ahead. Be sure to If the warning light (orange) comes on, park
check and clean the sensor area. the vehicle in a safe location and turn the
The system warning light (orange) will illu- engine off. Check to see if the sensor area
minate and the “Unavailable: Front Radar of the front bumper is blocked. If the sensor
Obstruction” warning message will appear area of the front bumper is blocked, re-
in the vehicle information display. move the blocking material. Restart the
engine. If the warning light continues to
When driving on roads with limited road illuminate, have the ICC system checked. It
structures or bridges (for example, long is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to dealer for this service.
long walls), the system may illuminate the
system warning light (orange) and display
the “Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction”
message.

∙ Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
parent material) or install an accessory
near the sensor. This could cause failure
or malfunction.
∙ Do not attach metallic objects near the
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This
could cause failure or malfunction.
∙ Do not alter, remove, or paint the front
bumper. Before customizing or restor-
ing the front bumper, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.
Radio frequency statement
LSD2395 LSD2249 FCC Notice
Action to take SYSTEM MAINTENANCE For USA
If the warning light comes on, park the ve- The sensor for the ICC system 䊊
A is located This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
hicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, on the front of the vehicle. Rules.
restart the engine, resume driving and set
the ICC system again. To keep the ICC system operating properly, Operation is subject to the following two
be sure to observe the following: conditions:
If it is not possible to set the system or
the indicator stays on, it may indicate ∙ Always keep the sensor area clean. 1. This device may not cause harmful in-
that the system is malfunctioning. Al- terference, and
though the vehicle is still drivable under ∙ Do not strike or damage the areas
around the sensor. Do not touch or re- 2. This device must accept any interfer-
normal conditions, have the vehicle ence received, including interference
checked. It is recommended that you move the screw located on the sensor.
Doing so could cause failure or mal- that may cause undesired operation.
function. If the sensor is damaged due
to an accident, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN dealer.
AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING
(AEB)
FCC Warning This equipment should be installed and WARNING

operated with minimum distance of 20 cm
Changes or modifications not expressly between the radiator and your body. Failure to follow the warnings and in-
approved by the party responsible for structions for proper use of the AEB
compliance could void the user’s authority The transmitter must not be co-located or system could result in serious injury or
to operate the equipment. operating in conjunction with any other an- death.
tenna or transmitter.
This equipment has been tested and found ∙ The AEB system is a supplemental aid
to comply with the limits for a Class A digi- For Canada to the driver. It is not a replacement
tal device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC This device complies with Industry Canada for the driver’s attention to traffic
Rules. These limits are designed to provide licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation conditions or responsibility to drive
reasonable protection against harmful in- is subject to the following two conditions: safely. It cannot prevent accidents
terference when the equipment is oper- due to carelessness or dangerous
1. This device may not cause interference, driving techniques.
ated in a commercial environment. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radi- 2. This device must accept any interfer- ∙ The AEB system does not function in
ate radio frequency energy and, if not in- ence, including interference that may all driving, traffic, weather and road
stalled and used in accordance with the cause undesired operation of the de- conditions.
instruction manual, may cause harmful in- vice.
The AEB system can assist the driver when
terference to radio communications. Op-
there is a risk of a forward collision with the
eration of this equipment in a residential
vehicle ahead in the traveling lane.
area is likely to cause harmful interference
in which case the user will be required to
correct the interference at his own ex-
pense.
Radio frequency radiation exposure infor-
mation:
This equipment complies with FCC radia-
tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-
trolled environment.

LSD2249
The AEB system uses a radar sensor 䊊 A
located behind the lower grille of the front
bumper to measure the distance to the
vehicle ahead in the same lane.
LSD2775

1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator NOTE: If the AEB system has stopped the vehicle,
the vehicle will remain at a standstill for
2. AEB warning indicator The vehicle’s brake lights come on when
approximately 2 seconds before the
braking is performed by the AEB system.
3. AEB system warning light brakes are released.
Depending on vehicle speed and distance
AEB SYSTEM OPERATION to the vehicle ahead, as well as driving and
roadway conditions, the system may help
The AEB system will function when your
the driver avoid a forward collision or may
vehicle is driven at speeds above approxi-
help mitigate the consequences of a colli-
mately 3 mph (5 km/h). sion, should one be unavoidable. If the
If a risk of a forward collision is detected, driver is handling the steering wheel, accel-
the AEB system will provide an initial warn- erating or braking, the AEB system will
ing to the driver by both a visual and au- function later or will not function.
dible alert. The automatic braking will cease under the
If the driver applies the brakes quickly and following conditions:
forcefully after the warning, and the AEB ∙ When the steering wheel is turned as far
system detects that there is still the possi- as necessary to avoid a collision.
bility of a forward collision, the system will
∙ When the accelerator pedal is de-
automatically increase the braking force. If
pressed.
the driver does not take action, the AEB
system issues the second visual warning ∙ When there is no longer a vehicle de-
(red) and audible warning and also applies tected ahead.
partial braking.
If the risk of a collision becomes imminent,
the AEB system applies harder braking au-
tomatically.

TURNING THE AEB SYSTEM
ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the AEB
system on or off.
2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press
the OK button.
3. Select “System” and press the OK but-
ton.
When the AEB system is turned off, the AEB
system warning light illuminates.
NOTE:
∙ The AEB system will be automatically
turned on when the engine is re-
started.
∙ The I-FCW system is integrated into
the AEB system. There is not a sepa-
tion display for the I-FCW system.
When the AEB is turned off, the I–FCW
system is also turned off.
LSD2525

AEB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS – Dirt, ice, snow or other material ∙ The system is designed to automati-
covering the radar sensor. cally check the sensor’s functionality,
WARNING within certain limitations. The system
– Interference by other radar
Listed below are the system limitations may not detect some forms of ob-
sources.
for the AEB system. Failure to operate structions of the sensor area such as
the vehicle in accordance with these – Snow or road spray from traveling ice, snow, stickers, etc. In these cases,
system limitations could result in seri- vehicles. the system may not be able to warn
ous injury or death. – If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g., the driver properly. Be sure that you
motorcycle). check, clean and clear the sensor area
∙ The AEB system cannot detect all ve- regularly.
hicles under all conditions. – When driving on a steep downhill
slope or roads with sharp curves. ∙ Excessive noise will interfere with the
∙ The radar sensor does not detect the warning chime sound, and the chime
following objects: ∙ In some road or traffic conditions, the may not be heard.
– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles AEB system may unexpectedly apply
in the roadway. partial braking. When acceleration is
necessary, continue to depress the
– Oncoming vehicles. accelerator pedal to override the
– Crossing vehicles. system.
∙ The radar sensor has some perfor- ∙ Braking distances increase on slip-
mance limitations. If a stationary ve- pery surfaces.
hicle is in the vehicle’s path, the AEB
system will not function when the ve-
hicle is driven at speeds over approxi-
mately 50 mph (80 km/h).
∙ The radar sensor may not detect a ve-
hicle ahead in the following
conditions:

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
When the radar sensor picks up interfer-
ence from another radar source, making it
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the
AEB system is automatically turned off.
The AEB system warning light (orange) will
illuminate.
Action to take
the AEB system will resume automatically.
Condition B
When the sensor area of the front bumper
is covered with dirt or is obstructed, mak-
ing it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead,
the AEB system is automatically turned off.
illuminate and the “Unavailable: Front Ra-
dar Obstruction” warning message will ap-
pear in the vehicle information display.
When driving on roads with limited road struc-
tures or buildings (for example, long bridges,
deserts, snow fields, driving next to long walls),
the system may illuminate the system warn-
ing light (orange) and display the “Unavailable:
LSD2526
Front Radar Obstruction” message.
Action to take ∙ Do not attach metallic objects near the
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop
could cause failure or malfunction.
the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift
lever in the P (Park) position and turn the ∙ Do not alter, remove or paint the front
engine off. Clean the radar cover on the bumper. Before customizing or restor-
lower grille with a soft cloth, and restart the ing the front bumper, it is recom-
engine. If the warning light continues to mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.
illuminate, have the AEB system checked. It
is recommended that you visit a NISSAN FCC Notice
dealer for this service. For USA
NOTE: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following
If the AEB system stops working, the two conditions:
I-FCW system will also stop working.
LSD2249
1. This device may not cause harmful in-
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE terference, and
If the AEB system malfunctions, it will be The sensor 䊊
A is located on the front of the 2. This device must accept any interfer-
turned off automatically, a chime will sound, vehicle. ence received, including interference
the AEB warning light (orange) will illuminate that may cause undesired operation.
and the warning message [Malfunction] will To keep the system operating properly, be
appear in the vehicle information display. sure to observe the following: FCC Warning
Action to take ∙ Always keep the sensor area of the front Changes or modifications made to this
bumper clean. equipment not expressly approved by the
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop party responsible for compliance could
the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine ∙ Do not strike or damage the areas void the user’s authority to operate the
off and restart the engine. If the warning light around the sensor. equipment.
continues to illuminate, have the AEB system ∙ Do not cover or attach stickers or simi-
checked. It is recommended that you visit a lar objects on the front bumper near
NISSAN dealer for this service. the sensor area. This could cause failure
or malfunction.
INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISION
WARNING (I-FCW)
For Canada WARNING

This device complies with Industry Canada Failure to follow the warnings and in-
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation structions for proper use of the I-FCW
is subject to the following two conditions: system could result in serious injury or
1. This device may not cause interference, death.
2. This device must accept any interfer- ∙ The I-FCW system can help warn the
ence, including interference that may driver before a collision occurs but will
cause undesired operation of the de- not avoid a collision. It is the driver’s
vice. responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely and be in control of the vehicle
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR at all times.
d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-
eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation The I-FCW system can help alert the driver
est autorisée aux deux conditions suiv- when there is a sudden braking of a second LSD2249
vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle
antes: (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor 䊊 A
brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil ahead in the same lane.
located behind the lower grille of the front
doit accepter tout brouillage radioélec- bumper to measure the distance to the
trique subi, même si le brouillage est sus- vehicle ahead in the same lane.
ceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionne-
ment.

1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
2. AEB system warning light
LSD2524

LSD2263
I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATION

The I-FCW system operates at speeds
above approximately 3 mph (5 km/h).
If there is a potential risk of a forward colli-
sion, the I-FCW system will warn the driver
by blinking the vehicle ahead detection in-
dicator, and sounding an audible alert.

TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM
ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the
I-FCW system on or off.
2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press
the OK button.
3. Select “System” and press the OK but-
ton.
When the I-FCW system is turned off, the
AEB system warning light illuminates.
NOTE:
∙ The I-FCW system will be automati-
cally turned on when the engine is
restarted.
∙ The I-FCW system is integrated into
the AEB system. There is not a sepa-
tion display for the I-FCW system.
When the AEB is turned off, the I-FCW
system is also turned off.
LSD2525

LSD2312
Illustration A
I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

LSD2265
Illustration B
WARNING – Oncoming vehicles – Interference by other radar
sources.
Listed below are the system limitations – Crossing vehicles
for the I-FCW system. Failure to operate – Snow or road spray from traveling
∙ (Illustration A) The I-FCW system does
the vehicle in accordance with these vehicles.
not function when a vehicle ahead is a
narrow vehicle, such as a motorcycle. – Driving in a tunnel
∙ The radar sensor may not detect a ve- – (Illustration B) When the vehicle
∙ The I-FCW system cannot detect all
hicle ahead in the following ahead is being towed.
vehicles under all conditions.
conditions:
– (Illustration C) When the distance
∙ The radar sensor does not detect the
– Snow or heavy rain to the vehicle ahead is too close,
following objects:
the beam of the radar sensor is
– Dirt, ice, snow or other material
– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles obstructed.
covering the radar sensor.
in the roadway

– (Illustration D) When driving on a
steep downhill slope or roads with
sharp curves.
∙ The system is designed to automati-
cally check the sensor’s functionality,
within certain limitations. The system
may not detect some forms of ob-
struction of the sensor area such as
ice, snow, stickers, etc. In these cases,
the system may not be able to warn
the driver properly. Be sure that you
check, clean and clear the sensor area
regularly.
∙ Excessive noise will interfere with the
warning chime sound, and the chime
may not be heard.

LSD2266
Illustration C

LSD2313
Illustration D

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
When the radar sensor picks up interfer-
ence from another radar source, making it
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the
I-FCW system is automatically turned off.
illuminate.
Action to take
the I-FCW system will resume automati-
cally.
Condition B
When the sensor area of the front bumper
is covered with dirt or is obstructed, mak-
ing it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead,
the I-FCW system is automatically turned
off.
illuminate and the “Unavailable: Front Ra-
dar Obstruction” warning message will ap-
pear in the vehicle information display.
When driving on roads with limited road
structures or buildings (for example, long
LSD2526
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to
long walls), the system may illuminate the Action to take
system warning light (orange) and display
the “Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction”
the vehicle in a safe location, turn the en-
message.
gine off and restart the engine. If the warn-
Action to take ing light continues to illuminate, have the
I-FCW system checked. It is recommended
the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift
lever in the P (Park) position and turn the
engine off. Clean the radar cover on the
lower grille with a soft cloth, and restart the
engine. If the warning light continues to
illuminate, have the I-FCW system checked.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
dealer for this service. LSD2249
NOTE: SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

If the AEB system stops working, the The sensor 䊊 A is located behind the lower
I-FCW system will also stop working. grille of the front bumper.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION To keep the system operating properly, be

sure to observe the following:
If the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will be
turned off automatically, a chime will ∙ Always keep the sensor area of the front
sound, the AEB system warning light (or- bumper clean.
ange) will illuminate and the warning mes- ∙ Do not strike or damage the areas
sage [Malfunction] will appear in the vehicle around the sensor.
information display.
∙ Do not cover or attach stickers or simi-
lar objects on the front bumper near
the sensor area. This could cause failure
or malfunction.
∙ Do not attach metallic objects near the User Manual statement according to This equipment should be installed and
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This §15.105: operated with minimum distance of 20 cm
could cause failure or malfunction. between the radiator and your body.
This equipment has been tested and found
∙ Do not alter, remove or paint the front to comply with the limits for a Class A digi- This transmitter must not be co-located or
bumper. Before customizing or restor- tal device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC operating in conjunction with any other an-
ing the front bumper, it is recom- Rules. These limits are designed to provide tenna or transmitter.
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer. reasonable protection against harmful in- For Canada
terference when the equipment is oper-
FCC Notice This device complies with Industry Canada
ated in a commercial environment. This
For USA equipment generates, uses, and can radi- licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
ate radio frequency energy and, if not in-
User Manual statement according to §15.19:
stalled and used in accordance with the 1. This device may not cause interference,
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC instruction manual, may cause harmful in-
2. This device must accept any interfer-
Rules. terference to radio communications. Op- ence, including interference that may
eration of this equipment in a residential cause undesired operation of the de-
area is likely to cause harmful interference vice.
conditions:
in which case the user will be required to
1. This device may not cause harmful incorrect the interference at his own ex- Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR
terference, and pense. d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-
eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation
2. This device must accept any interfer- RF Exposure Information according 2.1091 / est autorisée aux deux conditions suiv-
ence received, including interference 2.1093 / OET bulletin 65: antes: (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de
that may cause undesired operation. brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil
Radio frequency radiation exposure infor-
doit accepter tout brouillage radioélec-
User Manual statement according to §15.21: mation: trique subi, même si le brouillage est sus-
Changes or modifications made to this This equipment complies with FCC radia- ceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionne-
equipment not expressly approved by Rob- tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon- ment.
ert BOSCH GmbH may void the FCC autho- trolled environment.
rization to operate this equipment.

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS
(I-DA) (if so equipped)
WARNING The I–DA system helps alert the driver if the

system detects a lack of attention or driv-
Failure to follow the warnings and in- ing fatigue.
structions for proper use of the I-DA
system could result in serious injury or The system monitors driving style and
death. steering behavior over a period of time,
and it detects changes from the normal
∙ The I–DA system is only a warning to pattern. If the system detects that driver
inform the driver of a potential lack of attention is decreasing over a period of
driver attention or drowsiness. It will time, the system uses audible and visual
not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of warnings to suggest that the driver take a
control. break.
∙ The I–DA system does not detect and
provide an alert of the driver’s lack of
attention or fatigue in every situation. LSD2974
∙ It is the driver’s responsibility to: INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS
∙ stay alert, SYSTEM OPERATION
∙ drive safely, If the system detects driver fatigue or that
driver attention is decreasing, the mes-
∙ keep the vehicle in the traveling sage “Take a break?” appears in the vehicle
lane, information display and a chime sounds
∙ be in control of the vehicle at all when the vehicle is driven at speeds above
times, 37 mph (60 km/h).
∙ avoid driving when tired, The system continuously monitors driver
attention and can provide multiple warn-
∙ avoid distractions (texting, etc). ings per trip.
The system resets and starts reassessing
driving style and steering behavior when the
ignition switch is cycled from the ON to the
OFF position and back to the ON position.
(I-DA) SYSTEM
disable the I–DA system.
play and press the OK button. Use
2. Select “Driver Attention Alert” and press
the OK button.
NOTE:
The setting will be retained even if the
engine is restarted.
(I-DA) SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
for the I–DA system. Failure to operate
LSD2525

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE
∙ The I-DA system may not operate CAUTION

properly and may not provide an alert
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),
in the following conditions:
follow these recommendations to ob-
– Poor road conditions such as an tain maximum engine performance
uneven road surface or pot holes. and ensure the future reliability and
economy of your new vehicle. Failure to
– Strong side wind.
follow these recommendations may re-
– If you have adopted a sporty driv- sult in shortened engine life and re-
ing style with higher cornering duced engine performance.
speeds or higher rates of
acceleration. ∙ Avoid driving for long periods at con-
stant speed, either fast or slow, and do
– Frequent lane changes or changes not run the engine over 4,000 RPM.
to vehicle speed.
LIC3125 ∙ Do not accelerate at full throttle in any
∙ The I–DA system will not provide an gear.
alert in the following conditions: System malfunction
If the Intelligent Driver Alertness system ∙ Avoid quick starts.
– Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph
malfunctions, the system warning mes- ∙ Avoid hard braking as much as pos-
(60 km/h).
sage will appear in the vehicle information sible.
– Short lapses of attention. display and the function will be stopped
automatically. ∙ Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles
– Instantaneous distractions such (805 kilometers). Your engine, axle or
as dropping an object. Action to take other parts could be damaged.
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
vehicle in P (Park) position, turn the engine
off and restart the engine. If the system
warning message continues to appear,
have the system checked. It is recom-
this service.

FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS
Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient ∙ Above 40 mph (64 km/h), it is more ∙ Cruise control is particularly effective
Driving Tips to help you achieve the most efficient to use A/C to cool the vehicle in providing fuel savings when driving
fuel economy from your vehicle. due to increased aerodynamic drag. on flat terrains.
1. Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake ∙ Recirculating the cool air in the cabin 6. Plan for the Shortest Route
Pedal Application when the A/C is on reduces cooling
∙ Utilize a map or navigation system to
load.
∙ Avoid rapid starts and stops. determine the best route to save
4. Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis- time.
∙ Use smooth, gentle accelerator and
tances 7. Avoid Idling
brake application whenever possible.
∙ Observing the speed limit and not ∙ Shutting off your engine when safe
∙ Maintain constant speed while com-
exceeding 60 mph (97 km/h) (where for stops exceeding 30–60 seconds
muting and coast whenever pos-
legally allowed) can improve fuel effi- saves fuel and reduces emissions.
sible.
ciency due to reduced aerodynamic
2. Maintain Constant Speed drag. 8. Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads
∙ Look ahead to try and anticipate and ∙ Maintaining a safe following distance ∙ Automated passes permit drivers to
use special lanes to maintain cruis-
minimize stops. behind other vehicles reduces un-
ing speed through the toll and avoid
necessary braking.
∙ Synchronizing your speed with traffic stopping and starting.
lights allows you to reduce your num- ∙ Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate 9. Winter Warm Up
ber of stops. changes in speed permits reduced
braking and smooth acceleration ∙ Limit idling time to minimize impact
∙ Maintaining a steady speed can mini- to fuel economy.
changes.
mize red light stops and improve fuel
efficiency. ∙ Select a gear range suitable to road ∙ Vehicles typically need no more than
conditions. 30 seconds of idling at start-up to
3. Use Air Conditioning (A/C) at Higher effectively circulate the engine oil be-
Vehicle Speeds 5. Use Cruise Control fore driving.
∙ Below 40 mph (64 km/h), it is more ∙ Using cruise control during highway ∙ Your vehicle will reach its ideal oper-
efficient to open windows to cool the driving helps maintain a steady ating temperature more quickly
vehicle due to reduced engine load. speed. while driving versus idling.
INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if so
equipped)
10. Keeping your Vehicle Cool ∙ Keep your engine tuned up. If any malfunction occurs in the AWD sys-
tem while the engine is running, messages
∙ Park your vehicle in a covered parking ∙ Follow the recommended scheduled
are displayed in the meter.
area or in the shade whenever pos- maintenance.
sible.
∙ Keep the tires inflated to the correct
∙ When entering a hot vehicle, opening pressure. Low tire pressure increases
the windows will help to reduce the tire wear and lowers fuel economy.
inside temperature faster, resulting in
∙ Keep all the wheels in correct align-
reduced demand on your A/C sys-
ment. Improper alignment increases
tem.
tire wear and lowers fuel economy.
∙ Use the recommended viscosity engine
oil. For additional information, refer to
“Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-
tions” in the “Technical and consumer

LSD2528 LSD2529 LSD2530
If the AWD error warning message is dis- The AWD high temperature message may The tire size message may be displayed if
played, there may be a malfunction in the be displayed while trying to free a stuck there is a large difference between the di-
AWD system. Reduce vehicle speed and vehicle due to increased oil temperature. ameters of front and rear wheels. Pull off
have your vehicle checked. It is recom- The driving mode may change to 2-wheel the road in a safe area, with the engine
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer as drive. If this message is displayed, stop the idling. Check that all tire sizes are the same,
soon as possible. vehicle with the engine idling, as soon as it that the tire pressure is correct and that
is safe to do so. Then if the message turns the tires are not excessively worn.
off, you can continue driving.
If any warning messages continue to be
displayed, have your vehicle checked. It is
dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING CAUTION ∙ If the tire size incorrect message is
displayed while you are driving, pull
∙ Do not drive beyond the performance ∙ Do not operate the engine on a free
off the road in a safe area with the
capability of the tires. Accelerating roller when any of the wheels are
engine idling. Check that all tire sizes
quickly, sharp steering maneuvers or raised.
are the same, that the tire pressure is
sudden braking may cause loss of
∙ If you use the free roller, rotate four correct and that the tires are not ex-
control, even with AWD engaged.
wheels with the same speed without cessively worn.
∙ For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at- raising any wheels.
∙ If a warning message continues to be
tempt to raise two wheels off the
∙ If an AWD warning message is dis- displayed after the above operations,
ground and shift the transmission to
played while driving there may be a have your vehicle checked as soon as
any drive or reverse position with the
malfunction in the AWD system. Re- possible. It is recommended that you
engine running. Doing so may result
duce the vehicle speed immediately visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
in drivetrain damage or unexpected
and have your vehicle checked. It is
vehicle movement which could result
in serious personal injury or vehicle
dealer as soon as possible.
damage.
∙ The powertrain may be damaged if
∙ Do not attempt to test an AWD
you continue driving when the AWD
equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dyna-
temperature or tire size incorrect
mometer (such as the dynamometers
messages are displayed
used by some states for emissions
testing) or similar equipment even if ∙ If the AWD high temperature message
the other two wheels are raised off the is displayed while you are driving, pull
ground. Make sure that you inform the off the road in a safe area, and idle the
test facility personnel that your vehicle engine. The driving mode will change
is equipped with AWD before it is placed to 2WD to prevent the AWD system
on a dynamometer. Using the wrong from malfunctioning. If the warning
test equipment may result in drivetrain message turns off, you can drive
damage or unexpected vehicle move- again.
ment which could result in serious per-
sonal injury or vehicle damage.

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

vehicle and/or its systems, do not
assistance of others or pets unat-
tended in your vehicle. Additionally,
hicle on a warm day can quickly be-
come high enough to cause a signifi-
cant risk of injury or death to people
and pets.
1. Firmly apply the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-
WSD0050
sition.
WARNING ∙ Safe parking procedures require that 3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling
both the parking brake be set and the
∙ Do not stop or park the vehicle over into traffic when parked on an incline, it
transmission placed into P (Park). Fail-
flammable materials such as dry is a good practice to turn the wheels as
ure to do so could cause the vehicle to
grass, waste paper or rags. They may illustrated.
move unexpectedly or roll away and
ignite and cause a fire.
result in an accident. Make sure the ∙ HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB 䊊
A :
shift lever has been pushed as far for-
Turn the wheels into the curb and
ward as it can go and cannot be
move the vehicle forward until the curb
moved without depressing the foot
side wheel gently touches the curb.
brake pedal.
∙ HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB 䊊
B:
∙ Never leave the engine running while
the vehicle is unattended. Turn the wheels away from the curb
and move the vehicle back until the
curb side wheel gently touches the
curb.
POWER STEERING
∙ HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO WARNING erations that could cause the power steer-
CURB 䊊
C : ing system to overheat.
∙ If the engine is not running or is
Turn the wheels toward the side of the turned off while driving, the power as- You may hear a sound when the steering
road so the vehicle will move away sist for the steering will not work. wheel is operated quickly. However, this is
from the center of the road if it moves. Steering will be harder to operate. not a malfunction.
4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK ∙ When the power steering warning If the power steering warning light illumi-
position. light illuminates with the engine run- nates while the engine is running, it may
ning, there will be no power assist for indicate the power steering system is not
the steering. You will still have control functioning properly and may need servic-
of the vehicle, but the steering will be ing. Have the power steering system
harder to operate. Have the power checked. It is recommended that you visit a
steering system checked. It is recom- NISSAN dealer for this service.
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illu-
for this service. minates with the engine running, there will
The power steering system is designed to be no power assist for the steering, but you
provide power assist while driving to oper- will still have control of the vehicle. At this
ate the steering wheel with light force. time, greater steering effort is required to
operate the steering wheel, especially in
When the steering wheel is operated re- sharp turns and at low speeds.
peatedly or continuously while parking or
driving at a very low speed, the power as- For additional information, refer to “Power
sist for the steering wheel will be reduced. steering warning light” in the “Instruments
This is to prevent overheating of the power and controls” section of this manual.
steering system and protect it from getting
damaged. While the power assist is re-
duced, steering wheel operation will be-
come heavy. When the temperature of the
power steering system goes down, the
power assist level will return to normal.
Avoid repeating such steering wheel op-
BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system has two separate hy- WARNING shoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced,
draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, in order to assure the best braking perfor-
you will still have braking at two wheels. ∙ While driving on a slippery surface, be mance.
careful when braking, accelerating or
BRAKE PRECAUTIONS downshifting. Abrupt braking or ac- This procedure is described in the vehicle
celerating could cause the wheels to service manual. It is recommended that
Vacuum assisted brakes skid and result in an accident. you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
The brake booster aids braking by using ∙ If the engine is not running or is ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you turned off while driving, the power as-
can stop the vehicle by depressing the sist for the brakes will not work. Brak- WARNING
brake pedal. However, greater foot pres- ing will be harder.
sure on the brake pedal will be required to ∙ The ABS is a sophisticated device, but
stop the vehicle and stopping distance will Wet brakes it cannot prevent accidents resulting
from careless or dangerous driving
be longer. When the vehicle is washed or driven techniques. It can help maintain ve-
Using the brakes through water, the brakes may get wet. As hicle control during braking on slip-
a result, your braking distance will be lon- pery surfaces. Remember that stop-
Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal ger and the vehicle may pull to one side ping distances on slippery surfaces
while driving. This will overheat the brakes, during braking. will be longer than on normal sur-
wear out the brake pads faster, and reduce faces even with ABS. Stopping dis-
To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe
gas mileage. tances may also be longer on rough,
speed while lightly pressing the brake
gravel or snow covered roads, or if you
To help reduce brake wear and to prevent pedal to heat up the brakes. Do this until are using tire chains. Always maintain
the brakes from overheating, reduce speed the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving a safe distance from the vehicle in
and downshift to a lower gear before going the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes front of you. Ultimately, the driver is
down a slope or long grade. Overheated function correctly. responsible for safety.
brakes may reduce braking performance
and could result in loss of vehicle control. Parking brake break-in ∙ Tire type and condition may also af-
fect braking effectiveness.
Break in the parking brake shoes whenever
the stopping effect of the parking brake is
weakened or whenever the parking brake
– When replacing tires, install the Anti-lock Braking System will operate to Normal operation
specified size of tires on all four prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer
the vehicle to avoid obstacles. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) oper-
wheels. ates at speeds above 3 - 6 mph (5 -
– When installing a spare tire, make WARNING 10 km/h). The speed varies according to
sure that it is the proper size and road conditions.
type as specified on the Tire and Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so
Loading Information label. For ad- may result in increased stopping When the ABS senses that one or more
ditional information, refer to “Tire distances. wheels are close to locking up, the actuator
and Loading Information label” in rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-
Self-test feature sure. This action is similar to pumping the
the “Technical and consumer infor-
mation” section of this manual. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) in- brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsa-
cludes electronic sensors, electric pumps, tion in the brake pedal and hear a noise
– For additional information, refer to
hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The from under the hood or feel a vibration
“Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-
computer has a built-in diagnostic feature from the actuator when it is operating. This
yourself ” section of this manual.
that tests the system each time you start is normal and indicates that the ABS is op-
The ABS controls the brakes so the wheels the engine and move the vehicle at a low erating properly. However, the pulsation
do not lock during hard braking or when speed in forward or reverse. When the self- may indicate that road conditions are haz-
braking on slippery surfaces. The system test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise ardous and extra care is required while
detects the rotation speed at each wheel and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. driving.
and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre- This is normal and does not indicate a mal-
vent each wheel from locking and sliding. function. If the computer senses a mal- BRAKE ASSIST
By preventing each wheel from locking, the function, it switches the ABS off and illumi-
nates the ABS warning light on the When the force applied to the brake pedal
system helps the driver maintain steering exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is
control and helps to minimize swerving instrument panel. The brake system then
operates normally, but without anti-lock activated generating greater braking force
and spinning on slippery surfaces.
assistance. than a conventional brake booster even
Using the system with light pedal force.
If the ABS warning light illuminates during
Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. the self-test or while driving, have the ve-
Depress the brake pedal with firm steady hicle checked. It is recommended that you
pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
SYSTEM
WARNING The VDC system uses various sensors to When the VDC system operates, the
monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion. indicator in the instrument panel flashes
The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist Under certain driving conditions, the VDC so note the following:
braking operation and is not a collision system helps to perform the following
warning or avoidance device. It is the functions: ∙ The road may be slippery or the system
driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive may determine some action is required
safely and be in control of the vehicle at ∙ Controls brake pressure to reduce to help keep the vehicle on the steered
all times. wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel path.
so power is transferred to a non-
slipping drive wheel on the same axle. ∙ You may feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal and hear a noise or vibration from
∙ Controls brake pressure and engine under the hood. This is normal and indi-
output to reduce drive wheel slip based cates that the VDC system is working
on vehicle speed (traction control func- properly.
tion).
∙ Adjust your speed and driving to the
∙ Controls brake pressure at individual road conditions.
wheels and engine output to help the For additional information, refer to “Slip in-
driver maintain control of the vehicle in dicator light” and “Vehicle Dynamic Control
the following conditions: (VDC) OFF indicator light” in the “Instru-
– Understeer (vehicle tends to not fol- ments and controls” section of this manual.
low the steered path despite in- If a malfunction occurs in the system,
creased steering input)
the and indicator lights come
– Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due on in the instrument panel. The VDC sys-
to certain road or driving conditions) tem automatically turns off when these in-
dicator lights are on.
The VDC system can help the driver to
maintain control of the vehicle, but it can- The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the
not prevent loss of vehicle control in all driv- VDC system. The indicator and the
ing situations. AEB system warning light illuminates to in-
dicate the VDC system is off.
When the VDC switch is used to turn off the
∙ Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen- ∙ When driving on extremely inclined
system, the VDC system still operates to sion. If suspension parts such as surfaces such as higher banked cor-
prevent one drive wheel from slipping by shock absorbers, struts, springs, sta- ners, the VDC system may not operate
transferring power to a non-slipping drive bilizer bars, bushings and wheels are properly and the indicator may
wheel. The indicator flashes if this oc- not NISSAN recommended for your
flash or both the and indi-
curs. All other VDC functions are off and vehicle or are extremely deteriorated,
cator lights may illuminate. Do not
the indicator will not flash. the VDC system may not operate
drive on these types of roads.
The VDC system is automatically reset to properly. This could adversely affect
on when the ignition switch is placed in the vehicle handling performance, and ∙ When driving on an unstable surface
the indicator may flash or both such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or
OFF position then back to the ON position.
the and indicator lights ramp, the indicator may flash or
The computer has a built-in diagnostic fea- may illuminate. both the and indicator
ture that tests the system each time you lights may illuminate. This is not a
start the engine and move the vehicle for- ∙ If brake related parts such as brake
malfunction. Restart the engine after
ward or in reverse at a slow speed. When pads, rotors and calipers are not
driving onto a stable surface.
the self-test occurs, you may hear a clunk NISSAN recommended or are ex-
noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake tremely deteriorated, the VDC system ∙ If wheels or tires other than the
pedal. This is normal and is not an indica- may not operate properly and both NISSAN recommended ones are used,
tion of a malfunction. the and the indicator the VDC system may not operate
lights may illuminate. properly and the indicator may
WARNING flash or both the and indi-
∙ If engine control related parts are not
∙ The VDC system is designed to help NISSAN recommended or are ex- cator lights may illuminate.
the driver maintain stability but does tremely deteriorated, both the ∙ The VDC system is not a substitute for
not prevent accidents due to abrupt winter tires or tire chains on a snow
and indicator lights may
steering operation at high speeds or covered road.
illuminate.
by careless or dangerous driving
techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and
be especially careful when driving and
cornering on slippery surfaces and al-
ways drive carefully.

RISE-UP AND BUILD-UP ∙ Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen- ∙ When driving on extremely inclined
The system gradually adjusts braking sion. If suspension parts such as surfaces such as higher banked cor-
power during normal braking to help pro- shock absorbers, struts, springs, sta- ners, the VDC system may not operate
vide an enhanced brake feel. bilizer bars, bushings and wheels are properly and the indicator may
not NISSAN recommended for your
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION flash or both the and indi-
vehicle or are extremely deteriorated,
cator lights may illuminate. Do not
During braking while driving through turns, the VDC system may not operate
drive on these types of roads.
the system optimizes the distribution of properly. This could adversely affect
vehicle handling performance, and ∙ When driving on an unstable surface
force to each of the four wheels depending such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or
on the radius of the turn. the indicator may flash or both
the and indicator lights ramp, the indicator may flash or
WARNING may illuminate. both the and indicator
lights may illuminate. This is not a
∙ The VDC system is designed to help ∙ If brake related parts such as brake
malfunction. Restart the engine after
the driver maintain stability but does pads, rotors and calipers are not
driving onto a stable surface.
not prevent accidents due to abrupt NISSAN recommended or are ex-
steering operation at high speeds or tremely deteriorated, the VDC system ∙ If wheels or tires other than the
by careless or dangerous driving may not operate properly and both NISSAN recommended ones are used,
techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and the and the indicator the VDC system may not operate
be especially careful when driving and lights may illuminate. properly and the indicator may
cornering on slippery surfaces and al- flash or both the and indi-
ways drive carefully. ∙ If engine control related parts are not
NISSAN recommended or are ex- cator lights may illuminate.
tremely deteriorated, both the ∙ The VDC system is not a substitute for
and indicator lights may winter tires or tire chains on a snow
illuminate. covered road.

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM COLD WEATHER DRIVING
WARNING When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, the hill FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK
start assist system automatically keeps
∙ Never rely solely on the hill start assist the brakes applied. This helps prevent the To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply
system to prevent the vehicle from vehicle from rolling backward in the time it de-icer through the key hole. If the lock
moving backward on a hill. Always takes the driver to release the brake pedal becomes frozen, heat the key before in-
drive carefully and attentively. De- and apply the accelerator. serting it into the key hole, or use the
press the brake pedal when the ve- NISSAN Intelligent Key®.
hicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be es- Hill start assist will operate automatically
pecially careful when stopped on a hill under the following conditions: ANTIFREEZE
on frozen or muddy roads. Failure to ∙ The shift lever is moved to a forward or In the winter when it is anticipated that the
prevent the vehicle from rolling back- reverse gear. temperature will drop below 32°F (0°C),
wards may result in a loss of control of check the antifreeze to assure proper win-
the vehicle and possible serious injury ∙ The vehicle is stopped completely on a ter protection. For additional information,
or death. hill by applying the brake. refer to “Engine cooling system” in the “Do-
∙ The hill start assist system is not de- ∙ The hill grade is above 10%. it-yourself ” section of this manual.
signed to hold the vehicle at a stand- The maximum holding time is two sec- BATTERY
still on a hill. Depress the brake pedal onds. After two seconds the vehicle will be-
when the vehicle is stopped on a gin to roll back and hill start assist will stop If the battery is not fully charged during
steep hill. Failure to do so may cause operating completely. extremely cold weather conditions, the
the vehicle to roll backwards and may battery fluid may freeze and damage the
result in a collision or serious personal Hill start assist will not operate when the battery. To maintain maximum efficiency,
injury. shift lever is moved to N (Neutral) or P (Park) the battery should be checked regularly.
or on a flat and level road. For additional information, refer to “Battery”
∙ The hill start assist may not prevent in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this
the vehicle from rolling backwards on manual.
a hill under all load or road conditions.
Always be prepared to depress the
brake pedal to prevent the vehicle
from rolling backwards. Failure to do
so may result in a collision or serious
personal injury.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER Skid and traction capabilities of studded DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE
snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be
If the vehicle is to be left outside without poorer than that of non-studded snow WARNING
anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, in- tires.
cluding the engine block. Refill before oper- ∙ Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),
ating the vehicle. For additional informa- 3. Tire chains may be used. For additional very cold snow or ice can be slick and
information, refer to “Tire chains” in the very hard to drive on. The vehicle will
tion, refer to “Changing engine coolant” in
“Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual. have much less traction or “grip” un-
the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT der these conditions. Try to avoid driv-
TIRE EQUIPMENT ing on wet ice until the road is salted
It is recommended that the following items or sanded.
1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed to be carried in the vehicle during winter:
provide superior performance on dry ∙ Whatever the condition, drive with
pavement. However, the performance ∙ A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re- caution. Accelerate and slow down
of these tires will be substantially remove ice and snow from the windows with care. If accelerating or down-
duced in snowy and icy conditions. If and wiper blades. shifting too fast, the drive wheels will
you operate your vehicle on snowy or lose even more traction.
∙ A sturdy, flat board to be placed under
icy roads, NISSAN recommends the use the jack to give it firm support. ∙ Allow more stopping distance under
of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES these conditions. Braking should be
∙ A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow- started sooner than on dry pavement.
on all four wheels. It is recommended
drifts.
that you visit a NISSAN dealer for the tire ∙ Allow greater following distances on
type, size, speed rating and availability ∙ Extra washer fluid to refill the slippery roads.
information. windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
∙ Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).
2. For additional traction on icy roads, These may appear on an otherwise
studded tires may be used. However, clear road in shaded areas. If a patch
some U.S. states and Canadian prov- of ice is seen ahead, brake before
inces prohibit their use. Check local, reaching it. Try not to brake while on
state and provincial laws before install- the ice, and avoid any sudden steering
ing studded tires. maneuvers.

∙ Do not use the cruise control on slip- ∙ Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged 6. Before starting the engine, unplug and
pery roads. extension cord rated for at least 10 A. properly store the cord to keep it away
Plug the extension cord into a Ground from moving parts.
∙ Snow can trap dangerous exhaust
Fault Interrupt (GFI) protected,
gases under your vehicle. Keep snow
grounded 110-VAC outlet. Failure to
clear of the exhaust pipe and from
use the proper extension cord or a
around your vehicle.
grounded outlet can result in a fire or
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so electrical shock and cause serious
personal injury.
equipped)
To use the engine block heater:
Engine block heaters are used to assist
with cold temperature starting. 1. Turn the engine off.
The engine block heater should be used 2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine
when the outside temperature is 20°F (-7°C) block heater cord.
or lower.
3. Plug the engine block heater cord into
a grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged exten-
WARNING
sion cord.
∙ Do not use your engine block heater
with an ungrounded electrical system 4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground
or a 2-pronged adapter. You can be Fault Interrupt (GFI) protected,
seriously injured by an electrical grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.
shock if you use an ungrounded 5. The engine block heater must be
connection. plugged in for at least 2 to 4 hours,
∙ Disconnect and properly store the en- depending on outside temperatures,
gine block heater cord before starting to properly warm the engine coolant.
the engine. Damage to the cord could Use an appropriate timer to turn the
result in an electrical shock and can engine block heater on.
cause serious injury.

6 In case of emergency
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
(TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Vehicle recovery
Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 (freeing a stuck vehicle). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF
∙ Turn signals do not work when the To shut off the engine in an emergency
hazard warning flasher lights are on. situation while driving, perform the follow-
ing procedure:
The flashers will operate with the ignition
– Rapidly push the push-button ignition
switch placed in any position.
switch three consecutive times in less
Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use than 1.5 seconds, or
of the hazard warning flasher switch
– Push and hold the push-button ignition
while driving.
switch for more than 2 seconds.
LIC0394
Push the switch on to warn other drivers
when you must stop or park under emer-
gency conditions. All turn signal lights flash.
WARNING
∙ If stopping for an emergency, be sure
to move the vehicle well off the road.
∙ Do not use the hazard warning flash-
ers while moving on the highway un-
less unusual circumstances force you
to drive so slowly that your vehicle
might become a hazard to other
traffic.
6-2 In case of emergency

FLAT TIRE
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING WARNING ∙ When replacing a wheel without TPMS

SYSTEM (TPMS) ∙ Radio waves could adversely affect
such as the spare tire, the TPMS will
not function and the low tire pressure
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pres- electric medical equipment. Those
warning light will flash for approxi-
sure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors who use a pacemaker should contact
mately one minute. The light will re-
tire pressure of all tires except the spare. the electric medical equipment
main on after one minute. Have your
When the low tire pressure warning light is manufacturer for the possible influ-
tires replaced and/or TPMS system
lit, and the “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” ences before use.
reset as soon as possible. It is recom-
warning appears in the vehicle information ∙ If the low tire pressure warning light mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer
display, one or more of your tires is signifi- illuminates while driving, avoid sud- for these services.
cantly under-inflated. If equipped, the sys- den steering maneuvers or abrupt
tem also displays pressure of all tires (ex- braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off
nally specified by NISSAN could affect
cept the spare tire) on the display screen by the road to a safe location and stop
the proper operation of the TPMS.
sending a signal from a sensor that is in- the vehicle as soon as possible. Driv-
stalled in each wheel. If the vehicle is being ing with under-inflated tires may per- ∙ Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol
driven with low tire pressure, the TPMS will manently damage the tires and in- tire sealant into the tires, as this may
activate and warn you of it by the low tire crease the likelihood of tire failure. cause a malfunction of the tire pres-
pressure warning light. This system will ac- Serious vehicle damage could occur sure sensors.
and may lead to an accident and could
tivate only when the vehicle is driven at ∙ If the light still comes on while driving
result in serious personal injury.
speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h). For addi- after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire
Check the tire pressure for all four
tional information, refer to “Warning lights, may be flat or the TPMS may be mal-
tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the
indicator lights and audible reminders” in functioning. If you have a flat tire, re-
recommended COLD tire pressure
the “Instruments and controls” section and place it with a spare tire as soon as
shown on the Tire and Loading Infor-
“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in possible. If no tire is flat and all tires
mation label to turn the low tire pres-
the “Starting and driving” section of this are properly inflated, it is recom-
sure warning light OFF. If you have a
manual. mended that you visit a NISSAN
flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as
dealer.
soon as possible. It is recommended
service.
In case of emergency 6-3

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE WARNING
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions ∙ Make sure the parking brake is se-
below: curely applied and the shift lever is
shifted into P (Park).
Stopping the vehicle
∙ Never change tires when the vehicle is
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This is
away from traffic. hazardous.
2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. ∙ Never change tires if oncoming traffic
3. Park on a level surface and apply the is close to your vehicle. Wait for pro-
parking brake. Move the shift lever to P fessional road assistance.
(Park).
4. Turn off the engine.
LCE2142
5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic
and to signal professional road assis- A. Blocks
tance personnel that you need assis- B. Flat tire
tance.
Blocking wheels
6. Have all passengers get out of the ve-
hicle and stand in a safe place, away Place suitable blocks at both the front and
from traffic and clear of the vehicle. back of the wheel diagonally opposite the
flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving
when it is jacked up.
WARNING
Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle
may move and result in personal injury.

WCE0188
5. To remove the spare tire, loosen the
bolt by turning counterclockwise.
6. Once free, remove the bolt.
7. Remove the spare tire.
8. Once the flat tire is exchanged with the
spare tire, store the flat tire where the
LCE2397 LCE2386 spare tire was located.
Getting the spare tire and tools 3. Open the storage compartment 䊊 A by 9. Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten and
pulling on the strap to locate the jack place the carpeted floorboard back
1. Open the rear liftgate. and tools 䊊B. over the tire.
2. Pull up on the handle to lift the car- 4. Remove the jack and tools from the
peted floorboard and attach the hook storage area.
as shown.

6. Place the sub-woofer inside the flat tire.
7. Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten and
place the carpeted floorboard back
over the tire.
LCE2109 LCE2398
Changing the spare tire with 3. Place the sub-woofer in the lower left
BOSE® sub-woofer (if so corner of the cargo area, leaning
against the driver side wall.
equipped)
4. Remove the spare tire.
1. To loosen the bolt, turn counterclock-
wise. 5. Once the flat tire is exchanged with the
spare tire, store the flat tire where the
2. Once free, remove the bolt. spare was located.
NOTE:
You may need to remove the wheel cap
in order to secure the damaged tire us-
ing the spare tire clamp.

Jacking up vehicle and removing
the damaged tire
WARNING
∙ Never get under the vehicle while it is
supported only by the jack. If it is nec-
essary to work under the vehicle, sup-
port it with safety stands.
∙ Use only the jack provided with your
vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use
the jack provided with your vehicle on
other vehicles. The jack is designed
for lifting only your vehicle during a
tire change.
∙ Use the correct jack-up points. Never
use any other part of the vehicle for
jack support.
∙ Never jack up the vehicle more than
necessary.
∙ Never use blocks on or under the jack.
∙ Do not start or run the engine while
vehicle is on the jack. It may cause the
vehicle to move. This is especially true
for vehicles with limited slip
differentials.
LCE2263

∙ Do not allow passengers to stay in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
∙ Never run the engine with a wheel(s)
off the ground. It may cause the ve-
hicle to move.
SCE0002
Always refer to the illustrations for the cor- 2. Place the jack directly under the
rect placement and jack-up points for your jack-up point as illustrated so the top
specific vehicle model and jack type. of the jack contacts the vehicle at the
jack-up point. Align the jack head be-
Carefully read the caution label attached
tween the 2 notches in the front or the
to the jack body and the following in-
rear as shown. Also fit the groove of the
structions.
jack head between the notches as
1. Loosen each wheel nut 1 or 2 turns by shown.
turning counterclockwise with the
The jack should be used on firm and
wheel nut wrench. Do not remove the
level ground.
wheel nuts until the tire is off the
ground. 3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack
lever and rod with both hands. Carefully
raise the vehicle until the tire clears the
ground. Remove the wheel nuts, and
then remove the tire.
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire As soon as possible, tighten the wheel
touches the ground. Then, with the nuts to the specified torque with a
wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheel torque wrench.
nuts securely in the sequence illus-
A ,䊊
trated (䊊 B ,䊊
C ,䊊D ,䊊
E ). Lower the ve- Wheel nut tightening torque:
hicle completely. 83 ft-lb (113 N·m)
5. Securely store the jack and tools back The wheel nuts must be kept tightened
in their storage compartment. Ensure to specification at all times. It is recom-
the jack is expanded and tools mended that wheel nuts be tightened to
snapped into place to prevent rattle specifications at each lubrication inter-
noise from happening while driving. val.
Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-
WARNING
sure.
WCE0056 ∙ Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly
tightened wheel nuts can cause the COLD pressure: After vehicle has been
Installing the spare tire wheel to become loose or come off. parked for 3 hours or more or driven less
This could cause an accident. than 1 mile (1.6 km).
The spare tire is designed for emergency
use. For additional information, refer to ∙ Do not use oil or grease on the wheel COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire
“Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself” studs or nuts. This could cause the and loading information label affixed to
section of this manual. nuts to become loose. the driver side center pillar.
1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface ∙ Retighten the wheel nuts when the
between the wheel and hub. vehicle has been driven for 621 miles
(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,
2. Carefully put the spare tire on and etc.).
tighten the wheel nuts finger tight.
3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten
wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the
sequence illustrated (䊊A ,䊊
B,䊊C ,䊊D,䊊 E )
until they are tight.
JUMP STARTING
To start your engine with a booster battery,

∙ Whenever working on or near a bat-
the instructions and precautions below tery, always wear suitable eye protec-
must be followed. tors (for example, goggles or indus-
trial safety spectacles) and remove
WARNING rings, metal bands, or any other jew-
∙ If done incorrectly, jump starting can elry. Do not lean over the battery
lead to a battery explosion, resulting when jump starting.
in severe injury or death. It could also ∙ Do not attempt to jump start a frozen
damage your vehicle. battery. It could explode and cause
∙ Explosive hydrogen gas is always serious injury.
present in the vicinity of the battery. ∙ Your vehicle has an automatic engine
Keep all sparks and flames away from cooling fan. It could come on at any
the battery. time. Keep hands and other objects
∙ Do not allow battery fluid to come into away from it.
contact with eyes, skin, clothing or
painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a
corrosive sulfuric acid solution which
can cause severe burns. If the fluid
should come into contact with any-
thing, immediately flush the con-
tacted area with water.
∙ Keep battery out of the reach of
children.
∙ The booster battery must be rated at
12 volts. Use of an improperly rated
battery can damage your vehicle.

CAUTION
∙ Always connect positive (⫹) to posi-
tive (⫹) and negative (⫺) to body
ground (for example, strut mounting
bolt, engine lift bracket, etc.) — not to
the battery.
∙ Make sure the jumper cables do not
touch moving parts in the engine
compartment and that the cable
clamps do not contact any other
metal.
5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
LCE2223 and let it run for a few minutes.
2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shift 6. Keep the engine speed of the booster
WARNING
lever to P (Park). Switch off all unneces- vehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and start
Always follow the instructions below. sary electrical systems (lights, heater, the engine of the vehicle being jump
Failure to do so could result in damage air conditioner, etc.). started.
to the charging system and cause per-
sonal injury. 3. Ensure the vent caps are level and CAUTION
tight.
1. If the booster battery is in another ve- Do not keep the starter motor engaged
hicle, position the two vehicles to bring 4. Connect jumper cables in the se- for more than 10 seconds. If the engine
their batteries near each other. quence illustrated (䊊
A ,䊊
B ,䊊
C ,䊊
D ). does not start right away, turn the key
off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying
Do not allow the two vehicles to
again.
touch.
7. After starting the engine, carefully dis-
connect the negative cable and then
the positive cable.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS
CAUTION WARNING 3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen

for steam or coolant escaping from the
∙ Continuously Variable Transmission ∙ Do not continue to drive if your vehicle radiator before opening the hood. If
(CVT) models cannot be push-started overheats. Doing so could cause en- steam or coolant is escaping, turn off
or tow-started. Attempting to do so gine damage or a vehicle fire. the engine. Do not open the hood fur-
may cause transmission damage. ther until no steam or coolant can be
∙ To avoid the danger of being scalded,
∙ Do not push start this vehicle. The never remove the radiator or coolant seen.
three-way catalyst may be damaged. reservoir cap while the engine is still
4. Open the engine hood.
hot. When the radiator or coolant res-
ervoir cap is removed, pressurized hot
water will spurt out, possibly causing WARNING
serious injury. If steam or water is coming from the
∙ Do not open the hood if steam is com- engine, stand clear to prevent getting
ing out. burned.
If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by 5. Visually check drive belts for damage
an extremely high temperature gauge or looseness. Also check if the cooling
reading), or if you feel a lack of engine fan is running. The radiator hoses and
power, detect abnormal noise, etc. take the radiator should not leak water. If cool-
following steps: ant is leaking, the water pump belt is
missing or loose, or the cooling fan
1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, ap- does not run, stop the engine.
ply the parking brake and move the
shift lever to P (Park). WARNING
Do not stop the engine. Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,
jewelry or clothing to come into contact
2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all the
with, or get caught in, engine belts or
windows, move the heater or air condi-
the engine cooling fan. The engine cool-
tioner temperature control to maxi-
ing fan can start at any time.
mum hot and fan control to high
speed.
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
6. After the engine cools down, check the When towing your vehicle, all jurisdictional For additional information, refer to “Flat
coolant level in the engine coolant res- and local regulations for towing must be towing for front wheel drive vehicle” in the
ervoir tank with the engine running. followed. Incorrect towing equipment “Technical and consumer information” sec-
Add coolant to the engine coolant res- could damage your vehicle. Towing in- tion of this manual.
ervoir tank if necessary. Have your ve- structions are available from a NISSAN
For additional information, refer to “Flat
hicle repaired. It is recommended that dealer. Local service operators are gener-
towing for all-wheel drive vehicle” in the
you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser- ally familiar with the applicable laws and
“Technical and consumer information” sec-
vice. procedures for towing. To assure proper
tion of this manual.
towing and to prevent accidental damage
to your vehicle, NISSAN recommends hav- TOWING RECOMMENDED BY
ing a service operator tow your vehicle. It is NISSAN
advisable to have the service operator
carefully read the following precautions: NISSAN recommends towing your vehicle
based upon the type of drivetrain. For addi-
WARNING tional information, refer to the diagrams in
this section to ensure that your vehicle is
∙ Never ride in a vehicle that is being properly towed.
towed.
∙ Never get under your vehicle after it
has been lifted by a tow truck.
CAUTION
∙ When towing, make sure that the
transmission, axles, steering system
and powertrain are in working condi-
tion. If any of these conditions apply,
dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be
used.
∙ Always attach safety chains before
towing.

LCE2220
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models with CAUTION
Continuously Variable Never tow AWD models equipped with a
Transmission (CVT) Continuously Variable Transmission
NISSAN recommends that towing dollies (CVT) with any of the wheels on the
ground as this may cause serious and
be used when towing your vehicle or place
expensive damage to the transfer case
the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.
and transmission.

– Place the ignition switch in the OFF
position, and secure the steering
wheel in a straight-ahead position
with a rope or similar device. Never
secure the steering wheel by plac-
ing the ignition switch in the LOCK
position. This may damage the
steering lock mechanism (for
models with a steering lock
mechanism).
VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a
stuck vehicle)
LCE2221
WARNING
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) models CAUTION To avoid vehicle damage, serious per-
with Continuously Variable ∙ Never tow CVT models with the front sonal injury or death when recovering a
Transmission (CVT) wheels on the ground or four wheels stuck vehicle:
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be on the ground (forward or backward), ∙ Contact a professional towing service
as this may cause serious and expen- to recover the vehicle if you have any
towed with the driving (front) wheels off the
sive damage to the transmission. If it questions regarding the recovery
ground or place the vehicle on a flatbed
is necessary to tow the vehicle with procedure.
truck as illustrated. the rear wheels raised always use
towing dollies under the front wheels. ∙ Tow chains or cables must be at-
tached only to main structural mem-
∙ When towing CVT models with the bers of the vehicle.
rear wheels on the ground or on tow-
ing dollies: ∙ Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to
tow or free a stuck vehicle.

∙ Only use devices specifically designed If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,
for vehicle recovery and follow the etc., use the following procedure:
manufacturer’s instructions. 1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control
∙ Always pull the recovery device (VDC) system.
straight out from the front of the ve- 2. Make sure the area in front and behind
hicle. Never pull at an angle. the vehicle is clear of obstructions.
∙ Route recovery devices so they do not 3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to
touch any part of the vehicle except clear an area around the front tires.
the attachment point.
4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, backward.
etc., use a tow strap or other device de-
signed specifically for vehicle recovery. Al- ∙ Shift back and forth between R (Re-
ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc- verse) and D (Drive).
tions for the recovery device. ∙ Apply the accelerator as little as pos-
Rocking a stuck vehicle sible to maintain the rocking motion.
∙ Release the accelerator pedal before
WARNING shifting between R (Reverse) and D
(Drive).
∙ Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.
∙ Do not spin the tires above 35 mph
∙ Do not spin your tires at high speed.
(55 km/h).
This could cause them to explode and
result in serious injury. Parts of your 5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a
vehicle could also overheat and be few tries, contact a professional towing
damaged. service to remove the vehicle.

7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Cleaning the seat tracks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Most common factors contributing to
Aluminum alloy wheels (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 7-3 vehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Environmental factors influence the
Tire dressings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 rate of corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Cleaning interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
CLEANING EXTERIOR
In order to maintain the appearance of WASHING ∙ Avoid using tight-napped or rough

your vehicle, it is important to take proper
Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty cloths, such as washing mitts. Care
care of it.
of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly us- must be taken when removing
To protect the paint surfaces, wash your ing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or caked-on dirt or other foreign sub-
vehicle as soon as you can: stances so the paint surface is not
general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed
scratched or damaged.
∙ After a rainfall to prevent possible dam- with clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.
age from acid rain. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of
CAUTION clean water.
∙ After driving on coastal roads.
∙ Do not use car washes that use acid in Inside edges, seams and folds on the
∙ When contaminants such as soot, bird the detergent. Some car washes, es-
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or doors, hatches and hood are particularly
pecially brushless ones, use some vulnerable to the effects of road salt. There-
bugs get on the paint surface. acid for cleaning. The acid may react fore, these areas must be cleaned regularly.
∙ When dust or mud builds up on the sur- with some plastic vehicle compo- Take care that the drain holes in the lower
face. nents, causing them to crack. This
edge of the door are open. Spray water
could affect their appearance, and
Whenever possible, store or park your ve- under the body and in the wheel wells to
also could cause them not to function
hicle inside a garage or in a covered area. properly. Always check with your car loosen the dirt and wash away road salt.
When it is necessary to park outside, park in wash to confirm that acid is not used. A damp chamois can be used to dry the
a shady area or protect the vehicle with a ∙ Do not wash the vehicle with strong vehicle to avoid water spots.
body cover. household soap, strong chemical de- WAXING
Be careful not to scratch the paint sur- tergents, gasoline or solvents.
face when putting on or removing the ∙ Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun- Regular waxing protects the paint surface
body cover. light or while the vehicle body is hot, and helps retain new vehicle appearance.
as the surface may become Polishing is recommended to remove
water-spotted. built-up wax residue and to avoid a weath-
ered appearance before re-applying wax.
A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing
the proper product.
7-2 Appearance and care

∙ Wax your vehicle only after a thorough GLASS CAUTION
washing. Follow the instructions sup-
plied with the wax. Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and Follow the directions below to avoid
dust film from the glass surfaces. It is nor- staining or discoloring the wheels:
∙ Do not use a wax containing any abra- mal for glass to become coated with a film
sives, cutting compounds or cleaners after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun. ∙ Do not use a cleaner that uses strong
that may damage the vehicle finish. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily acid or alkali contents to clean the
remove this film. wheels.
Machine compounding or aggressive pol-
∙ Do not apply wheel cleaners to the
ishing on a base coat/clear coat paint fin- CAUTION wheels when they are hot. The wheel
ish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks. temperature should be the same as
When cleaning the inside of the win-
REMOVING SPOTS dows, do not use sharp-edged tools, ambient temperature.
abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based ∙ Rinse the wheel to completely remove
Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,
disinfectant cleaners. They could dam- the cleaner within 15 minutes after
insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible age the electrical conductors, radio an- the cleaner is applied.
from the surface of the paint to avoid last- tenna elements or rear window de-
ing damage or staining. Special cleaning froster elements. CHROME PARTS
products are available at a NISSAN dealer
or any automotive accessory store. It is ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS (if so Clean all chrome parts regularly with a
recommended that you visit a NISSAN equipped) non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain
dealer for these products. the finish.
Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge
UNDERBODY dampened in a mild soap solution, espe- TIRE DRESSINGS
cially during winter months in areas where
In areas where road salt is used in winter, it NISSAN does not recommend the use of
road salt is used. If not removed, road salt
is necessary to clean the underbody regu- tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a
can discolor the wheels.
larly in order to prevent dirt and salt from coating to the tires to help reduce discolor-
building up and causing the acceleration of ation of the rubber. If a tire dressing is ap-
corrosion on the underbody and suspen- plied to the tires, it may react with the coat-
sion. Before the winter period and again in ing and form a compound. This compound
the spring, the underseal must be checked may come off the tire while driving and
and, if necessary, re-treated. stain the vehicle paint.
Appearance and care 7-3
CLEANING INTERIOR
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the Occasionally remove loose dust from the CAUTION
following precautions: interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a
vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe ∙ Never use benzine, thinner or any
∙ Use a water-based tire dressing. The similar material.
the vinyl and leather (if so equipped) sur-
coating on the tire dissolves more easily
faces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in ∙ Small dirt particles can be abrasive
than with an oil-based tire dressing.
mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a and damaging to leather surfaces
∙ Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help dry, soft cloth. and should be removed promptly. Do
prevent it from entering the tire not use saddle soap, car waxes, pol-
Regular care and cleaning is required in
tread/grooves (where it would be diffi- ishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents,
order to maintain the appearance of the
cult to remove). detergents or ammonia-based clean-
leather (if so equipped).
∙ Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry ers as they may damage the leather’s
Before using any fabric protector, read the natural finish.
towel. Make sure the tire dressing is
manufacturer’s recommendations. Some
completely removed from the tire ∙ Never use fabric protectors unless
fabric protectors contain chemicals that
tread/grooves. recommended by the manufacturer.
may stain or bleach the seat material.
∙ Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom- ∙ Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on
Use a cloth dampened only with water to
mended by the tire dressing manufac- meter or gauge lens covers. It may
clean the meter and gauge lens.
turer. damage the lens cover.
WARNING AIR FRESHENERS
Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot
steam cleaners) on the seat. This can Most air fresheners use a solvent that
damage the seat or occupant classifi- could affect the vehicle interior. If you use
cation sensor. This can also affect the an air freshener, take the following precau-
operation of the air bag system and re- tions:
sult in serious personal injury. ∙ Hanging-type air fresheners can cause
permanent discoloration when they
contact vehicle interior surfaces. Place
the air freshener in a location that al-
lows it to hang free and not contact an
interior surface.
∙ Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip
∙ Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats,
on the vents. These products can cause
or equivalent floor mats, that are spe-
immediate damage and discoloration
cifically designed for use in your ve-
when spilled on interior surfaces.
hicle model and model year.
Carefully read and follow the manufactur- ∙ Properly position the mats in the
er’s instructions before using the air fresh- floorwell using the floor mat position-
eners. ing hook. For additional information,
refer to "Floor mat installation" in this
section.
∙ Make sure the floor mat does not in-
terfere with pedal operation.
∙ Periodically check the floor mats to
LAI2096
make sure they are properly installed.
FLOOR MATS (if so equipped) ∙ After cleaning the vehicle interior,

check the floor mats to make sure
they are properly installed.
WARNING
To avoid potential pedal interference The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can
that may result in a collision, injury or extend the life of your vehicle carpet and
death: make it easier to clean the interior. Mats
should be maintained with regular clean-
∙ NEVER place a floor mat on top of an- ing and replaced if they become exces-
other floor mat in the driver front po- sively worn.
sition or install them upside down or
backwards.

Floor mat installation It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
dealer for details about installing the floor
Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat po- mats in your vehicle.
sitioning hook(s). The number and shape of
the floor mat positioning hooks for each
seating position varies depending on the
vehicle.
When installing Genuine NISSAN floor mats,
follow the installation instructions provided
with the mat and the following:
1. With the ignition in the OFF position, the
shift lever in P (Park) position and with
the parking brake fully applied, position
the floor mat in the floorwell so that the LAI2016
floor mat grommet holes are aligned Positioning hooks
with the hook(s). The illustration shows the location of the
floor mat positioning hooks.
2. Secure the grommet holes into the
hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat is SEAT BELTS
properly positioned.
The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping
3. Make sure the floor mat does not inter- them with a sponge dampened in a mild
fere with pedal operation. With the igni- soap solution. Allow the belts to dry com-
tion still in the OFF position, the shift pletely in the shade before using them. For
lever in the P (Park) position and with additional information, refer to “Seat belt
the parking brake applied, fully apply maintenance” in the “Safety—Seats, seat
and release all pedals. The floor mat belts and supplemental restraint system”
must not interfere with pedal opera- section of this manual.
tion or prevent the pedal from return-
ing to its normal position.
CORROSION PROTECTION
WARNING MOST COMMON FACTORS freezing and where atmospheric pollution

CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE exists and road salt is used.
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in
the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye or CORROSION Temperature
chemical solvents to clean the seat Most vehicle corrosion is caused by: High temperatures accelerate the rate of
belts, since these materials may se-
∙ The accumulation of moisture- corrosion to those parts which are not well
verely weaken the seat belt webbing.
retaining dirt and debris in body panel ventilated.
CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS sections, cavities, and other areas. Air pollution
CAUTION ∙ Damage to paint and other protective Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in
coatings caused by gravel and stone the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt
Periodically clean the seat tracks to pre-
chips or minor traffic collisions. use accelerates the corrosion process.
vent reduction of ability to move the
seats. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS Road salt also accelerates the disintegra-
tion of paint surfaces.
Clean periodically with a high-powered INFLUENCE THE RATE OF
vacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris may re- CORROSION PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM
duce the ability to adjust the seat. A wet CORROSION
cleansing agent may be used if necessary. Moisture
∙ Wash and wax your vehicle often to
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on keep the vehicle clean.
the vehicle body underside can accelerate
corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry ∙ Always check for minor damage to the
completely inside the vehicle and should paint and repair it as soon as possible.
be removed for drying to avoid floor panel ∙ Keep drain holes at the bottom of the
corrosion. doors open to avoid water accumula-
Relative humidity tion.
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of ∙ Check the underbody for accumulation

high relative humidity, especially those ar- of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with
eas where the temperatures stay above water as soon as possible.

CAUTION
∙ NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-
bris from the passenger compart-
ment by washing it out with a hose.
Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or
broom.
∙ Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electronic com-
ponents inside the vehicle as this may
damage them.
Chemicals used for road surface de-icing
are extremely corrosive. They accelerate
corrosion and deterioration of underbody
components such as the exhaust system,
fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor pan
and fenders.
In winter, the underbody must be
cleaned periodically.
For additional protection against rust and
corrosion, which may be required in some
areas, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN dealer.

8 Do-it-yourself
Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Passenger compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Power Steering Fluid (PSF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11 Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Windshield-washer fluid reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11 Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35
Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36
Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
When performing any inspection or main-

∙ Your vehicle is equipped with an auto- ∙ Avoid contact with used engine oil and
tenance work on your vehicle, always take matic engine cooling fan. It may come coolant. Improperly disposed engine
care to prevent serious accidental injury to on at any time without warning, even oil, engine coolant and/or other vehicle
yourself or damage to the vehicle. The fol- if the ignition switch is in the OFF po- fluids can damage the environment. Al-
lowing are general precautions which sition and the engine is not running. ways conform to local regulations for
should be closely observed. To avoid injury, always disconnect the disposal of vehicle fluid.
negative battery cable before work- ∙ Never leave the engine or Continu-
WARNING ing near the fan. ously Variable Transmission (CVT) re-
∙ Park the vehicle on a level surface, ap- ∙ If you must run the engine in an en- lated component harnesses discon-
ply the parking brake securely and closed space such as a garage, be sure nected while the ignition switch is in
block the wheels to prevent the ve- there is proper ventilation for exhaust the ON position.
hicle from moving. Move the shift le- gases to escape. ∙ Never connect or disconnect the bat-
ver to P (Park). ∙ Never get under the vehicle while it is tery or any transistorized component
supported only by a jack. If it is neces- while the ignition switch is in the ON
∙ Be sure the ignition switch is in the
sary to work under the vehicle, sup- position.
OFF or LOCK position when perform-
ing any parts replacement or repairs. port it with safety stands. This “Do-it-yourself ” section gives instruc-
∙ Keep smoking materials, flame and tions regarding only those items which are
∙ If you must work with the engine run-
sparks away from the fuel tank and relatively easy for an owner to perform.
ning, keep your hands, clothing, hair
battery.
and tools away from moving fans, A Genuine NISSAN service manual is also
belts and any other moving parts. ∙ Because the fuel lines on gasoline en- available. For additional information, refer
gine models are under high pressure
∙ It is advisable to secure or remove any to “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order
even when the engine is off, it is recom-
loose clothing and remove any jew- information” in the “Technical and con-
elry, such as rings, watches, etc. be- sumer information” section of this manual.
for service of the fuel filter or fuel lines.
fore working on your vehicle. You should be aware that incomplete or
∙ Always wear eye protection whenever CAUTION improper servicing may result in operating
you work on your vehicle. difficulties or excessive emissions, and
∙ Do not work under the hood while the could affect warranty coverage. If in doubt
engine is hot. Turn the engine off and about any servicing, it is recommended
wait until it cools down. that you have it done by a NISSAN dealer.
8-2 Do-it-yourself
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK
LOCATIONS
VQ35DE engine
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Drive belt location
3. Engine oil dipstick
4. Engine oil filler cap
5. Brake fluid reservoir
6. Air cleaner
7. Fuse box
8. Fuse/Fusible link box
9. Battery
10 Radiator cap
11. Power steering fluid reservoir
12. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir
LDI3154
Do-it-yourself 8-3
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
The engine cooling system is filled at the CAUTION ∙ The life expectancy of the factory-fill
factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% coolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km)
Genuine NISSAN Long Life ∙ Never use any cooling system addi-
or 7 years. Mixing any other type of
Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to tives such as radiator sealer. Additives
coolant other than Genuine NISSAN
provide year-round antifreeze and coolant may clog the cooling system and
Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue),
protection. The antifreeze solution con- cause damage to the engine, trans-
including Genuine NISSAN Long Life
tains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Addi- mission and/or cooling system.
Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the use
tional engine cooling system additives are ∙ When adding or replacing coolant, be of non-distilled water will reduce the
not necessary. sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long life expectancy of the factory-fill cool-
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or ant. For additional information, refer
WARNING equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long Life to the "Maintenance and schedules"
Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre- section of this manual.
∙ Never remove the radiator or coolant diluted to provide antifreeze protec-
reservoir cap when the engine is hot. tion to -34° F (-37° C). If additional
Wait until the engine and radiator cool freeze protection is needed due to
down. Serious burns could be caused weather where you operate your ve-
by high pressure fluid escaping from hicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long Life
the radiator. For additional informa- Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concen-
tion on precautions, refer to “If your trate following the directions on the
vehicle overheats” in the “In case of container. If an equivalent coolant
emergency” section of this manual. other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life
∙ The radiator is equipped with a pres- Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-
sure type radiator cap. To prevent en- low the coolant manufacturer’s in-
gine damage, use only a Genuine structions to maintain minimum anti-
NISSAN radiator cap. freeze protection to -34° F (-37° C). The
use of other types of coolant solu-
tions other than Genuine NISSAN Long
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or
equivalent may damage the engine
cooling system.
8-4 Do-it-yourself
This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long WARNING
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue). The life ex-
pectancy of the factory-fill coolant is ∙ To avoid the danger of being scalded,
105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing never change the coolant when the
any other type of coolant or the use of engine is hot.
non-distilled water will reduce the life ex- ∙ Never remove the radiator or engine
pectancy of the factory-fill coolant. For ad- coolant reservoir cap when the en-
ditional information, refer to the "Mainte- gine is hot. Serious burns could be
nance and schedules" section of this caused by high pressure fluid escap-
manual. ing from the radiator.
If the cooling system frequently requires ∙ Avoid direct skin contact with used
coolant, have it checked. It is recom- coolant. If skin contact is made, wash
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner
LDI2900 for this service. as soon as possible.
CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT ∙ Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-
For additional information on the location
dren and pets.
LEVEL of the engine coolant reservoir, refer to “En-
gine compartment check locations” in this Engine coolant must be disposed of prop-
Check the coolant level in the reservoir
section. erly. Check your local regulations.
when the engine is cold. If the coolant
level is below the MIN level 䊊 B , add coolant CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT
to the MAX level 䊊A . If the reservoir is empty,
check the coolant level in the radiator A NISSAN dealer can change the engine
when the engine is cold. If there is insuffi- coolant. The service procedure can be
cient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator found in the NISSAN Service Manual.
with coolant up to the filler opening and
also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX Improper servicing can result in reduced
level 䊊A . heater performance and engine over-
heating.
Do-it-yourself 8-5
ENGINE OIL
CAUTION
Oil level should be checked regularly.
Operating the engine with an insuffi-
cient amount of oil can damage the en-
gine, and such damage is not covered
by warranty.
LDI2556 WDI0214
CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 5. Remove the dipstick again and check
the oil level. It should be between the H
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and (High) and L (Low) marks 䊊 B . This is the
apply the parking brake.
normal operating oil level range. If the
2. Start the engine and let it idle until it oil level is below the L (Low) mark 䊊 A ,
reaches operating temperature. remove the oil filler cap and pour rec-
3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than ommended oil through the opening.
10 minutes for the oil to drain back Do not overfill 䊊 C .
into the oil pan. 6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.
4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. It is normal to add some oil between oil
Reinstall dipstick. maintenance intervals or during the
break-in period, depending on the sever-
ity of operating conditions.
8-6 Do-it-yourself
LDI2554 LDI2558 LDI2634
CHANGING ENGINE OIL 4. Remove pins 䊊 B from the under- 5. Place a large drain pan under the drain
engine protector. plug 䊊C .
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and
apply the parking brake. 6. Remove the drain plug 䊊 C with a
wrench by turning it counterclockwise
2. Start the engine and let it idle until it
and completely drain the oil.
reaches operating temperature, then
turn it off. If the engine oil filter is to be changed,
3. Remove the oil filler cap 䊊
A by turning it remove and replace it at this time. For
counterclockwise. additional information, refer to
“Changing engine oil filter” in this sec-
tion.
∙ Waste oil must be disposed of prop-
erly.
∙ Check your local regulations.
Do-it-yourself 8-7
WARNING ties” in the “Technical and consumer
∙ Prolonged and repeated contact with
used engine oil may cause skin The drain and refill capacity depends
cancer. on the oil temperature and drain time.
Use these specifications for reference
∙ Try to avoid direct skin contact with only. Always use the dipstick to deter-
used oil. If skin contact is made, wash mine when the proper amount of oil is
thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner in the engine.
as soon as possible.
9. Start the engine. Check for leakage
∙ Keep used engine oil out of reach of around the drain plug and oil filter. Cor-
children. rect as required.
CAUTION 10. Turn the engine off and wait more than
10 minutes. Check the oil level with the
Be careful not to burn yourself. The en- dipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.
gine oil may be hot.
7. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a
new washer. Securely tighten the drain
plug with a wrench. Do not use exces-
sive force.
Drain plug tightening torque:
25 ft-lb (34 N·m) LDI2562
8. Refill engine with recommended oil CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER
through the oil filler opening, then in-
stall the oil filler cap securely. 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and
apply the parking brake.
For additional information on drain
and refill capacity, refer to “Recom- 2. Turn the engine off.
mended fluids/lubricants and capaci-
8-8 Do-it-yourself
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE
TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID
3. Place a large drain pan under the oil 7. Screw on the oil filter until a slight resis- CAUTION
filter 䊊
B. tance is felt, then tighten an additional
2/3 turn. ∙ NISSAN recommends using Genuine
4. Remove pins 䊊 A from the right engine
NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent)
protector located inside the right 8. Start the engine and check for leakage ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with
wheel well and then remove protector. around the oil filter. Correct as required. other fluids.
Remove oil filter 䊊
B with an oil filter
9. Turn the engine off and wait more than
wrench by turning it counterclockwise. ∙ Do not use Automatic Transmission
10 minutes. Check the oil level. Add en- Fluid (ATF) or manual transmission
Then remove the oil filter by turning it gine oil if necessary.
by hand. fluid in a NISSAN CVT, as it may dam-
age the CVT. Damage caused by the
use of fluids other than as recom-
CAUTION
mended is not covered under
Be careful not to burn yourself. The en- NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited
gine oil may be hot. Warranty.
5. Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface ∙ Using fluids that are not equivalent to
with a clean rag. Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may
also damage the CVT. Damage caused
CAUTION by the use of fluids other than as rec-
ommended is not covered under
∙ Be sure to remove any old gasket NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited
material remaining on the sealing Warranty.
surface of the engine. Failure to do
so could lead to an oil leak and en- When checking or replacement of CVT fluid
gine damage. is required, we recommend a NISSAN
dealer for servicing.
∙ The dipstick must be inserted in
place to prevent oil spillage from
the dipstick hole when filling the
engine with oil.
6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with
clean engine oil.
Do-it-yourself 8-9
POWER STEERING FLUID (PSF) BRAKE FLUID
WARNING
Power steering fluid is poisonous and
should be stored carefully in marked
containers out of the reach of children.
CAUTION
∙ DO NOT OVERFILL.
∙ Use of a power steering fluid other
than Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or
equivalent will prevent the power
steering system from operating
properly.
LDI2767 LDI2769
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. WARNING
The fluid level should be checked when the ∙ Use only new fluid from a sealed con-
fluid is cold at fluid temperatures of 32 to tainer. Old, inferior or contaminated
86ºF (0 to 30ºC). The fluid level can be fluid may damage the brake system.
checked with the level gauge which is at- The use of improper fluids can dam-
tached to the cap. To check the fluid level, age the brake system and affect the
remove the cap. The fluid level should be vehicle’s stopping ability.
between the MAX 䊊 A and MIN 䊊
B lines.
∙ Clean the filler cap before removing.
If the fluid is below the MIN 䊊B line, add
∙ Brake fluid is poisonous and should
Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent. Re- be stored carefully in marked contain-
move the cap and fill through the opening. ers out of reach of children.
8-10 Do-it-yourself
WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID
CAUTION Add a washer solvent to the washer for

better cleaning. In the winter season, add a
Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur- windshield-washer antifreeze. Follow the
faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid manufacturer’s instructions for the mix-
is spilled, immediately wash the surface ture ratio.
with water.
Refill the reservoir more frequently when
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the driving conditions require an increased
brake fluid is below the MIN line 䊊 B , the
amount of windshield-washer fluid.
brake warning light will illuminate. Add
brake fluid up to the MAX line 䊊A . For addi- Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN
tional information on brake fluid type, refer Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &
to “Recommended fluids/lubricants and Anti-freeze or equivalent.
capacities” in the “Technical and consumer
information” section of this manual. CAUTION
LDI2573
If the brake fluid must be added frequently, ∙ Do not substitute engine antifreeze
the brake system should be thoroughly WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID coolant for windshield-washer fluid.
checked. It is recommended that you visit a RESERVOIR This may result in damage to the
NISSAN dealer for this service. Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir paint.
periodically. Add windshield-washer fluid ∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid
when the “Low Washer Fluid” warning mes- reservoir with washer fluid concen-
sage shows on the vehicle information dis- trates at full strength. Some methyl
play. alcohol based washer fluid concen-
To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir, trates may permanently stain the
lift the cap off the reservoir and pour the grille if spilled while filling the
windshield-washer fluid into the reservoir windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
opening.
Do-it-yourself 8-11
∙ Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
with water to the manufacturer’s rec-
ommended levels before pouring the
fluid into the windshield-washer fluid
reservoir. Do not use the windshield-
washer fluid reservoir to mix the
washer fluid concentrate and water.
8-12 Do-it-yourself
BATTERY
Caution symbols for battery

WARNING
No smoking, No exposed flames, No Do not expose the battery to electrical sparks, flames or smoking. Hydrogen gas generated by the
䊊
1
Sparks battery is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury.
Handle the battery cautiously. Always wear eye protection glasses to protect against explosion or
䊊
2 Shield eyes battery acid.
Never allow children to handle battery. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.
䊊
3 Keep away from children
Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. Sulfuric acid can
cause blindness or severe burns. After touching a battery or battery cap, do not touch or rub your
䊊
4 Battery acid eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediately
flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Battery fluid is acid. If the bat-
tery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin, it could cause loss of your eyesight or burns.
Before handling the battery, read this instruction carefully to ensure correct and safe handling.
䊊
5 Note operating instructions
Hydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or
䊊
6 Explosive gas injury.
Do-it-yourself 8-13
∙ Keep the battery surface clean and dry. WARNING ∙ Do not expose the battery to flames,
Any corrosion should be washed off an electrical spark or a cigarette. Hy-
with a solution of baking soda and wa- ∙ Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid
drogen gas generated by the battery
ter. in the battery is low. Low battery fluid
is explosive. Explosive gases can
can cause a higher load on the battery
∙ Make certain the terminal connections cause blindness or injury. Do not allow
which can generate heat, reduce bat-
are clean and securely tightened. battery fluid to contact your skin,
tery life, and in some cases lead to an
eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. Sul-
explosion.
∙ If the vehicle is not to be used for furic acid can cause blindness or in-
30 days or longer, disconnect the nega- ∙ When working on or near a battery, jury. After touching a battery or bat-
tive (-) battery terminal cable to prevent always wear suitable eye protection tery cap, do not touch or rub your
discharge. and remove all jewelry. eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If
∙ Do not tip the battery. Keep the vent the acid contacts your eyes, skin or
NOTE: caps tight and the battery level. clothing, immediately flush with wa-
ter for at least 15 minutes and seek
Care should be taken to avoid situations ∙ Battery posts, terminals and related medical attention.
that can lead to potential battery dis- accessories contain lead and lead
charge and potential no-start conditions compounds. Wash hands after
such as: handling.
1. Installation or extended use of elec- ∙ Keep battery out of the reach of
tronic accessories that consume bat- children.
tery power when the engine is not
running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD
players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to
be charged to maintain battery health.
8-14 Do-it-yourself
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or
under severe conditions require frequent
checks of the battery fluid level.
JUMP STARTING
If jump starting is necessary, refer to “Jump
starting” in the “In case of emergency” sec-
tion of this manual. If the engine does not
start by jump starting, the battery may
have to be replaced. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-
vice.
WDI0224
1. Remove the vent caps with a screw-
driver as shown. Use a cloth to protect
the battery case.
WDI0529
2. Check the fluid level in each cell. If it is
necessary to add fluid, add only dis-
tilled water to bring the level up to the
bottom of the filler opening. Do not
overfill. Reinstall the vent caps.
Do-it-yourself 8-15
DRIVE BELT SPARK PLUGS
have it replaced or adjusted. It is recom-

for this service.
2. Have the belt checked regularly for
condition and tension in accordance
with the maintenance schedule found
in the "Maintenance and schedules"
LDI2131 SDI1895
VQ35DE engine REPLACING SPARK PLUGS
1. Crankshaft pulley
2. Drive belt automatic tensioner pul- Iridium-tipped spark plugs
ley It is not necessary to replace iridium-
3. Generator pulley tipped 䊊A spark plugs as frequently as con-
4. Air conditioner compressor pulley ventional type spark plugs because they
WARNING last much longer. Follow the maintenance
log shown in the “Maintenance and sched-
Be sure the ignition switch is placed in ules” section of this manual. Do not service
the OFF or LOCK position before servic-
iridium-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or
ing drive belt. The engine could rotate
regapping.
unexpectedly.
1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of un- ∙ Always replace spark plugs with rec-
usual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If ommended or equivalent ones.
the belt is in poor condition or is loose,
8-16 Do-it-yourself
AIR CLEANER
WARNING NOTE:
Be sure the engine and ignition switch After installing a new air cleaner filter,
are off and that the parking brake is make sure the air cleaner cover is seated
engaged securely. in the housing and latch the clips.
CAUTION WARNING
Be sure to use the correct socket to re- ∙ Operating the engine with the air
move the spark plugs. An incorrect cleaner removed can cause you or
socket can damage the spark plugs. others to be burned. The air cleaner
not only cleans the air, it stops the
If replacement is required, it is recom- flame if the engine backfires. If it isn’t
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for there, and the engine backfires, you
this service. could be burned. Do not drive with the
LDI2553 air cleaner removed, and be careful
The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned when working on the engine with the
and reused. Replace it according to the air cleaner removed.
maintenance log shown in the "Mainte- ∙ Never pour fuel into the throttle body
nance and schedules" section of this or attempt to start the engine with
manual. the air cleaner removed. Doing so
could result in serious injury.
To remove the air cleaner filter:
1. Unlatch the retaining clips 䊊
A . IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
2. Move the air cleaner cover upwards. The in-cabin microfilter restricts the entry
of airborne dust and pollen particles and
3. Remove the air cleaner filter. Wipe the reduces some objectionable outside
inside of the air cleaner filter housing odors. The filter is located behind the glove
and the cover with a damp cloth, then box. For additional information, refer to the
replace air cleaner filter. “Maintenance and schedules” section of
this manual for change intervals.
Do-it-yourself 8-17
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES
If replacement is required, it is recom- CLEANING

this service. If your windshield is not clear after using
the windshield-washer or if a wiper blade
chatters when running, wax or other mate-
rial may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with a
washer solution or a mild detergent. Your
windshield is clean if beads do not form
when rinsing with clear water.
Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth
soaked in a washer solution or a mild de-
tergent. Then rinse the blades with clear
water. If your windshield is still not clear
LDI2584
after cleaning the blades and using the
wiper, replace the blades. REPLACING
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
WARNING
To replace the windshield wiper blades, fol-
Worn windshield wiper blades can
low the procedure below:
damage the windshield and impair
driver vision. 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the wind-
shield.
2. Lift the release tab 䊊
A .
3. Move the wiper blade 䊊

B down and re-
move.
4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the
wiper arm.
5. Push the release tab down until it clicks.
8-18 Do-it-yourself
6. Push wiper on to windshield. Rear window wiper blade
CAUTION It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
dealer if checking or replacement is re-
∙ After wiper blade replacement, return quired.
the wiper arm to its original position;
otherwise it may be damaged when
the hood is opened.
∙ Make sure the wiper blades contact
the glass; otherwise the arms may be
damaged from wind pressure.
LDI2731
If you wax the surface of the hood, be care-
ful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle
䊊D . This may cause clogging or improper
windshield-washer operation. If wax gets
into the nozzle, remove it with a needle or
small pin 䊊 C .
Do-it-yourself 8-19
BRAKES FUSES
If the brakes do not operate properly, have Under some driving or climate conditions,
the brakes checked. It is recommended occasional brake squeak, squeal or other
that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser- noise may be heard. Occasional brake
vice. noise during light to moderate stops is nor-
mal and does not affect the function or
Self-adjusting brakes performance of the brake system.
Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting Proper brake inspection intervals should
brakes. be followed. For additional information re-
garding brake inspections, refer to the ap-
The front and rear disc-type brakes self- propriate maintenance schedule informa-
adjust every time the brake pedal is ap- tion in the "Maintenance and schedules"
plied. section of this manual.
WARNING
LDI2385
Have your brake system checked if the
brake pedal height does not return to If any electrical equipment does not oper-
normal. It is recommended that you ate, check for an open fuse.
visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Fuses are used in the passenger and en-
gine compartment. Spare fuses are pro-
Brake pad wear indicators vided and can be found in the passenger
The disc brake pads on your vehicle have compartment fuse box.
audible wear indicators. When a brake pad When installing a fuse make sure the fuse is
requires replacement, a high pitched installed in the fuse box securely.
scraping or screeching sound will be heard
when the vehicle is in motion. The noise will
be heard whether or not the brake pedal is
depressed. Have the brakes checked as
soon as possible if the wear indicator
sound is heard.
8-20 Do-it-yourself
3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushing
the tab and lifting the cover up.
4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.
The fuse puller is located in the center
of the fuse block in the passenger
compartment.
LDI2636 LDI0456
ENGINE COMPARTMENT 5. If the fuse is open 䊊
A , replace it with a
new fuse 䊊 B.
WARNING 6. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-
Never use a fuse of higher or lower am- trical system checked and repaired. It is
perage rating than that specified on the recommended that you visit a NISSAN
fuse box cover. This could damage the dealer for this service.
electrical system or electronic control
units or cause a fire.
If any electrical equipment does not come
on, check for an open fuse.
1. Be sure the ignition switch and the
headlight switch are OFF.
2. Open the engine hood.
Do-it-yourself 8-21
NOTE:
The fuse box is located on the driver’s
side of the instrument panel.
1. Be sure the ignition switch and the
headlight switch are OFF.
2. Pull down on fuse box cover 䊊
A to re-
move.
3. Locate the fuse that needs to be re-
placed.
LDI2560 LDI2901
Fusible links PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
If the electrical equipment does not oper-
ate and fuses are in good condition, check WARNING
the fusible links. If any of these fusible links Never use a fuse of higher or lower am-
are melted, replace with only Genuine perage rating than that specified on the
NISSAN parts. fuse box cover. This could damage the
electrical system or electronic control
units or cause a fire.
If any electrical equipment does not oper-
ate, check for an open fuse.
8-22 Do-it-yourself
BATTERY REPLACEMENT
CAUTION
Be careful not to allow children to swal-
low the battery or removed parts.
LDI2902 LDI2713
4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 5. If the fuse is open 䊊
C , replace it with an
䊊B. equivalent good fuse 䊊 D.
6. Push the fuse box cover to install.

If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical
system checked and repaired. It is recom-
this service.
Do-it-yourself 8-23
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as
follows:
1. Remove the mechanical key from the
Intelligent Key.
2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver 䊊 A
into the slit 䊊
B of the corner and twist it
to separate the upper part from the
lower part. Place a cloth over the
screwdriver to protect the casing.
LDI2001 LDI2637
8-24 Do-it-yourself
LIGHTS
3. Replace the battery with a new one. FCC Notice: HEADLIGHTS

Recommended battery: CR2032 or For USA: For additional information on headlight
equivalent. This device complies with Part 15 of the bulb replacement, refer to the instructions
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- outlined in this section.
∙ Do not touch the internal circuit and
lowing two conditions: (1) This device
electric terminals as doing so could
cause a malfunction.
may not cause harmful interference, and Replacing the halogen headlight
(2) this device must accept any interfer- bulb (if so equipped)
∙ Hold the battery by the edges. Hold- ence received, including interference
ing the battery across the contact that may cause undesired operation. If bulb replacement is required, it is recom-
points will seriously deplete the stor- mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for
Note:
age capacity. this service.
∙ Make sure that the + side faces the
approved by the party responsible for CAUTION
bottom of the lower part.
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment. ∙ Aiming is not necessary after replac-
4. Close the lid securely as illustrated with
䊊
C and 䊊 D.
For Canada:
ing the bulb. When aiming adjustment
is necessary, it is recommended that
5. Operate the buttons to check the op- This device complies with Industry you visit a NISSAN dealer for this
eration. Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). service.
If you need assistance with replacement, it ∙ Do not leave the headlight assembly
is recommended that you visit a NISSAN open without a bulb installed for a
dealer for this service. long period of time. Dust, moisture,
cept any interference, including interfer-
smoke, etc. entering the headlight
ence that may cause undesired opera-
body may affect bulb performance.
tion of the device.
Remove the bulb from the headlight
assembly just before a replacement
bulb is installed.
Do-it-yourself 8-25
∙ Only touch the base when handling FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)
the bulb. Never touch the glass enve- For additional information on fog light bulb
lope. Touching the glass could signifi- replacement, refer to the instructions out-
cantly affect bulb life and/or head- lined in this section.
light performance.
∙ High pressure halogen gas is sealed
Replacing the fog light bulb
inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may If bulb replacement is required, it is recom-
break if the glass envelope is mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for
scratched or the bulb is dropped. this service.
∙ Use the same number and wattage as
shown in the chart. CAUTION
Fog may temporarily form inside the ∙ High pressure halogen gas is sealed
lenses of the exterior lights in the rain or in inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may
a car wash. A temperature difference be- break if the glass envelope is
tween the inside and the outside of the scratched or the bulb is dropped.
lens causes the fog. This is not a malfunc- ∙ When handling the bulb, do not touch
tion. If large drops of water collect inside the glass envelope.
the lens, it is recommended that you visit a
∙ Use the same number and wattage as
NISSAN dealer for servicing.
originally installed as shown in the
Replacing the LED headlight bulb chart.
(if so equipped) ∙ Do not leave the bulb out of the fog
If LED headlight bulb replacement is re- light for a long period of time as dust,
quired, it is recommended that you visit a moisture and smoke may enter the
NISSAN dealer for this service. fog light body and affect the perfor-
mance of the fog light.
8-26 Do-it-yourself
EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS
Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.
Headlight assembly (Type A) (if so equipped)*
High (Halogen) 65 H9
Low (Halogen) 55 H11
Turn 28/8 7444NA
Side marker 5 W5W
Park/Daytime running — —
Headlight assembly (Type B) (if so equipped)*
High — —
Low — —
Turn 28/8 7444NA
Side marker 5 W5W
Park/Daytime running — —
Front fog lights (if so equipped)* 55 H11
Door mirror turn signal light* — —
Map light* — —
Courtesy light* — —
Personal light* — —
Vanity mirror light* 1.8 —
Glove box light* 1.4 —
Cargo light* 5 —
High-mounted stop light* — —
Rear combination light*
Tail/Stop — —
Turn 21 WY21W
Rear side marker 5 W5W
Backup (reversing) light assembly*
Backup 16 921
Tail — —
License plate light* 5 W5W
* It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information.
Do-it-yourself 8-27
1. Map light
2 Headlight assembly
3 Personal light
4. Door mirror turn signal light
5. Fog light (if so equipped)
6. High-mounted stop light
7. License plate light
8. Backup (reversing) light assembly
9. Rear combination light
10. Cargo light
11. Daytime running light
WDI0263
Replacement procedures
All other lights are either type A, B, C or D.
When replacing a bulb, first remove the
lens, lamp and/or cover.
Indicates bulb removal
LDI2918
Indicates bulb installation
8-28 Do-it-yourself
WHEELS AND TIRES
If you have a flat tire, refer to the “In case ing a signal from a sensor that is and Loading Information label is af-
of emergency” section of this manual. installed in each wheel. fixed to the driver side center pillar.
TIRE PRESSURE Tire pressures should be checked
The TPMS will activate only when the
regularly because:
Tire Pressure Monitoring System vehicle is driven at speeds above
(TPMS) 16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this system ∙ Most tires naturally lose air over
may not detect a sudden drop in tire time.
WARNING pressure (for example a flat tire while ∙ Tires can lose air suddenly when
Radio waves could adversely af- driving). driven over potholes or other ob-
fect electric medical equipment. For additional information, refer to jects or if the vehicle strikes a
Those who use a pacemaker “Low tire pressure warning light” in curb while parking.
should contact the electric medi- the “Instruments and controls” sec-
cal equipment manufacturer for The tire pressures should be
tion, “Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-
the possible influences before checked when the tires are cold. The
use. tem (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driv-
ing” section and “Flat tire” in the “In tires are considered COLD after the
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire case of emergency” section of this vehicle has been parked for 3 or
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). manual. more hours, or driven less than 1 mile
It monitors tire pressure of all tires (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.
except the spare. When the low tire Tire inflation pressure
The TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert
pressure warning light is lit and the Check the tire pressures (including provides visual and audible signals
“Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning the spare) often and always prior to outside the vehicle for inflating tires
appears in the vehicle information long distance trips. The recom- to the recommended COLD tire
display, one or more of your tires is mended tire pressure specifications
pressure. For additional information,
significantly under-inflated. If are shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.
refer to “TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire
equipped, the system also displays certification label or the Tire and
pressure of all tires (except the spare Loading Information label under the Alert” in the “Starting and driving”
tire) on the display screen by send- “Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tire section of this manual.
Do-it-yourself 8-29
Incorrect tire pressure, including ∙ Before taking a long trip, or
under inflation, may adversely af- whenever you heavily load your
fect tire life and vehicle handling. vehicle, use a tire pressure
gauge to ensure that the tire
WARNING pressures are at the specified
∙ Improperly inflated tires can fail level.
suddenly and cause an ∙ For additional information re-
accident. garding tires, refer to “Impor-
∙ The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating tant Tire Safety Information”
(GVWR) is located on the (US) or “Tire Safety Information”
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica- (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-
tion label. The vehicle weight mation Booklet.
capacity is indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Do not load your vehicle beyond
this capacity. Overloading your
vehicle may result in reduced
tire life, unsafe operating condi-
tions due to premature tire fail-
ure, or unfavorable handling
characteristics and could also
lead to a serious accident. Load-
ing beyond the specified capac-
ity may also result in failure of
other vehicle components.
8-30 Do-it-yourself
䊊
4 Original tire size: The size of the
tires originally installed on the
vehicle at the factory.
䊊
5 Spare tire size.
䊊
6 Vehicle load limit: Refer to “Ve-
hicle loading information” in the
“Technical and consumer infor-
mation” section of this manual.
LDI2737
Tire and Loading Information 䊊
3 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the
label tires to this pressure when the
tires are cold. Tires are consid-
䊊
1 Seating capacity: The maximum
ered COLD after the vehicle has
number of occupants that can
been parked for 3 or more hours,
be seated in the vehicle.
or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km)
䊊
2 Tire size - refer to “Tire labeling” in at moderate speeds. The rec-
this section. ommended cold tire inflation is
set by the manufacturer to pro-
vide the best balance of tire
wear, vehicle handling, driveabil-
ity, tire noise, etc., up to the vehi-
cle’s GVWR.
Do-it-yourself 8-31
4. Read the tire pressure on the
gauge stem and compare to the
specification shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
5. Add air to the tire as needed. If
too much air is added, press the
core of the valve stem briefly
with the tip of the gauge stem to
release pressure. Recheck the
pressure and add or release air
as needed.
LDI0393 6. Install the valve stem cap. WDI0394
Checking tire pressure 7. Check the pressure of all other Example
tires, including the spare. TIRE LABELING
1. Remove the valve stem cap from
the tire. Size Cold Tire Infla- Federal law requires tire manufac-
2. Press the pressure gauge tion Pressure turers to place standardized infor-
squarely onto the valve stem. Do mation on the sidewall of all tires.
Front and Rear This information identifies and de-
not press too hard or force the Original Tire: 33 psi, 230 kPa
valve stem sideways, or air will scribes the fundamental character-
235/65R18 istics of the tire and also provides the
escape. If the hissing sound of air
Front and Rear Tire Identification Number (TIN) for
escaping from the tire is heard
Original Tire: 35 psi, 240 kPa safety standard certification. The TIN
while checking the pressure, re-
235/55R20 can be used to identify the tire in
position the gauge to eliminate
this leakage. Spare Tire: case of a recall.
60 psi, 420 kPa
T165/90D18
3. Remove the gauge.
8-32 Do-it-yourself
6. Two- or three-digit number (95):
This number is the tire’s load in-
dex. It is a measurement of how
much weight each tire can sup-
port. You may not find this infor-
mation on all tires because it is
not required by law.
7. H: Tire speed rating. You should
not drive the vehicle faster than
the tire speed rating.
WDI0395
Example
䊊
1 Tire size (example: P215/65R15 3. Two-digit number (65): This
95H) number, known as the aspect
ratio, gives the tire’s ratio of
1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de- height to width.
signed for passenger vehicles
(not all tires have this informa- 4. R: The “R” stands for radial.
tion). 5. Two-digit number (15): This num-
2. Three-digit number (215): This ber is the wheel or rim diameter
number gives the width in milli- in inches.
meters of the tire from sidewall
edge to sidewall edge.
Do-it-yourself 8-33
䊊
3 Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate
the materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester and others.
䊊
4 Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
LDI2786 permissible inflation pressure.
Example
䊊
2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) 3. Two-digit code: Tire size. 䊊
5 Maximum load rating
for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX 4. Three-digit code: Tire type code This number indicates the maximum
XXX XXXX) (Optional). load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When re-
1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De- 5. Four numbers represent the placing the tires on the vehicle, always
partment Of Transportation”. week and year the tire was built. use a tire that has the same load rat-
The symbol can be placed For example, the numbers 3103 ing as the factory installed tire.
above, below or to the left or means the 31st week of 2003. If
right of the Tire Identification these numbers are missing then
Number. look on the other sidewall of the
2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s tire.
identification mark.
8-34 Do-it-yourself
䊊
6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type” TYPES OF TIRES ∙ Always use tires of the same type,
Indicates whether the tire requires size, brand, construction and tread
WARNING pattern on all four wheels. Failure to
an inner tube (“tube type”) or not do so may result in a circumference
∙ When changing or replacing tires, be
(“tubeless”). sure all four tires are of the same type difference between tires on the front
䊊
7 The word “radial” (i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) and
construction. A NISSAN dealer may be
and rear axles which can cause the
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system
The word “radial” is shown if the tire able to help you with information to malfunction resulting in personal
has radial structure. about tire type, size, speed rating and injury or death, excessive tire wear
availability. and may damage the transmission,
䊊
8 Manufacturer or brand name
∙ Replacement tires may have a lower
transfer case and differential gears.
Manufacturer or brand name is speed rating than the factory ∙ For additional information regarding
shown. equipped tires, and may not match tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety
the potential maximum vehicle Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-
Other Tire-related Terminology speed. Never exceed the maximum mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-
speed rating of the tire. formation Booklet.
In addition to the many terms that
are defined throughout this section, ∙ Replacing tires with those not origi- All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the nally specified by NISSAN could affect
the proper operation of the low tire CAUTION
sidewall that contains a whitewall,
pressure warning system. ∙ ONLY use spare tires specified for the
bears white lettering or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or model AWD model.
name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same molding on
the other sidewall of the tire, or (2)
the outward facing sidewall of an
asymmetrical tire that has a particu-
lar side that must always face out-
ward when mounted on a vehicle.
Do-it-yourself 8-35
If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom- Snow tires TIRE CHAINS
mended that all four tires be replaced with
tires of the same size, brand, construction If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to
select tires equivalent in size and load rat-
CAUTION
and tread pattern. The tire pressure and
ing to the original equipment tires. If you do Tire chains/cables should not be in-
wheel alignment should also be checked
not, it can adversely affect the safety and stalled on 235/55R20 size tires. Installa-
and corrected as necessary. It is recom-
handling of your vehicle. tion of the tire chains/cables on
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for 235/55R20 size tires will cause damage
this service. Generally, snow tires have lower speed rat-
to the vehicle. If you plan to use tire
ings than factory equipped tires and may
All season tires chains/cables, you should install
not match the potential maximum vehicle
235/65R18 size tires on your vehicle.
NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some speed. Never exceed the maximum speed
models to provide good performance all rating of the tire. Use of tire chains may be prohibited ac-
year, including snowy and icy road condi- If you install snow tires, they must be the cording to location. Check the local laws
tions. All Season tires are identified by ALL same size, brand, construction and tread before installing tire chains. When installing
SEASON and/or M&S on the tire sidewall. pattern on all four wheels. tire chains, make sure they are the proper
Snow tires have better snow traction than size for the tires on your vehicle and are
All Season tires and may be more appropri- For additional traction on icy roads, stud- installed according to the chain manufac-
ate in some areas. ded tires may be used. However, some U.S. turer’s suggestions. Use only SAE class “S”
states and Canadian provinces prohibit chains. Class “S” chains are used on ve-
Summer tires their use. Check local, state and provincial hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear-
laws before installing studded tires. Skid ance. Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains
NISSAN specifies summer tires on some and traction capabilities of studded snow are designed to meet the minimum clear-
models to provide superior performance tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer ances between the tire and the closest ve-
on dry roads. Summer tire performance is than that of non-studded snow tires. hicle suspension or body component re-
substantially reduced in snow and ice.
quired to accommodate the use of a
Summer tires do not have the tire traction
winter traction device (tire chains or
rating “M&S” on the tire sidewall.
cables). The minimum clearances are de-
If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy termined using the factory equipped tire
or icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the size. Other types may damage your vehicle.
use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all Use chain tensioners when recommended
four wheels. by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a
8-36 Do-it-yourself
tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain Wheel nut tightening torque:
must be secured or removed to prevent 83 ft-lb (113 N·m)
the possibility of whipping action damage
to the fenders or underbody. If possible, The wheel nuts must be kept tight-
avoid fully loading your vehicle when using ened to specifications at all times.
tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced It is recommended that wheel nuts
speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be be tightened to specification at
damaged and/or vehicle handling and
performance may be adversely affected. each tire rotation interval.
Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving WARNING
with chains in such conditions can cause
damage to the various mechanisms of the ∙ After rotating the tires, check
vehicle due to some overstress. and adjust the tire pressure.
WDI0258 ∙ Retighten the wheel nuts when
the vehicle has been driven for
CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in
Tire rotation cases of a flat tire, etc.).
∙ Do not include the spare tire in
NISSAN recommends rotating the the tire rotation.
tires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).
∙ For additional information re-
For additional information on tire regarding tires, refer to “Impor-
placing procedures, refer to “Flat tire” tant Tire Safety Information”
in the “In case of emergency” section (US) or “Tire Safety Information”
of this manual. (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-
mation Booklet.
As soon as possible, tighten the
wheel nuts to the specified torque
with a torque wrench.
Do-it-yourself 8-37
ing capacity as originally equipped. For ad-
∙ The original tires have built-in ditional information, refer to “Wheels and
tread wear indicators. When the
tires” in the “Technical and consumer infor-
wear indicators are visible, the
mation” section of this manual.
tire(s) should be replaced.
∙ Tires degrade with age and use. WARNING
Have tires, including the spare, ∙ The use of tires other than those rec-
over 6 years old checked by a ommended or the mixed use of tires
qualified technician because of different brands, construction
some tire damage may not be (bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread
obvious. Replace the tires as patterns can adversely affect the ride,
necessary to prevent tire failure braking, handling, VDC system,
and possible personal injury. ground clearance, body-to-tire clear-
∙ Improper service of the spare ance, tire chain clearance, speedom-
WDI0259
eter calibration, headlight aim and
Tire wear and damage tire may result in serious per- bumper height. Some of these effects
sonal injury. If it is necessary to may lead to accidents and could re-
1. Wear indicator repair the spare tire, it is recom- sult in serious personal injury.
mended that you visit a NISSAN
2. Location mark dealer for this service. ∙ For 2WD models, if your vehicle was
originally equipped with four tires
WARNING ∙ For additional information re- that were the same size and you are
garding tires, refer to “Impor- only replacing two of the four tires,
∙ Tires should be periodically in- tant Tire Safety Information” install the new tires on the rear axle.
spected for wear, cracking, (US) or “Tire Safety Information” Placing new tires on the front axle
bulging or objects caught in the (Canada) in the Warranty Infor- may cause loss of vehicle control in
tread. If excessive wear, cracks, mation Booklet. some driving conditions and cause an
bulging or deep cuts are found, accident and personal injury.
the tire(s) should be replaced. Replacing wheels and tires
When replacing a tire, use the same size,
tread design, speed rating and load carry-
8-38 Do-it-yourself
∙ If the wheels are changed for any rea- ∙ The TPMS sensor may be damaged if Wheel balance
son, always replace with wheels it is not handled correctly. Be careful Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle
which have the same off-set dimen- when handling the TPMS sensor. handling and tire life. Even with regular use,
sion. Wheels of a different off-set wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,
∙ When replacing the TPMS sensor, the
could cause premature tire wear, de-
ID registration may be required. It is they should be balanced as required.
grade vehicle handling characteris-
tics, affect the VDC system and/or in- Wheel balance service should be per-
dealer for ID registration.
terference with the brake discs. Such formed with the wheels off the vehicle.
interference can lead to decreased ∙ Do not use a valve stem cap that is not Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle
braking efficiency and/or early brake specified by NISSAN. The valve stem could lead to mechanical damage.
pad wear. For additional information cap may become stuck.
on wheel off-set dimensions, refer to ∙ For additional information regarding
∙ Be sure that the valve stem caps are tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety
“Wheels and tires” in the “Technical correctly fitted. Otherwise the valve
and consumer information” section of Information” (US) or “Tire Safety In-
may be clogged up with dirt and
this manual. formation” (Canada) in the Warranty
cause a malfunction or loss of
∙ When replacing a wheel without the pressure. Information Booklet.
TPMS, such as the spare tire, the TPMS ∙ Do not install a damaged or deformed Care of wheels
will not function and the low tire pres- wheel or tire even if it has been re-
sure warning light will flash for ap- ∙ Wash the wheels when washing the ve-
paired. Such wheels or tires could
proximately 1 minute. The light will re- hicle to maintain their appearance.
have structural damage and could fail
main on after 1 minute. Have your without warning. ∙ Clean the inner side of the wheels when
tires replaced and/or TPMS system
∙ The use of retread tires is not the wheel is changed or the underside
reset as soon as possible. It is recom-
recommended. of the vehicle is washed.
for this service. ∙ For additional information regarding ∙ Do not use abrasive cleaners when
tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety washing the wheels.
nally specified by NISSAN could affect Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor- ∙ Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents
the proper operation of the TPMS. mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In- or corrosion. Such damage may cause
formation Booklet. loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire
bead.
Do-it-yourself 8-39
∙ NISSAN recommends waxing the road CAUTION
∙ With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare
wheels to protect against road salt in tire installed do not drive the vehicle
areas where it is used during winter. ∙ Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO-
at speeds faster than 50 mph
RARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chains
Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY (80 km/h).
will not fit properly and may cause
spare tire) ∙ When driving on roads covered with damage to the vehicle.
snow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE
When replacing a wheel without the TPMS ∙ Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY
ONLY spare tire should be used on the
such as the spare tire, the TPMS will not spare tire is smaller than the original
rear wheels and the original tire used
function. tire, ground clearance is reduced. To
on the front wheels (drive wheels).
avoid damage to the vehicle, do not
Observe the following precautions if the ∙ Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE drive over obstacles. Also, do not drive
TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster the vehicle through an automatic car
used. Otherwise, your vehicle could be rate than the standard tire. Replace wash since it may get caught.
damaged or involved in an accident: the spare tire as soon as the tread
wear indicators appear.
WARNING ∙ Do not use the spare tire on other
∙ The spare tire should be used for vehicles.
emergency use only. It should be re- ∙ Do not use more than one spare tire at
placed with the standard tire at the the same time.
first opportunity to avoid possible tire
or differential damage. ∙ Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO-
RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.
∙ Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY
USE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoid
sharp turns and abrupt braking while
driving.
∙ Periodically check spare tire inflation
pressure. Always keep the pressure of
the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire
at 420 kPa, 4.2 bar (60 psi).
8-40 Do-it-yourself
9 Maintenance and schedules
Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Additional maintenance items for
Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 severe operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Emission control system maintenance . . . . . . . 9-8
Explanation of general maintenance Chassis & body maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Maintenance under severe operating
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 9-5 conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Emission control system maintenance:. . . . . . . 9-5 Severe driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Chassis and body maintenance:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Maintenance log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE
Some day-to-day and regular mainte- SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE During the normal day-to-day operation of
nance is essential to maintain your vehicle the vehicle, general maintenance should
good mechanical condition, as well as its The maintenance items listed in this sec- be performed regularly as prescribed in
emissions and engine performance. tion are required to be serviced at regular this section. If you detect any unusual
intervals. However under severe driving
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure sounds, vibrations or smells, be sure to
conditions, additional or more frequent
that the scheduled maintenance, as well as check for the cause or have it checked
maintenance will be required.
general maintenance, is performed. promptly. In addition, it is recommended
WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE that you visit a NISSAN dealer if you think
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one that repairs are required.
who can ensure that your vehicle receives If maintenance service is required or your
proper maintenance. You are a vital link in vehicle appears to malfunction, have the When performing any checks or mainte-
the maintenance chain. systems checked and serviced. It is recom- nance work, closely observe the “Mainte-
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for nance precautions” in the “Do-it-yourself”
GENERAL MAINTENANCE this service. section of this manual.
General maintenance includes those items NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe-
which should be checked during normal
EXPLANATION OF GENERAL
cialists and are kept up-to-date with the
day-to-day operation. They are essential latest service information through techni-
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
for proper vehicle operation. It is your re- cal bulletins, service tips and training pro- Additional information on the following
sponsibility to perform these procedures grams. They are completely qualified to items with “ * ” is found in the “Do-it-
regularly as prescribed. work on NISSAN vehicles before work be- yourself ” section of this manual.
Performing general maintenance checks gins.
requires minimal mechanical skill and only
Outside the vehicle
You can be confident that a NISSAN deal-
a few general automotive tools. er’s service department can perform the The maintenance items listed here should
These checks or inspections can be done service needed to meet the maintenance be performed from time to time, unless
by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you requirements on your vehicle. otherwise specified.
prefer, a NISSAN dealer. Doors and engine hood: Check that the
doors and engine hood operate properly.
Also ensure that all latches lock securely.
Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers
and links if necessary. Make sure that the
9-2 Maintenance and schedules
secondary latch keeps the hood from Wheel alignment and balance: If the ve- pedal does not catch or require uneven
opening when the primary latch is re- hicle should pull to either side while driving effort. Keep the floor mat away from the
leased. on a straight and level road, or if you detect pedal.
uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may
When driving in areas using road salt or Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth
be a need for wheel alignment. If the steer-
other corrosive materials, check lubrica- operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes
ing wheel or seat vibrates at normal high-
tion frequently. down further than normal, the pedal feels
way speeds, wheel balancing may be
spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular needed.
to stop, have your vehicle checked imme-
basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop
lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and other For additional information regarding tires, diately. It is recommended that you visit a
lights are all operating properly and in- refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” NISSAN dealer for this service. Keep the
stalled securely. Also check headlight aim. (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in floor mat away from the pedal.
the Warranty Information Booklet.
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check- Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull
ing the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are Windshield: Clean the windshield on a the vehicle to one side when applied.
missing, and check for any loose wheel regular basis. Check the windshield at least
Continuously Variable Transmission
nuts. Tighten if necessary. every six months for cracks or other dam-
(CVT) P (Park) position mechanism: On a
age. Have a damaged windshield repaired
Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated ev- fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held
by a qualified repair facility.
ery 5,000 miles (8,000 km). securely with the shift lever in the P (Park)
Windshield wiper blades*: Check for position without applying any brakes.
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge
often and always prior to long distance cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly. Parking brake: Check the parking brake
trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in all Inside the vehicle operation regularly. The vehicle should be
tires, including the spare, to the pressure securely held on a fairly steep hill with only
specified. Check carefully for damage, cuts The maintenance items listed here should the parking brake applied. If the parking
or excessive wear. be checked on a regular basis, such as brake needs adjustment, it is recom-
when performing scheduled maintenance, mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
cleaning the vehicle, etc. this service.
transmitter components: Replace the
TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve core Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for Seats: Check seat position controls such
and cap when the tires are replaced due to smooth operation and make sure the as seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc., to
wear or age. ensure they operate smoothly and all
Maintenance and schedules 9-3
latches lock securely in every position. Under the hood and vehicle Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake
Check that the head restraints/headrests fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines
move up and down smoothly and the locks The maintenance items listed here should on the reservoir.
(if so equipped) hold securely in all latched be checked periodically (for example, each
time you check the engine oil or refuel). Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant
positions.
level when the engine is cold.
Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.
The fluid should be at the bottom of the Engine drive belt*: Make sure the drive belt
belt system (for example, buckles, anchors,
filler opening. Vehicles operated in high is not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.
adjusters and retractors) operate properly
and smoothly, and are installed securely. temperatures or under severe conditions Engine oil level*: Check the level after
Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying, require frequent checks of the battery fluid parking the vehicle on a level spot and
wear or damage. level. turning off the engine. Wait more than
15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the
Steering wheel: Check for changes in the NOTE: oil pan.
steering system, such as excessive free
play, hard steering or strange noises. Care should be taken to avoid situations Exhaust system: Make sure there are no
that can lead to potential battery dis- loose supports, cracks or holes. If the
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure all charge and potential no-start conditions sound of the exhaust seems unusual or
warning lights and chimes are operating such as: there is a smell of exhaust fumes, immedi-
properly.
1. Installation or extended use of elec- ately have the exhaust system inspected. It
Windshield defroster: Check that the air tronic accessories that consume bat- is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
comes out of the defroster outlets properly tery power when the engine is not dealer for this service. For additional infor-
and in sufficient quantity when operating running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD mation, refer to “Exhaust gas (carbon mon-
the heater or air conditioner. players, etc.). oxide)” in the “Starting and driving” section
of this manual.
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
that the wipers and washer operate prop- only driven short distances. Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for
erly and that the wipers do not streak. fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the
In these cases, the battery may need to vehicle has been parked for a while. Water
be charged to maintain battery health. dripping from the air conditioner after use
is normal. If you should notice any leaks or if

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
fuel fumes are evident, check for the cause The following descriptions are provided to NOTE:
and have it corrected immediately. give you a better understanding of the
NISSAN does not advocate the use of
Power steering fluid level* and lines: scheduled maintenance items that should
non-OEM approved aftermarket flush-
Check the level when the fluid is cold, with be regularly checked or replaced. The
ing systems and strongly advises
the engine off. Check the lines for proper maintenance schedule indicates at which
against performing these services on a
attachment, leaks, cracks, etc. mileage/time intervals each item requires
NISSAN product. Many of the aftermar-
service.
Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the ket flushing systems use non-OEM ap-
radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, In addition to scheduled maintenance, proved chemicals or solvents, the use of
leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. your vehicle requires that some items be which has not been validated by NISSAN.
Make sure the hoses have no cracks, defor- checked during normal day-to-day opera-
For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,
mation, rot or loose connections. tion. For additional information, refer to
grease, and refrigerant, refer to “Recom-
“General maintenance” in this section.
Underbody: The underbody is frequently mended fluids/lubricants and capaci-
exposed to corrosive substances such as Items marked with “*” are recommended ties” in the “Technical and consumer in-
those used on icy roads or to control dust. It by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. formation” section of this manual.
is very important to remove these sub- You are not required to perform mainte-
stances, otherwise rust may form on the nance on these items in order to maintain EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around the the warranties which come with your MAINTENANCE:
exhaust system. At the end of winter, the NISSAN. Other maintenance items and in-
underbody should be thoroughly flushed Drive belt*: Check engine drive belt for
tervals are required. wear, fraying or cracking and for proper
with plain water, being careful to clean
those areas where mud and dirt may accu- When applicable, additional information tension. Replace any damaged drive belt.
mulate. For additional information, refer to can be found in the “Do-it-yourself ” section Engine air filter: Replace at specified inter-
the “Appearance and care” section of this of this manual. vals. When driving for prolonged periods in
manual. dusty conditions, check/replace the filter
Windshield-washer fluid*: Check that more frequently.
there is adequate fluid in the reservoir. Engine coolant*: Replace coolant at the
specified interval. When adding or replac-
ing coolant, be sure to use only Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)
or equivalent with the proper mixture. (For deterioration. Tighten connections or re- Steering gear and linkage, axle and sus-
additional information on the proper mix- place parts as necessary. pension parts, drive shaft boots: Check
ture for your area, refer to “Engine cooling for damage, looseness, and leakage of oil
Spark plugs: Replace at specified intervals. or grease. Under severe driving conditions,
system” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of
Install new plugs of the same type as origi- inspect more frequently.
this manual.)
nally equipped.
NOTE: Tire rotation: Tires should be rotated every
CHASSIS AND BODY 5,000 miles (8,000 km) according to the in-
Mixing any other type of coolant or the MAINTENANCE: structions under “Explanation of general
use of non-distilled water may reduce maintenance items” in this section. When
the recommended service interval of the Brake lines and cables: Visually inspect for rotating tires, check for damage and un-
coolant. proper installation. Check for chafing, even wear. Replace if necessary.
cracks, deterioration, and signs of leaking.
Engine oil and oil filter: Replace engine oil Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil,
Replace any deteriorated or damaged
and oil filter at the specified intervals. For transfer case oil: Visually inspect for signs
parts immediately.
recommended oil grade and viscosity refer of leakage at specified intervals. If towing a
to “Recommended fluids/lubricants and Brake pads and rotors: Check for wear, trailer, using a camper or car-top carrier, or
capacities” in the “Technical and consumer deterioration and fluid leaks. Replace any driving on rough or muddy roads:
information” section of this manual. deteriorated or damaged parts immedi- ∙ Replace the fluid/oil every 20,000 miles
ately. (32,000 km) or 24 months.
Engine valve clearance*: Inspect only if
valve noise increase. Adjust valve clearance Exhaust system: Visually inspect the ex- ∙ Replace the CVT fluid every 60,000 miles
if necessary. haust pipes, muffler and hangers for leaks, (96,000 km) or request the dealer to in-
Evaporative emissions control vapor cracks, deterioration, and damage. Tighten spect the fluid deterioration data using
lines*: Check vapor lines for leaks or loose- connections or replace parts as necessary. a CONSULT. If the deterioration data is
ness. Tighten connections or replace parts more than 210000, replace the CVT fluid.
In-cabin microfilter: Replace at specified
as necessary. intervals. When driving for prolonged peri-
Fuel filter*: Periodic maintenance is not re- ods in dusty conditions, replace the filter
quired. (in-tank type filter) more frequently.
Fuel lines*: Check the fuel hoses, piping Propeller shaft(s): Check for damage,
and connections for leaks, looseness, or looseness, and grease leakage. (AWD)
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES
Off-Road Maintenance Check the follow- To help ensure smooth, safe and economi- ∙ Repeated short trips of less than
ing items frequently whenever you drive cal driving, NISSAN provides two mainte- 10 miles (16 km) with outside tempera-
off-road through deep sand, mud or water: nance schedules that may be used, de- tures remaining below freezing.
∙ Brake pads and rotors pending upon the conditions in which you ∙ Operating in hot weather in stop-
usually drive. These schedules contain and-go “rush hour” traffic.
∙ Brake lines and hoses both distance and time intervals, up to
120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144 months. For ∙ Extensive idling and/or low speed driv-
∙ Differential, transmission and transfer
most people, the odometer reading will in- ing for long distances, such as police,
case oil
dicate when service is needed. However, if taxi or door-to-door delivery use.
∙ Steering linkage you drive very little, your vehicle should be ∙ Driving in dusty conditions.
∙ Propeller shaft(s) and front drive shafts serviced at the regular time intervals
∙ Driving on rough, muddy or salt spread
shown in the schedule.
∙ Engine air filter roads.
After 120,000 miles
∙ Towing a trailer, using a camper or using
(192,000 km)/144 months, continue a car-top carrier.
maintenance at the same mileage/time
intervals. NOTE:
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS For vehicles operated in Canada, both
FOR SEVERE OPERATING standard and severe maintenance items
CONDITIONS should be performed at every interval.
Additional maintenance items for severe

operating conditions should be per-
formed on vehicles that are driven under
especially demanding conditions. Addi-
tional maintenance items should be per-
formed if you primarily operate your vehicle
under the following conditions:
∙ Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles
(8 km).
STANDARD MAINTENANCE
The following tables show the standard

maintenance schedule. Depending upon
weather and atmospheric conditions,
varying road surfaces, individual driving
habits and vehicle usage, additional or
more frequent maintenance may be re-
quired. After 120,000 miles
(192,000 km)/144 months, continue
maintenance at the same mileage/time
interval.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or miles x 1,000 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
months, whichever comes first. (km x 1,000) (8) (16) (24) (32) (40) (48) (56) (64) (72) (80) (88) (96)
Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
Drive belt See NOTE (1) I* I* I*
Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R
EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*
Fuel lines I* I* I*
Fuel filter See NOTE (3)
Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)
Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R
Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R
Spark plugs (Iridium-tipped type) See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)
Intake and exhaust valve clearances* See NOTE (7)

Months 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120 126 132 138 144
Drive belt See NOTE (1) I* I* I* I* I* I*
Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R
EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*
Fuel lines I* I* I*
Fuel filter See NOTE (3)
Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)
Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R
Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R
Spark plugs (Iridium-tipped type) See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)
Intake and exhaust valve clearances* See NOTE (7)
NOTE:
(1) After 40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the drive belt if
found damaged.
(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.
(3) Periodic maintenance is not required.
(4) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles
(120,000 km) or 60 months.
(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with proper mixture ratio of 50% antifreeze and 50%
demineralized or distilled water. Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the life expectancy
of the factory fill coolant.
(6) Replace spark plug when the plug gap exceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even if within specified periodic replacement mileage.
(7) Periodic maintenance is not required. However, if valve noise increased, inspect valve clearance.
* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform
such maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and
intervals are required.

CHASSIS & BODY MAINTENANCE
Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace,

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
Brake lines and cables I I I I I I
Brake pads and rotors夝 I I I I I I
Brake fluid夝 R R R
CVT fluid See NOTE (1) I I I I I I
Transfer fluid & differential gear oil See NOTE (2) I I I I I I
Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension I I I
parts夝
Tire rotation See NOTE (3)
Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots (AWD mod- I I I I I I
els)夝
Exhaust system夝 I I I
In-cabin microfilter R R R R
NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery I R R R

Months 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120 126 132 138 144
Brake lines and cables I I I I I I
Brake pads and rotors夝 I I I I I I
Brake fluid夝 R R R
CVT fluid See NOTE (1) I I I I I I
Transfer fluid & differential gear oil See NOTE (2) I I I I I I
Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension I I I
parts夝
Tire rotation See NOTE (3)
Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots (AWD mod- I I I I I I
els)夝
Exhaust system夝 I I I
In-cabin microfilter R R R R
NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery R R R R
NOTE:
Maintenance items with “夝” should be performed more frequently according to “Maintenance under severe driving conditions”.
(1) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top carrier or driving on rough or muddy roads, inspect CVT fluid deterioration every
60,000 miles (96,000 km), then change CVT fluid if necessary. And if the inspection is not performed, change (not just inspect) CVT
fluid every 60,000 miles (96,000 km). It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
(2) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top, or driving on rough or muddy roads, change (not just inspect) oil at every
20,000 miles (32,000 km) or 24 months.
(3) For additional information on tire rotation, refer to “General maintenance” in this section.

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE
OPERATING CONDITIONS
The maintenance intervals shown on the preceding pages are for normal operating conditions. If the vehicle is mainly operated under
severe driving conditions as shown below, more frequent maintenance must be performed on the following items as shown in the table.
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS ∙ Operating in hot weather in stop- ∙ Driving in dusty conditions.
and-go “rush hour” traffic.
∙ Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles ∙ Driving on rough, muddy or salt spread
(8 km). ∙ Extensive idling and/or low speed driv- roads.
ing for long distance, such as police, taxi
∙ Repeated short trips of less than ∙ Towing a trailer, using a camper or using
or door-to-door delivery use.
10 miles (16 km) with outside tempera- a car-top carrier.
tures remaining below freezing.
Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary.
Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance interval
Brake fluid Replace Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 months
Brake pads & rotors Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months
Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months
Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots (AWD models) Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months
Exhaust system Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

MAINTENANCE LOG
5,000 Miles (8,000 km) or 6 10,000 Miles (16,000 km) or 12 15,000 Miles (24,000 km) or 18
Months Months Months
Dealer Name: Dealer Name: Dealer Name:
Date: Date: Date:
Mileage: Mileage: Mileage:
Dealer Dealer Dealer
Stamp: Stamp: Stamp:
Date: Date: Date:
Date: Date: Date:

Date: Date: Date:
Date: Date: Date:
Date: Date: Date:

95,000 Miles (152,000 km) or 114 100,000 Miles (160,000 km) or 105,000 Miles (168,000 km) or 126
Months 120 Months Months
Date: Date: Date:
Date: Date: Date:

MEMO

10 Technical and consumer information
Recommended fluids/lubricants and Installing front license plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Fuel recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Engine oil and oil filter Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Securing the load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Air conditioner system refrigerant and Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
oil recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Maximum load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Towing load/specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
When traveling or registering in another Flat towing for all–wheel drive vehicle
country. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Flat towing for front wheel drive vehicle
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Uniform tire quality grading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Vehicle identification number Emission control system warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11 Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . .10-11 test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . .10-11 Event Data Recorders (EDR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order
Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/
LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedure
described in the “Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Fluid type Capacity (approximate) Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
Metric US Imperial
Measure Measure Measure
• For additional information, refer to “Fuel recommendation” in
Fuel 71.9 L 19 gal 15-7/8 gal
this section.
Engine oil*1 With oil filter • Genuine “Nissan Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” is recommended.
Drain and refill 4.8 L 5-1/8 qt 4-1/4 qt • If the above motor oil is not available, use an equivalent motor
change
*1: For additional information, refer oil that matches the above grade and viscosity. For additional
to “Engine oil” in the “Do-it-yourself ” Without oil information, refer to “Engine oil and oil filter recommendations”
4.5 L 4-3/4 qt 4.0 qt
section of this manual. filter change in this section.
Engine coolant • Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)
8.7 L 2-1/4 gal 1-7/8 gal
With reservoir or equivalent.
• Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3.
• NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or
equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids.
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — — Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid
NS-3 may damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids
other than as recommended is not covered under the NISSAN’s
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Differential gear oil — — — • Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or
Transfer oil — — — equivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oil.
• Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent.
• Use of power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E-PSF
Power Steering Fluid (PSF) — — —
may prevent the power steering system from operating
properly.
• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent
Brake fluid — — — DOT 3.
*2: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.
Multi-purpose grease — — — • NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base).
10-2 Technical and consumer information

Fluid type Capacity (approximate) Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
Metric US Imperial
Measure Measure Measure
• Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & An-
Windshield-washer fluid 4.6 L 1-1/4 gal 1 gal
tifreeze or equivalent.
• HFC-134a (R-134a).
Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — • For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner system re-
frigerant and oil recommendations” in this section.
• NISSAN A/C System Oil Type ND-OIL8 or equivalent.
Air conditioning system oil — — — • For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner system re-
frigerant and oil recommendations” in this section.
FUEL RECOMMENDATION ∙ Under no circumstances should a ∙ Do not use fuel that contains the oc-
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc- leaded gasoline be used, because this tane booster methylcyclopentadienyl
tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock will damage the three-way catalyst. manganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using
Index) number (Research octane number fuel containing MMT may adversely
∙ Do not use a fuel containing more
affect vehicle performance and ve-
91). than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Your
hicle emissions. Not all fuel dispens-
vehicle is not designed to run on a fuel
ers are labeled to indicate MMT con-
CAUTION containing more than 15% ethanol.
tent, so you may have to consult your
Using a fuel containing more than 15%
∙ Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door gasoline retailer for more details.
ethanol in a vehicle not specifically
label can operate on E-85. Fuel system Note that Federal and California laws
designed for a fuel containing more
or other damage can occur if E-85 is prohibit the use of MMT in reformu-
than 15% ethanol can adversely affect
used in vehicles that are not designed lated gasoline.
the emission control devices and sys-
to run on E-85. tems of the vehicle. Damage caused ∙ U.S. government regulations require
∙ Using a fuel other than that specified by such fuel is not covered by the ethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-
could adversely affect the emission NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty. tified by a small, square, orange and
control system, and may also affect black label with the common abbre-
the warranty coverage. viation or the appropriate percentage
for that region.
Technical and consumer information 10-3

Gasoline specifications If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, immediately change to a non-oxygenate
please take the following precautions as fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.
NISSAN recommends using gasoline that the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle
meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) Take care not to spill gasoline during re-
performance problems and/or fuel system
specifications where it is available. Many of fueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates
damage.
the automobile manufacturers developed can cause paint damage.
this specification to improve emission con- ∙ The fuel should be unleaded and have
an octane rating no lower than that E–15 fuel
trol system and vehicle performance. Ask
your service station manager if the gaso- recommended for unleaded gasoline. E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%
line meets the WWFC specifications. ∙ If an oxygenate-blend other than fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline.
methanol blend is used, it should E-15 can only be used in vehicles designed
Reformulated gasoline to run on E-15 fuel. U.S. government regula-
contain no more than 15% oxygenate.
Some fuel suppliers are now producing re- tions require fuel ethanol dispensing
formulated gasolines. These gasolines are ∙ If a methanol blend is used, it should pumps to be identified with small, square,
specially designed to reduce vehicle emis- contain no more than 5% methanol orange and black label with the common
sions. NISSAN supports efforts towards (methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It abbreviation or the appropriate percent-
cleaner air and suggests that you use re- should also contain a suitable age for that region.
formulated gasoline when available. amount of appropriate cosolvents
and corrosion inhibitors. If not prop- E–85 fuel
Gasoline containing oxygenates erly formulated with appropriate co- E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%
solvents and corrosion inhibitors, fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline.
Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain- such methanol blends may cause fuel
ing oxygenates such as ethanol, Methyl E-85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel
system damage and/or vehicle per- Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 in your ve-
Tert-butyl Ether (MTBE) and methanol with formance problems. At this time, suf-
or without advertising their presence. hicle. U.S. government regulations require
ficient data is not available to ensure fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-
NISSAN does not recommend the use of that all methanol blends are suitable
fuels of which the oxygenate content and tified by a small, square, orange and black
for use in NISSAN vehicles. label with the common abbreviation or the
the fuel compatibility for your NISSAN can-
not be readily determined. If in doubt, ask If any driveability problems such as engine appropriate percentage for that region.
your service station manager. stalling and difficult hot-starting are expe-
rienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels,
Fuel containing MMT spark knock even when using gasoline
of the stated octane rating, or if you hear
MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga- steady spark knock while holding a
nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting ad- steady speed on level roads, it is recom-
ditive. NISSAN does not recommend the mended that you have a NISSAN dealer
use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel may correct the condition. Failure to correct
adversely affect vehicle performance, in- the condition is misuse of the vehicle, for
cluding the emissions control system. Note which NISSAN is not responsible.
that while some fuel pumps label MMT
content, not all do, so you may have to Incorrect ignition timing may result in
consult your gasoline retailer for more de- spark knock, after-run and/or overheating,
tails. which may cause excessive fuel consump-
tion or engine damage. If any of the above
Aftermarket fuel additives symptoms are encountered, have your ve-
hicle checked. It is recommended that you
NISSAN does not recommend the use of visit a NISSAN dealer for servicing.
any aftermarket fuel additives (for ex-
ample, fuel injector cleaner, octane However, now and then you may notice
booster, intake valve deposit removers, light spark knock for a short time while
etc.) which are sold commercially. Many of accelerating or driving up hills. This is not
these additives intended for gum, varnish a cause for concern, because you get the
or deposit removal may contain active sol- greatest fuel benefit when there is light
vents or similar ingredients that can be spark knock for a short time under heavy
harmful to the fuel system and engine. engine load.
Octane rating tips

Using unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating lower than recommended can
cause persistent, heavy “spark knock.”
(“Spark knock” is a metallic rapping
noise.) If severe, this can lead to engine
damage. If you detect a persistent heavy
Oil which may contain foreign matter or
has been previously used should not be
used.
Oil viscosity
The engine oil viscosity or thickness
changes with temperature. Because of
this, it is important to select the engine oil
viscosity based on the temperatures at
which the vehicle will be operated before
the next oil change. Choosing an oil viscos-
ity other than that recommended could
cause serious engine damage.
LTI2051 Selecting the correct oil filter
ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER cation or International Lubricant Standard-
ization and Approval Committee (ILSAC) Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a
RECOMMENDATIONS high-quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter. When
certification and SAE viscosity standard.
replacing, use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter or
Selecting the correct oil These oils have the API certification mark
its equivalent for the reason described in
on the front of the container. Oils which do
It is essential to choose the correct grade, “Change intervals.”
not have the specified quality label should
quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure not be used as they could cause engine Change intervals
satisfactory engine life and performance. damage.
For additional information, refer to “Recom- The oil and oil filter change intervals for
mended fluids/lubricants and capacities” Oil additives your engine are based on the use of the
in this section. NISSAN recommends the specified quality oils and filters. Using en-
NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil gine oil and filters that are not of the speci-
use of an energy conserving oil in order to
additives. The use of an oil additive is not fied quality, or exceeding recommended oil
improve fuel economy.
necessary when the proper oil type is used and filter change intervals could reduce
Select only engine oils that meet the and maintenance intervals are followed. engine life. Damage to the engine caused
American Petroleum Institute (API) certifi- by improper maintenance or use of incor-
rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle REFRIGERANT AND OIL dealer when servicing your air conditioner
Limited Warranty. system.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Your engine was filled with a high-quality
engine oil when it was built. You do not have The air conditioner system in your
to change the oil before the first recom- NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the
mended change interval. Oil and filter refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and
change intervals depend upon how you NISSAN A/C System Oil Type ND-OIL8 or
use your vehicle. the exact equivalents.
Operation under the following conditions CAUTION

may require more frequent oil and filter
changes: The use of any other refrigerant or oil
will cause severe damage to the air con-
∙ repeated short distance driving at cold ditioning system and will require the re-
outside temperatures placement of all air conditioner system
∙ driving in dusty conditions components.
∙ extensive idling The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your

NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’s
∙ towing a trailer ozone layer. Although this refrigerant does
∙ stop and go commuting not affect the earth’s atmosphere, certain
government regulations require the recov-
For additional information, refer to the ery and recycling of any refrigerant during
“Maintenance and schedules” section of automotive air conditioner system service.
this manual. A NISSAN dealer has the trained techni-
cians and equipment needed to recover
and recycle your air conditioner system re-
frigerant.

SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINE
Model VQ35DE
Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC
Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-block, Slanted at 60°
Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.780 x 3.189 (96 x 81)
Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498)
Firing order 1–2–3–4–5–6
Idle speed
CVT (in N (Neutral) position)
No adjustment is necessary.
Ignition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)
CO % at idle
Spark plug FXE22HR-11
Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)
Camshaft operation Timing chain
This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

WHEELS AND TIRES DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
Wheels Offset in (mm) Size Overall length
without front license plate in (mm) 192.4 (4,888)
1.97 (50) 18 x 7.5J bracket
Alloy with front license plate bracket in (mm) 192.8 (4,898)
1.97 (50) 20 x 7.5J Overall width in (mm) 75.4 (1,916)
Overall height in (mm) 67.8 (1,722)
Tires Size Front and rear track width in (mm) 64.6 (1,640)
Wheelbase in (mm) 111.2 (2,825)
235/65R18
All Season Gross vehicle weight rating lbs. (kg) Refer to the “F.M.V.S.S./C.M.
Gross axle weight rating V.S.S. certification label” on
235/55R20
Front lbs. (kg) the center pillar between
Spare tire Wheel size Tire size Rear lbs. (kg) the driver’s side front and
rear doors.
Temporary spare - steel or 18 x 4T T165/90D18
alloy

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
IN ANOTHER COUNTRY
When planning to drive your NISSAN ve-

hicle in another country, you should first
find out if the fuel available is suitable for
your vehicle's engine.
Using fuel with an octane rating that is too
low may cause engine damage. All gaso-
line vehicles must be operated with un-
leaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid taking
your vehicle to areas where appropriate
fuel is not available.
When transferring the registration of
your vehicle to another country, state,
province or district, it may be necessary
to modify the vehicle to meet local laws TI1050M LTI2108
and regulations.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle (VIN) PLATE (chassis number)
emission control and safety standards
vary according to the country, state, prov- The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) The vehicle identification number is lo-
ince or district; therefore, vehicle specifica- plate is attached as shown. This number is cated as shown.
tions may differ. the identification for your vehicle and is
used in the vehicle registration.
When any vehicle is to be taken into an-
other country, state, province or district
and registered, its modifications, trans-
portation and registration are the re-
sponsibility of the user. NISSAN is not re-
sponsible for any inconvenience that
may result.

LTI2133 WTI0172 LTI2072
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION EMISSION CONTROL
The number is stamped on the engine as LABEL INFORMATION LABEL
shown. The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle The emission control information label is
Safety Standard (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifi- attached to the underside of the hood as
cation label is affixed as shown. This label shown.
contains valuable vehicle information, such
as: (GVWR), (GAWR), month and year of
manufacture, (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE
LTI2251 LTI2268 LTI2275

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION To mount the front license plate, attach the
LABEL LABEL license plate bracket to the plastic finisher
at the location marks (small dimples) using
The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire The air conditioner specification label is af- the two provided screws 䊊 A .
and Loading Information label. The label is fixed to the underside of the hood as
located as shown. shown.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION
WARNING ∙ GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb ∙ Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load
weight plus the combined weight limit, Total load capacity - maxi-
∙ It is extremely dangerous to of passengers and cargo. mum total weight limit specified
ride in a cargo area inside a ve- of the load (passengers and
hicle. In a collision, people riding ∙ GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-
in these areas are more likely to cargo) for the vehicle. This is the
ing) - maximum total combined maximum combined weight of
be seriously injured or killed. weight of the unloaded vehicle, occupants and cargo that can be
∙ Do not allow people to ride in passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer loaded into the vehicle. If the ve-
any area of your vehicle that is tongue load and any other op- hicle is used to tow a trailer, the
not equipped with seats and tional equipment. This informa-
seat belts. trailer tongue weight must be in-
tion is located on the cluded as part of the cargo load.
∙ Be sure everyone in your vehicle F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification This information is located on the
is in a seat and using a seat belt label. Tire and Loading Information la-
properly. bel.
∙ GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -
TERMS maximum weight (load) limit ∙ Cargo capacity - permissible
It is important to familiarize yourself specified for the front or rear axle. weight of cargo, the subtracted
with the following terms before This information is located on the weight of occupants from the
loading your vehicle: F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification load limit.
label.
∙ Curb Weight (actual weight of
your vehicle) - vehicle weight in- ∙ GCWR (Gross Combined Weight
cluding: standard and optional rating) - The maximum total
equipment, fluids, emergency weight rating of the vehicle, pas-
tools, and spare tire assembly. sengers, cargo, and trailer.
This weight does not include
passengers and cargo.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY
Do not exceed the load limit of your
vehicle shown as “The combined
weight of occupants and cargo” on
the Tire and Loading Information la-
bel. Do not exceed the number of
occupants shown as “Seating Ca-
pacity” on the Tire and Loading Infor-
mation label.
To get “the combined weight of oc-
cupants and cargo”, add the weight
of all occupants, then add the total
luggage weight. Examples are
shown in the following illustration.
LTI2320
Example
Steps for determining correct 5. Determine the combined weight
load limit of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That
1. Locate the statement “The com- weight may not safely exceed
bined weight of occupants and the available cargo and luggage
cargo should never exceed XXX load capacity calculated in
lbs. or XXX kg” on your vehicle’s step 4.
Tire and Loading Information la-
bel. 6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will
2. Determine the combined weight be transferred to your vehicle.
of the driver and passengers Consult this manual to deter-
that will be riding in your vehicle. mine how this reduces the avail-
LTI2113
3. Subtract the combined weight able cargo and luggage load ca-
pacity of your vehicle. Cargo area luggage hooks
of the driver and passengers
SECURING THE LOAD
from XXX lbs. or XXX kg. Before driving a loaded vehicle, con-
firm that you do not exceed the There are luggage hooks located in the
4. The resulting figure equals the cargo area as shown. The hooks can be
available amount of cargo and GVWR or the GAWR for your vehicle.
For additional information, refer to used to secure cargo with ropes or other
luggage load capacity. For ex- types of straps.
ample, if the XXX amount equals “Measurement of weights” in this
section. When securing items using luggage
1,400 lbs. and there will be five
hooks located on the side finisher do not
150 lbs. passengers in your ve- Also check tires for proper inflation apply a load over more than 6.5 lbs. (29 N)
hicle, the amount of available pressures. For additional informa- to a single hook.
cargo and luggage load capac- tion, refer to “Tire and Loading Infor-
ity is 650 lbs. (1,400-750 (5 X 150) = The luggage hooks that are located on
mation label” in the “Do-it-yourself” the floor should have loads less than
650 lbs.) or (640-340 (5 X 70) = section of this manual. 110 lbs. (490 N) to a single hook.
300 kg.)
WARNING ∙ Do not load the front and rear ∙ Overloading not only can
axle to the GAWR. Doing so will shorten the life of your vehicle
∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes or
straps to help prevent it from sliding exceed the GVWR. and the tire, but can also cause
or shifting. Do not place cargo higher unsafe vehicle handling and
than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop WARNING longer braking distances. This
or collision, unsecured cargo could ∙ Properly secure all cargo with may cause a premature tire fail-
cause personal injury. ropes or straps to help prevent ure which could result in a seri-
∙ The child restraint top tether strap it from sliding or shifting. Do not ous accident and personal in-
may be damaged by contact with place cargo higher than the jury. Failures caused by
items in the cargo area. Secure any seatbacks. In a sudden stop or overloading are not covered by
items in the cargo area. Your child collision, unsecured cargo could the vehicle’s warranty.
could be seriously injured or killed in a cause personal injury. MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS
collision if the top tether strap is
damaged. ∙ Do not load your vehicle any Secure loose items to prevent
heavier than the GVWR or the weight shifts that could affect the
∙ Do not load your vehicle any heavier maximum front and rear
than the GVWR or the maximum front balance of your vehicle. When the ve-
GAWRs. If you do, parts of your
and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of
vehicle can break, tire damage hicle is loaded, drive to a scale and
your vehicle can break, tire damage weigh the front and the rear wheels
could occur, or it can change the way
could occur, or it can change the
way your vehicle handles. This separately to determine axle loads.
your vehicle handles. This could result
in loss of control and cause personal could result in loss of control Individual axle loads should not ex-
injury. and cause personal injury. ceed either of the Gross Axle Weight
Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle
LOADING TIPS loads should not exceed the Gross
∙ The GVW must not exceed GVWR Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). These
ratings are given on the vehicle cer-
or GAWR as specified on the
tification label. If weight ratings are
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification exceeded, move or remove items to
label. bring all weights below the ratings.
TOWING A TRAILER
WARNING A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is avail-

able on the website at
Overloading or improper loading of a www.nissanusa.com. This guide includes
trailer and its cargo can adversely affect information on trailer towing capability and
vehicle handling, braking and perfor- the special equipment required for proper
mance and may lead to accidents. towing.
CAUTION MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

∙ Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy Maximum trailer loads
load for the first 500 miles (805 km).
Never allow the total trailer load to exceed
Your engine, axle or other parts could
the value specified in the “Towing
be damaged.
Load/Specification” chart found in this sec-
∙ For the first 500 miles (805 km) that tion. The total trailer load equals trailer
you tow a trailer, do not drive over weight plus its cargo weight. LTI2105
50 mph (80 km/h) and do not make
The maximum Gross Combined Weight The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
starts at full throttle. This helps the
Rating (GCWR) should not exceed the value equals the combined weight of the towing
engine and other parts of your vehicle
specified in the following Towing vehicle (including passengers and cargo)
wear in at the heavier loads.
Load/Specification Chart. plus the total trailer load. Towing loads
Your new vehicle was designed to be used greater than these or using improper tow-
primarily to carry passengers and cargo. ing equipment could adversely affect ve-
Remember that towing a trailer places ad- hicle handling, braking and performance.
ditional loads on your vehicle’s engine,
drive train, steering, braking and other sys- The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is
tems. not only related to the maximum trailer
loads, but also the places you plan to tow.
Tow weights appropriate for level highway
driving may have to be reduced for low
traction situations (for example, on slippery
boat ramps).

Temperature conditions can also affect CAUTION
towing. For example, towing a heavy trailer
in high outside temperatures on graded Vehicle damage resulting from im-
roads can affect engine performance and proper towing procedures is not cov-
cause overheating. The engine protection ered by NISSAN warranties.
mode, which helps reduce the chance of
engine damage, could activate and auto-
matically decrease engine power. Vehicle
speed may decrease under high load. Plan
your trip carefully to account for trailer and
vehicle load, weather and road conditions.
WARNING
Overheating can result in reduced en- WTI0160
gine power and vehicle speed. The re-
duced speed may be lower than other
Tongue load
traffic, which could increase the chance When using a weight carrying or a weight
of a collision. Be especially careful when distributing hitch, keep the tongue load be-
driving. If the vehicle cannot maintain a tween 10 - 15% of the total trailer load or use
safe driving speed, pull to the side of the the trailer tongue load specified by the
road in a safe area. Allow the engine to trailer manufacturer. The tongue load
cool and return to normal operation. For must be within the maximum tongue load
additional information, refer to “If your limits shown in the following “Towing
vehicle overheats” in the “In case of Load/Specification” chart. If the tongue
emergency” section of this manual. load becomes excessive, rearrange cargo
to allow for proper tongue load.

Towing capacities are calculated assum- 3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from
ing a base vehicle with driver and any op- the GVWR. The remaining amount is
tions required to achieve the rating. Addi- the available maximum tongue/king
tional passengers, cargo and/or optional pin load.
equipment, such as the trailer hitch, will To determine the available towing capacity,
add weight to the vehicle and reduce your use the following procedure.
vehicle’s maximum towing capacity and
trailer tongue load. 1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the
"Towing Load/Specification" chart
The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed found in this section.
to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR,
2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight
Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined
from the GCWR. The remaining amount
Weight Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.
is the available maximum towing ca-
All vehicle and trailer weights can be mea- pacity.
LTI2106
sured using platform type scales com- To determine the Gross Trailer Weight,
Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight monly found at truck stops, highway weigh weigh your trailer on a scale with all equip-
(GVW)/maximum Gross Axle stations, building supply centers or salvage ment and cargo, that are normally in the
Weight (GAW) yards. trailer when it is towed. Make sure the
To determine the available payload capac- Gross trailer weight is not more than the
The GVW of the towing vehicle must not Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating ity for tongue/king pin load, use the follow-
trailer and is not more than the calculated
(GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. ing procedure.
available maximum towing capacity.
certification label. The GVW equals the 1. Locate the GVWR on the
combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.
passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue
load and any other optional equipment. In 2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all
addition, front or rear GAW must not ex- of the passengers and cargo that are
ceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) normally in the vehicle when towing a
shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica- trailer.
tion label.
Also weigh the front and rear axles on the 7,250 lbs. (3,289 kg) GVWR “Towing load/specification” chart even if
scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle the calculated available tongue weight is
– 6,350 lbs. (2,880 kg) GVW
Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not greater than 15%. If the calculated tongue
more than Front Gross Axle Weight and = 900 lbs. (409 kg) Available for tongue weight is less than 10%, reduce the total
Rear Gross Axle Weight on the weight trailer weight to match the available
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The tongue weight.
cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to 15,100 lbs. (6,849 kg) GCWR Always verify that available capacities are
be moved or removed to meet the speci-
– 6,350 lbs. (2,880 kg) GVW within the required ratings.
fied ratings.
Example: = 9,123 lbs. (4,138 kg) Capacity available for Trailer frontal area
towing
∙ Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighed CAUTION
on a scale - including passengers, cargo
900 lbs. (409 kg) Available tongue Exceeding the maximum trailer frontal
and hitch - 6,350 lbs. (2,880 kg).
weight area specification may exceed the tow-
∙ Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) / 8,750 lbs. (3,969 kg) Available capacity ing capacity of the vehicle. This may af-
from F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la- fect the towing performance and lead
bel - 7,250 lbs. (3,289 kg). = 10 % tongue weight to vehicle damage.
∙ Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) The available towing capacity may be less The trailer frontal area affects the towing
from “Towing Load/Specification" chart than the maximum towing capacity due to load of a trailer. The frontal area is the total
- 15,100 lbs. (6,849 kg). the passenger and cargo load in the ve- area of the vehicle and trailer that is af-
hicle. fected by air resistance while towing. Do
∙ Maximum Trailer towing capacity from
Remember to keep trailer tongue weight not exceed the maximum trailer frontal
“Towing Load/Specification" chart -
between 10 - 15% of the trailer weight or area specification shown in the "Towing
9,100 lbs. (4,128 kg).
within the trailer tongue load specification Load/Specification” chart. The frontal area
recommended by the trailer manufacturer. can be determined by multiplying the
If the tongue load becomes excessive, re- width of the trailer by the height of the
arrange the cargo to obtain the proper trailer. For example, a trailer that is 8 feet
tongue load. Do not exceed the maximum wide by 6 feet tall has a trailer frontal area of
tongue weight specification shown in the 48 square feet.
TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION TOWING SAFETY WARNING
Trailer hitch Trailer hitch components have specific
WARNING
Your vehicle may be equipped with an op- weight ratings. Your vehicle may be ca-
The towing capacities provided in this tional trailer tow package. The trailer tow pable of towing a trailer heavier than the
manual are for general reference only. package includes a receiver-type frame weight rating of the hitch components.
The safe towing capacity of your vehicle Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch
mounted hitch. This hitch is rated for the
is affected by dealer and factory in- components. Doing so can cause serious
stalled options and passenger and maximum towing capacity of this vehicle
when the proper towing equipment is personal injury or property damage.
cargo loads. You must weigh the vehicle
and trailer as described in this manual used. Choose a proper ball mount and Hitch ball
to determine the actual vehicle towing hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be
capacity. Do not exceed the published towed. Genuine NISSAN ball mounts and Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and
maximum towing capacity or the GCWR hitch balls are available from a NISSAN weight rating for your trailer:
or the GVWR shown on the dealer. ∙ The required hitch ball size is stamped
FMVSS/CMVSS label. Doing so can re- on most trailer couplers. Most hitch
sult in an accident causing serious per- If your vehicle is not equipped with the op- balls also have the size printed on the
sonal injury or property damage. tional trailer tow package, check the tow- top of the ball.
ing capacity of your bumper hitch or
Axle type FWD/AWD receiver-type frame mounted hitch. ∙ Choose the proper class hitch ball
Maximum Towing Ca- Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and based on the trailer weight.
1,500 lbs. (680 kg)
pacity *1 ∙ The diameter of the threaded shank of
trailer. A Genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is
Maximum Tongue load 150 lbs. (68 kg) the hitch ball must be matched to the
available from a NISSAN dealer. Make sure
Maximum Gross Com- ball mount hole diameter. The hitch ball
6,393 lbs. (2,900 kg) the trailer hitch is securely attached to the
bined Weight Rating shank should be no more than 1/16”
vehicle to help avoid personal injury or
*1: The towing capacity values are calcu- property damage due to sway caused by smaller than the hole in the ball mount.
lated assuming a base vehicle with driver crosswinds, rough road surfaces or pass- ∙ The threaded shank of the hitch ball
and any options required to achieve the ing trucks. must be long enough to be properly
rating. Additional passengers, cargo secured to the ball mount. There should
and/or optional equipment will add weight be at least 2 threads showing beyond
to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle’s the lock washer and nut.
maximum towing capacity.
Ball mount A weight-distributing hitch system (Class 3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle and ad-
IV) is recommended if you plan to tow trail- just the hitch equalizers so that the
The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount ers with a maximum weight over 5,000 lbs. front bumper height is within 0 -
and the ball mount is inserted into the (2,268 kg). Check with the trailer and towing .5 inches (0 – 13 mm) of the reference
hitch receiver. Choose a proper class ball
equipment manufacturers to determine if height measured in step 2. The rear
mount based on the trailer weight. Addi-
they recommend the use of a weight- bumper should be no higher than the
tionally, the ball mount should be chosen to
keep the trailer tongue level with the distributing hitch system. reference height measured in step 2.
ground.
NOTE: WARNING
Weight carrying hitches A weight-distributing hitch system may Properly adjust the weight distributing
A weight carrying or “dead weight” ball affect the operation of trailer surge hitch so the rear of the bumper is no
mount is one that is designed to carry the brakes. If you are considering use of a higher than the measured reference
whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight-distributing hitch system with a height when the trailer is attached. If
weight directly on the ball mount and on surge brake-equipped trailer, check with the rear bumper is higher than the mea-
the receiver. the surge brake, hitch or trailer manufac- sured reference height when loaded,
turer to determine if and how this can be the vehicle may handle unpredictably
Weight distribution hitch which could cause a loss of vehicle con-
done.
This type of hitch is also called a “load- trol and cause serious personal injury or
leveling” or “equalizing” hitch. A set of bars Follow the instructions provided by the property damage.
attach to the ball mount and to the trailer manufacturer for installing and using the
weight-distributing hitch system. Sway control device
to distribute the tongue weight (hitch
weight) of your trailer. Many vehicles can’t General set-up instructions are as follows: Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts, and buf-
carry the full tongue weight of a given feting caused by other vehicles can affect
trailer, and need some of the tongue 1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level sur-
trailer handling. Sway control devices may
weight transferred through the frame and face. With the ignition on and the doors
be used to help control these affects. If you
pushing down on the front wheels. This closed, allow the vehicle to stand for
several minutes so that it can level. choose to use one, contact a reputable
gives stability to the tow vehicle. trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway
2. Measure the height of a reference point control device will work with the vehicle,
on the front and rear bumpers at the hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brake system.
center of the vehicle.
Follow the instructions provided by the attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is table trailer retailer. Vehicles equipped with
manufacturer for installing and using the mounted to the bumper. Be sure to leave the optional trailer tow package are
sway control device. enough slack in the chains to permit turn- equipped with a flat 4-pin connector, an
ing corners. adapter will be needed to connect the
Class I hitch trailer lights to the vehicle. Adapters are
Trailer lights available at auto parts stores and hitch re-
Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball
mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow tailers.
CAUTION
trailers of a maximum weight of 2,000 lbs. Pre-towing tips
(907 kg). When splicing into the vehicle electrical
system, a commercially available ∙ Be certain your vehicle maintains a level
Tire pressures power-type module/converter must be position when a loaded and/or un-
used to provide power for all trailer loaded trailer is hitched. Do not drive the
∙ When towing a trailer, inflate the lighting. This unit uses the vehicle bat- vehicle if it has an abnormal nose-up or
vehicle tires to the recom- tery as a direct power source for all nose-down condition; check for im-
mended cold tire pressure indi- trailer lights while using the vehicle tail
proper tongue load, overload, worn sus-
cated on the Tire and Loading In- light, stop light and turn signal circuits
pension or other possible causes of ei-
formation label. as a signal source. The
module/converter must draw no more ther condition.
∙ Trailer tire condition, size, load rat- that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail ∙ Always secure items in the trailer to pre-
ing and proper inflation pressure lamp circuits. Using a vent load shift while driving.
should be in accordance with the module/converter that exceeds these
power requirements may damage the ∙ Keep the cargo load as low as possible
trailer and tire manufacturer’s vehicle’s electrical system. It is recom- in the trailer to keep the trailer center of
specifications. mended that you visit a reputable gravity low.
Safety chains trailer retailer to obtain the proper
∙ Load the trailer so approximately 60%
equipment and to have it installed.
of the trailer load is in the front half and
Always use suitable safety chains between
your vehicle and the trailer. The safety Trailer lights should comply with federal 40% is in the back half. Also make sure
chains should be crossed and should be and/or local regulations. For assistance in the load is balanced side to side.
attached to the hitch, not to the vehicle hooking up trailer lights, it is recommended
bumper or axle. The safety chains can be that you contact a NISSAN dealer or repu-
∙ Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, ∙ Always drive your vehicle at a moderate 5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).
vehicle tire pressure, trailer light opera- speed.
6. Turn off the engine.
tion, and trailer wheel lug nuts every
time you attach a trailer to the vehicle. ∙ When backing up, hold the bottom of
To drive away:
the steering wheel with one hand. Move
∙ Be certain your rearview mirrors con- your hand in the direction in which you 1. Start the vehicle.
form to all federal, state or local regula- want the trailer to go. Make small cor-
tions. If not, install any mirrors required 2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
rections and back up slowly. If possible,
for towing before driving the vehicle. have someone guide you when you are 3. Shift the transmission into gear.
∙ Determine the overall height of the ve- backing up.
4. Release the parking brake.
hicle and trailer so the required clear- Always block the wheels on both vehicle
ance is known. 5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer
and trailer when parking. Parking on a
are clear from the blocks.
Trailer towing tips slope is not recommended; however, if you
must do so: 6. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
In order to gain skill and an understanding
of the vehicle’s behavior, you should prac- 7. Have someone retrieve and store the
CAUTION
tice turning, stopping and backing up in an blocks.
area which is free from traffic. Steering sta- If you move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position before blocking the wheels ∙ While going downhill, the weight of the
bility and braking performance will be
somewhat different than under normal and applying the parking brake, trans- trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may
driving conditions. mission damage could occur. decrease overall stability. Therefore, to
maintain adequate control, reduce your
∙ Always secure items in the trailer to pre- 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. speed and shift to a lower gear. Avoid
vent load shift while driving. long or repeated use of the brakes
2. Have someone place blocks on the
∙ Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin downhill side of the vehicle and trailer when descending a hill, as this reduces
or lock to prevent the coupler from in- wheels. their effectiveness and could cause
advertently becoming unlatched. overheating. Shifting to a lower gear in-
3. After the wheel blocks are in place, stead provides “engine braking” and re-
∙ Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or slowly release the brake pedal until the
duces the need to brake as frequently.
stops. blocks absorb the vehicle load.
∙ Avoid sharp turns or lane changes. 4. Apply the parking brake.
∙ If the engine coolant temperature rises Do the following if the trailer begins to ∙ Increase your following distance to al-
to a high temperature, refer to “If your sway: low for greater stopping distances
vehicle overheats” in the “In case of 1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal while towing a trailer. Anticipate stops
emergency” section of this owner’s and brake gradually.
to allow the vehicle to coast and steer
manual. as straight ahead as the road condi- ∙ NISSAN recommends that the cruise
∙ Trailer towing requires more fuel than tions allow. This combination will help control not be used while towing a
normal circumstances. stabilize the vehicle trailer.
∙ Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’s – Do not correct trailer sway by steer- ∙ Some states or provinces have specific
first 500 miles (805 km). ing or applying the brakes. regulations and speed limits for ve-
2. When the trailer sway stops, gently ap- hicles that are towing trailers. Obey the
∙ For the first 500 miles (805 km) that you local speed limits.
ply the brakes and pull to the side of the
do tow, do not drive over 50 mph
road in a safe area. ∙ Check your hitch, trailer wiring harness
(80 km/h).
3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is connections, and trailer wheel lug nuts
∙ Have your vehicle serviced more often after 50 miles (80 km) of travel and at
balanced as described in this section.
than at intervals specified in the recom- every break.
mended Maintenance Schedule in the ∙ Be careful when passing other vehicles.
“Maintenance and schedules” section of Passing while towing a trailer requires ∙ When launching a boat, don’t allow the
this manual. considerably more distance than normal water level to go over the exhaust tail
passing. Remember, the length of the pipe or rear bumper.
∙ When making a turn, your trailer wheels
trailer must also pass the other vehicle ∙ Make sure you disconnect the trailer
will be closer to the inside of the turn
before you can safely change lanes. lights before backing the trailer into the
than your vehicle wheels. To compen-
sate for this, make a larger than normal ∙ Downshift the transmission to a lower water or the trailer lights may burn out.
turning radius during the turn. gear for engine braking when driving When towing a trailer, final drive gear oil
down steep or long hills. This will help slow should be replaced and transmission
∙ Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-
the vehicle without applying the brakes. oil/fluid should be changed more fre-
versely affect vehicle/trailer handling,
possibly causing vehicle sway. When be- ∙ Avoid holding the brake pedal down too quently. For additional information, refer
ing passed by larger vehicles, be pre- long or too frequently. This could cause to the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this
pared for possible changes in cross- the brakes to overheat, resulting in re- manual.
winds that could affect vehicle handling. duced braking efficiency.
FLAT TOWING FOR ALL–WHEEL FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT WHEEL ∙ For emergency towing procedures re-
DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped) DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped) fer to “Towing recommended by
NISSAN” in the “In case of emergency”
Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on section of this manual.
the ground is sometimes called flat towing. the ground is sometimes called flat towing.
This method is sometimes used when This method is sometimes used when Continuously Variable
towing a vehicle behind a recreational ve- towing a vehicle behind a recreational ve- Transmission
hicle, such as a motor home. hicle, such as a motor home.
To tow a vehicle equipped with a continu-
CAUTION CAUTION ously variable transmission, an appropriate
vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the
∙ Failure to follow these guidelines can ∙ Failure to follow these guidelines can towed vehicle’s drive wheels. Always follow
result in severe transmission damage. result in severe transmission damage. the dolly manufacturer’s recommenda-
∙ Never flat tow your All-Wheel Drive ∙ Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al- tions when using their product.
(AWD) vehicle. ways tow forward, never backward.
∙ DO NOT tow your All-Wheel Drive ∙ Never tow your front wheel drive ve-
(AWD) vehicle with any wheels on the hicle with the front tires on the
ground. Doing so may cause serious ground. Doing so may cause serious
and expensive damage to the and expensive damage to the
powertrain. powertrain.
∙ For emergency towing procedures re- ∙ DO NOT tow your front wheel drive
fer to “Towing recommended by continuously variable transmission
NISSAN” in the “In case of emergency” vehicle with all four wheels on the
section of this manual. ground (flat towing). Doing so WILL
DAMAGE internal transmission parts
due to lack of transmission
lubrication.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
DOT (Department of Transportation) Qual- ment as measured under controlled WARNING

ity Grades: All passenger car tires must conditions on specified government test
conform to federal safety requirements in surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire The temperature grade for this tire is
addition to these grades. marked C may have poor traction perfor- established for a tire that is properly in-
mance. flated and not overloaded. Excessive
Quality grades can be found where appli- speed, under-inflation, or excessive
cable on the tire sidewall between tread loading, either separately or in combi-
WARNING
shoulder and maximum section width. For nation, can cause heat build-up and
example: The traction grade assigned to this tire possible tire failure.
is based on straight-ahead braking
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature traction tests, and does not include ac-
A celeration, cornering, hydroplaning, or
Treadwear peak traction characteristics.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rat- Temperature A, B and C
ing based on the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions on a The temperature grades are A (the high-
specified government test course. For ex- est), B, and C, representing the tire’s resis-
ample, a tire graded 150 would wear one tance to the generation of heat, and its
and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the ability to dissipate heat when tested under
government course as a tire graded 100. controlled conditions on a specified indoor
The relative performance of tires depends laboratory test wheel. Sustained high tem-
upon the actual conditions of their use, perature can cause the material of the tire
however, and may depart significantly from to degenerate and reduce tire life, and ex-
the norm due to variations in driving habits, cessive temperature can lead to sudden
service practices and differences in road tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a
characteristics and climate. level of performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the Federal Mo-
Traction AA, A, B and C
tor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A
The traction grades, from highest to low- represent higher levels of performance on
est, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades repre- the laboratory test wheel than the mini-
sent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave- mum required by law.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
WARRANTY
Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the fol- For Canada For USA
lowing emission warranties:
Emission Control System Warranty If you believe that your vehicle has a
For USA
Details of this warranty may be found with defect which could cause a crash or
1. Emission Defects Warranty other vehicle warranties in your Warranty could cause injury or death, you
Information Booklet which comes with should immediately inform the Na-
2. Emissions Performance Warranty
your NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receive a
Details of this warranty may be found with Warranty Information Booklet, or it is lost, tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-
other vehicle warranties in your Warranty you may obtain a replacement by writing istration (NHTSA) in addition to noti-
Information Booklet which comes with to: fying NISSAN.
your NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receive a
∙ Nissan Canada Inc. If NHTSA receives similar complaints,
Warranty Information Booklet, or it is lost,
5290 Orbitor Drive
you may obtain a replacement by writing it may open an investigation, and if it
Mississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5
to: finds that a safety defect exists in a
∙ Nissan North America, Inc. group of vehicles, it may order a re-
Consumer Affairs Department call and remedy campaign. However,
P.O. Box 685003 NHTSA cannot become involved in
Franklin, TN 37068-5003
individual problems between you,
your dealer, or NISSAN.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400
Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C.
20590. You can also obtain other in-
formation about motor vehicle safety
from http://www.safercar.gov.
READINESS FOR INSPECTION/
MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST
You may notify NISSAN by contact- You may contact Transport Canada’s WARNING
ing our Consumer Affairs Depart- Defect Investigations and Recalls Divi-
A vehicle equipped with All -Wheel Drive
ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1. sion toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You (AWD) should never be tested using a
may also report safety defects online two wheel dynamometer (such as the
For Canada
at: https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf- dynamometers used by some states for
If you believe that your vehicle has a Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc- emissions testing), or similar equip-
defect which could cause a crash or cp.aspx?lang=eng (English speakers) ment. Make sure you inform the test fa-
could cause injury or death, you or https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf- cility personnel that your vehicle is
should immediately inform Trans- Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc- equipped with AWD before it is placed
on a dynamometer. Using the wrong
port Canada in addition to notifying cp.aspx?lang=fra (French speakers) test equipment may result in drivetrain
NISSAN. damage or unexpected vehicle move-
Additional information concerning
If Transport Canada receives com- motor vehicle safety may be obtained ment which could result in serious ve-
hicle damage or personal injury.
plaints, it may open an investigation, from Transport Canada’s Road Safety
and if it finds that a safety defect Information Centre at 1-800-333-0371 Due to legal requirements in some states
exists in a group of vehicles, it may or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety and Canadian Provinces, your vehicle may
request that NISSAN conduct a recall be required to be in what is called the
(English speakers) or “ready condition” for an
campaign. However, Transport www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the
Canada cannot become involved in (French speakers). emission control system.
individual problems between you,
To notify NISSAN of any safety con- The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”
your dealer, or NISSAN. when it is driven through certain driving
cerns please contact our Consumer
Information Centre toll free at 1-800- patterns. Usually, the ready condition can
be obtained by ordinary usage of the ve-
387-0122.
hicle.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)
If a powertrain system component is re- This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data These data can help provide a better un-
paired or the battery is disconnected, the Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an derstanding of the circumstances in which
vehicle may be reset to a “not ready” condi- EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
tion. Before taking the I/M test, check the crash-like situations, such as an air bag are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-
vehicle’s inspection/maintenance test deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data trivial crash situation occurs; no data are
readiness condition. Place the ignition that will assist in understanding how a ve- recorded by the EDR under normal driving
switch in the ON position without starting hicle’s systems performed. The EDR is de- conditions and no personal data (e.g.
the engine. If the Malfunction Indicator signed to record data related to vehicle dy- name, gender, age and crash location) are
Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds namics and safety systems for a short recorded. However, other parties, such as
and then blinks for 10 seconds , the I/M test period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. law enforcement, could combine the EDR
condition is “not ready”. If the MIL does not The EDR in this vehicle is designed to re- data with the type of personally identifying
blink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condi- cord such data as: data routinely acquired during a crash in-
tion is “ready”. It is recommended that you vestigation.
∙ How various systems in your vehicle
visit a NISSAN dealer to set the “ready con-
were operating; To read data recorded by an EDR, special
dition” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.
equipment is required and access to the
∙ Whether or not the driver and passen-
vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to
ger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN
∙ How far (if at all) the driver was depress- dealer, other parties, such as law enforce-
ing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; ment, that have the special equipment, can
and, read the information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only be
∙ How fast the vehicle was traveling. accessed with the consent of the vehicle
∙ Sounds are not recorded. owner or lessee or as otherwise required or
permitted by law.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this

model year and prior can be purchased. A
Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best
source of service and repair information for
your vehicle. This manual is the same one
used by the factory-trained technicians
working at NISSAN dealerships. Genuine
NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can also be pur-
chased.
For USA
For current pricing and availability of Genu-
ine NISSAN Service Manuals, contact:
www.nissan-techinfo.com
For current pricing and availability of Genu-
ine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:
1-800-247-5321
For Canada
To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN
Service Manual or Owner’s Manual, for this
model year and prior, please visit the near-
est NISSAN dealer. For the phone number
and location of a NISSAN dealer in your
area, call the NISSAN Information Center at
1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN rep-
resentative will assist you.

MEMO

11 Index
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . .5-87 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-87
A Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6 Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 Brake wear indicators. . . . . . .2-16, 8-20
Air bag (See supplemental restraint Autolight switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37 Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . .8-20
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-49 Automatic Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-88
Air bag system Automatic drive Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
Front (See supplemental front impact air positioner . . . . . . . . . . .3-39, 3-40, 3-41 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20
bag system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-56 Automatic power window switch. . .2-58 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-87
Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . .1-68 Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . . .3-37 Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . .1-69, 2-13 Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 Brightness control
Air bag warning light, Automatic drive positioner . .3-39, 3-40, 3-41 Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40
supplemental . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-69, 2-13 Automatic Emergency Braking Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . .2-8
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17 (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 5-59 Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27
Air cleaner housing filter. . . . . . . . . . .8-17 AWD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-82, 6-14
Air conditioner
Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . .4-29 C
Air conditioner specification label . .10-12 B
Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil Capacities and recommended fuel/
recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-92, 8-13 lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Air conditioner system refrigerant Charge warning light. . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Cargo area storage bin . . . . . . . . . . .2-55
recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7 Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23 Cargo
Heater and air conditioner (automatic) Key fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23 (See vehicle loading information). . . . .10-13
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28 NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . .8-24 Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . .4-33
Heater and air conditioner Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . .5-17 Check tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29 Belt (See drive belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16 Child restraints . . . . . . .1-25, 1-26, 1-27, 1-30
Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . .4-32 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . . . . . . . . . .5-24 LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Alarm system Block heater CHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-30
(See vehicle security system) . . . . . . . .2-31 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-94 Precautions on child
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-82, 6-14 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-45 restraints . . . . . . . . .1-27, 1-34, 1-41, 1-46
Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . .1-32 Brake Top tether strap anchor point
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . .5-87 locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-92 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Child restraint with top tether strap . . .1-32
Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . . . .2-9 Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . .8-27 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-7
Chimes, audible reminders . . . . . . . . .2-16 Drive positioner, Automatic . . .3-39, 3-40, 3-41 Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . .7-2, 7-4 Driving Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . .10-8
C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . .10-11 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . .5-92 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-92 Driving with Continuously Variable Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . .2-6
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52 Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Event Data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . .10-30
Continuously Variable Transmission Precautions when starting and Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide). . . . . . .5-4
(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-11 Explanation of maintenance items . . . . .9-2
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Explanation of scheduled maintenance
fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
Driving with Continuously Variable
E Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Eyeglass case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52
Controls
Heater and air conditioner controls . .4-29 Economy - fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-82
Coolant Emergency engine shutoff . . . . . . .5-15, 6-2
F
Capacities and recommended Emission control information label . . . .10-11
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Emission control system warranty . . . .10-28
Flashers
Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . .8-5 Engine
(See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . .6-2
Checking engine coolant level . . . . . .8-5 Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-17
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Engine coolant temperature gauge . .2-6 Block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-94
Floor mat positioning aid . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7 Capacities and recommended
Fluid
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43 fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
Cup holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53 Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . .8-5
Capacities and recommended
Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . .8-8
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
D Checking engine coolant level . . . . . .8-5
fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . .8-6
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4
Daytime running light system Engine compartment check
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6
(Canada only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39 locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3
Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
Defroster switch Engine coolant temperature gauge . .2-6
Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . .8-11
Rear window and outside mirror Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . .8-4
F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . . .10-11
defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41
Dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . .10-9 Engine oil and oil filter
Front air bag system
Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . .2-40 recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
(See supplemental restraint system) . . .1-56
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 Engine oil pressure warning light. . . .2-10
Front-door pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49
Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16 Engine oil viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-4
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
11-2
Fuel Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . .2-37 Inside automatic anti-glare mirror . . . . .3-37
Capacities and recommended Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . . .2-37 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . .2-40
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6, 2-2
Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-82 Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9 Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . .2-40
Fuel-filler door and cap . . . . . . . . . .3-31 Heated rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44 Intelligent Around View Monitor . . . . . . .4-11
Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . .3-31 Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) . . . . . . .5-44
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45 Intelligent Drive Alertness (I-DA) . . . . . .5-78
Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5 Heater Intelligent Forward Collision Warning
Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Heater and air conditioner (automatic) (I-FCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-66
Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . .2-28 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28 Intelligent Key system
Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . . .5-81 Heater and air conditioner controls . .4-29 Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30 Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Heater and air conditioner (automatic). .4-28 Mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20 Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . . .5-92 Remote keyless entry operation . . . .3-12
Fusible links. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 HomeLink® Universal Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . .3-17
Transceiver . . . . . . . . .2-63, 2-64, 2-66, 2-67 Warning signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61
G Hook ISOFIX child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-30
Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55
Garage door opener, HomeLink® Universal Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41
Transceiver . . . . . . . . .2-63, 2-64, 2-66, 2-67 J
Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Gauge I Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-15
Engine coolant temperature gauge . .2-6
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Ignition switch
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . .5-13 K
Speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5 Immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . .2-32, 5-16
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 Important vehicle information label. . . .10-11 Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5 In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17 Key fob battery replacement . . . . . . . .8-23
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . .5-82 Keyless entry
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52 Indicator With Intelligent Key system
NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge (See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . .3-12
indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Keys
H Indicator lights and audible reminders NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-7
(See warning/indicator lights and audible NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . . . .6-2 reminders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-13 keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
11-3
Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-10 Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . .9-4
L Low windshield-washer fluid warning Maintenance log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28 Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . .9-2
Label Passenger air bag and status light. . .1-59 Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7
Tire and Loading Information label . .10-12 Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63 Maintenance under severe operation
Labels Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-15 conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Air conditioner specification label . . .10-12 Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . .2-62 Malfunction indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-14
C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . .10-11 Warning/indicator lights and audible Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-3
Emission control information label . .10-11 reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-13 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62
Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . .10-11 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25 Map pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50
F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . .10-11 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62 Memory Seat . . . . . . . . . . .3-39, 3-40, 3-41
Tire and Loading Information label . .10-12 Lock Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . .10-10 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . .3-7 Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-40
Vehicle identification number (VIN) Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 Mirror
plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10 Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . .3-31 Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . .3-37
Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . .1-68 Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . .3-37, 3-38
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 Rearview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
CHildren) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-30 Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . . .2-28 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
License plate Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . .2-12, 2-28 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Installing the license plate . . . . . . .10-12 Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . .2-10 Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Low windshield-washer fluid warning Moving Object Detection (MOD) . . . . . .4-22
Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Light Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-69, 2-13 Luggage rack (see roof rack) . . . . . . . .2-56 N
Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . .8-27 Luggage
Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . .2-8 (See vehicle loading information) . . . . .10-13 NissanConnect® Owner's Manual . . . . . .4-2
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27 NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-7
Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge
Exterior and Interior lights . . . . . . . .8-27 M indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41 Maintenance System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32, 5-16
Headlight and turn signal switch . . . .2-37 General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . .2-37 Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25 Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . .8-2 O
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61 Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-24 Octane rating (See fuel octane rating). . .10-5
11-4
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 Power steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-86 Recorders
Oil Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Event Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-30
Capacities and recommended Precautions Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . . .10-7
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . .8-2 Registering a vehicle in another
Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 On-pavement and off-road driving country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10
Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . .8-8 precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9 Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . .3-19, 5-18
Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . .8-6 Precautions on booster Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .10-28
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6 seats . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27, 1-34, 1-41, 1-46 Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56
Precautions on child
Engine oil and oil filter
restraints . . . . . . . . .1-27, 1-34, 1-41, 1-46
recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6 S
Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-13
Engine oil viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
Precautions on supplemental restraint
Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37, 3-38 Safety
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-49
Overhead sunglasses holder . . . . . . . .2-52 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . .3-7
Precautions when starting and
Overheat Child seat belts . . . . . .1-27, 1-34, 1-41, 1-46
driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-11
If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . .6-12 Reporting safety defects (US only) . .10-28
Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
Owner's manual order form . . . . . . . .10-31 Seat adjustment
Owner's manual/service manual order Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . .1-3
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-31 R Front power seat adjustment . . . . . .1-4
Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50
Radio Seat belt
P
Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . .4-33 Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-25
Readiness for inspection maintenance Infants and small children . . . . . . . .1-26
Parking
(I/M) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-29 Injured Person. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . .5-86
Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20 Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . .5-34 Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-13
Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63
Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58 Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
Power
Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6 Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36 Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24
Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-24
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
Rear window and outside mirror defroster Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13, 7-6
Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-58
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36 Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . .1-23
Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
Rear window wiper and washer Three-point type with retractor . . . . .1-16
Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-86
switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35 Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57
Recommended Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . .1-16, 2-13
Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-58
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
11-5
Seats Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-86
Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6 Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Automatic drive positioner .3-39, 3-40, 3-41 Stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27 T
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43 Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . .1-3 Sunglasses case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52 Temperature gauge
Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6 Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52 Engine coolant temperature gauge . .2-6
Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59 Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),
Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sunroof (see Moonroof) . . . . . . . . . . .2-59 engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32, 5-16
System), engine start . . . . . . . . . .2-32, 5-16 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35 Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Security systems Supplemental air bag warning labels . . .1-68 Tire
Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . .2-31 Supplemental air bag warning Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20 light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-69, 2-13 Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5, 8-40
Service manual order form . . . . . . . . .10-31 Supplemental front impact air bag Tire and Loading Information label . .10-12
Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . .4-32 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-56 Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36
Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-23 Supplemental restraint system Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29
Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . .8-16 Information and warning labels . . . .1-68 Tire rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-37
Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16 Precautions on supplemental restraint Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-49 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . .10-27
Speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5 Supplemental restraint system Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . .8-29, 10-9
Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . .2-4 (Supplemental air bag system) . . . . . . .1-49 Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . . .2-62 Switch Tire pressure
SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-68 Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37 Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-10
Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8 Automatic power window switch . . .2-58 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . .5-5
Starting Cruise control main/set switches . . .2-16 Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . .1-32
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-17 Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41 Towing
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-15 Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . .6-2 4-wheel drive models . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
Precautions when starting and Headlight and turn signal switch . . . .2-37 Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-26
driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-11 Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . .2-37 Towing load/specification . . . . . . .10-21
Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-40 Tow truck towing . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . .3-6 Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-17
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Rear window and outside mirror Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-17
Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18 defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36 Transceiver
Steering Rear window wiper and washer HomeLink® Universal
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . .2-45 switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35 Transceiver . . . . . . .2-63, 2-64, 2-66, 2-67
11-6
Transmission Vents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26 Warning lights, indicator lights and audible
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35 reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8
fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Washer switch
Driving with Continuously Variable Rear window wiper and washer
Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 W switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Travel (See registering a vehicle in another Weights (See dimensions and weights) . .10-9
country). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10 Warning Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29, 10-9
Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5 Air bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-69, 2-13 Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40 Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . . .2-9 When traveling or registering in another
Battery charge warning light . . . . . .2-10 country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10
Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9 Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57
U Engine oil pressure warning light. . . .2-10 Locking passengers' windows . . . . .2-57
Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . .6-2 Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-58
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . .10-27 Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . .2-28 Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57
Low fuel warning light . . . . . . .2-12, 2-28 Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-58
Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-10 Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . .8-11
V Low windshield-washer fluid warning Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28 Wiper
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36 Passenger air bag and status light. . .1-59 Rear window wiper and washer
Vehicle dimensions and weights . . . . . .10-9 Seat belt warning light . . . . . . .1-16, 2-13 switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF Supplemental air bag warning Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46 light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-69, 2-13 Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system. .5-89 TPMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10 Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . .2-31
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . .10-10 Warning/indicator lights and audible
Vehicle identification number (VIN) reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-13
(Chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10 Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . .1-68
Vehicle identification number (VIN) Warning/indicator lights and audible
plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10 reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-13
Vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . .2-32, 5-16 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-13
Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . .10-13 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-13
Vehicle recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15, 6-16 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-13
Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . .2-31 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-13
Vehicle security system (NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System), engine start . .2-32, 5-16
11-7
MEMO
MEMO
MEMO
MEMO
MEMO
MEMO
GAS STATION INFORMATION
FUEL RECOMMENDATION: ∙ Do not use fuel that contains the oc- COLD TIRE PRESSURE:
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl For additional information, refer to “Tire and
tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock In- manganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using Loading Information label” in the “Technical
dex) number (Research octane number 91). fuel containing MMT may adversely and consumer information” section of this
affect vehicle performance and ve- manual.
CAUTION hicle emissions. Not all fuel dispens-
∙ Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door ers are labeled to indicate MMT con- The label is typically located on the driver
label can operate on E-85. Fuel system tent, so you may have to consult your side center pillar or on the driver’s door. For
or other damage can occur if E-85 is gasoline retailer for more details. additional information, refer to “Wheels and
used in vehicles that are not designed Note that Federal and California laws tires” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this
to run on E-85. prohibit the use of MMT in reformu- manual.
lated gasoline.
∙ Using a fuel other than that specified RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE
could adversely affect the emission ∙ U.S. government regulations require BREAK-IN PROCEDURE:
control system, and may also affect ethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-
the warranty coverage. tified by a small, square, orange and During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of
∙ Under no circumstances should a black label with the common abbre- vehicle use, follow the break-in procedure
leaded gasoline be used, because this viation or the appropriate percentage recommendations for the future reliability
will damage the three-way catalyst. for that region. and economy of your new vehicle. For ad-
ditional information, refer to “Break-in
∙ Do not use a fuel containing more For additional information, refer to “Recom- schedule” in the “Starting and driving” sec-
than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Your mended fluids/lubricants and capacities” tion of this manual. Failure to follow these
vehicle is not designed to run on a fuel in the “Technical and consumer informa- recommendations may result in vehicle
containing more than 15% ethanol. tion” section of this manual. damage or shortened engine life.
Using a fuel containing more than 15%
ethanol in a vehicle not specifically ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:
designed for a fuel containing more
than 15% ethanol can adversely affect • Genuine “Nissan Motor Oil 0W-20 SN”
the emission control devices and sys- For additional information, refer to “Engine
tems of the vehicle. Damage caused oil and oil filter recommendations” in the
by such fuel is not covered by the “Technical and consumer information” sec-
NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty. tion of this manual.
Printing : March 2018
Publication No.: OM18EA 0Z52U1
Printed in the U.S.A. Z52-D

2018 Murano Owner Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2018 Murano Owner Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2018 Murano Owner Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2018 MURANO

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

© 2018 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.

Contents Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1

Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4

Starting and driving 5

Appearance and care 7

Maintenance and schedules 9

Technical and consumer information 10

1. Supplemental air bags (P. 1-49)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Front view camera (if so equipped)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Rear wiper and washer switch

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

1. Glove box (P. 2-49)

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

1. Vent (P. 4-26)

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

Warning Name Page Warning Name Page Indicator Name Page

Anti-lock Braking 2-9 Master warning 2-12 Malfunction Indi- 2-14

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

∙ Do not leave children unattended in-

1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-4 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7

1-8 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

If the control unit detects any obstacle or WARNING

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

䡲 Indicates the seating position is equipped 3. Lock knob

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push

1-12 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13

1-14 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15

1-16 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19

1-20 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING 3. Then secure the connector tongue into

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21

2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the

3. Pull the seat belt and secure the con-

The center seat belt connector tongue can

1-22 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23

1-24 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27

1-28 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31